TENDER DOCUMENT FOR THOSE TENDERERS WHO ARE REGISTERED WITH THE CIDB, OR ARE CAPABLE OF BEING SO PRIOR TO THE EVALUATION OF SUBMISSIONS, IN A 7GB OR HIGHER CLASS OF ... 10.1 The …ONLY

TENDER DOCUMENT

FOR

GROENVLEI SECONDARY SCHOOL

(RENOVATIONS AND ADDITIONS OF CLASSROOMS, ABLUTION FACILITIES, WATER AND

SEWER RETICULATIONS AT GROENVLEI SECONDARY SCHOOL)

TZ/002/2020

NAME OF BIDDER: _____________________________________________________________

CLOSING DATE: CLOSING TIME:

27 March 2020 12h00pm (noon)

DELIVERY ADDRESS: Godisang Thabazimbi Community Development Trust

Tender Box Mollies Building 11 Jordaan Street Thabazimbi 0387

MARCH 2020

SIOC COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT TRUST

ENQUIRY NO: TZ/002/2020

RENOVATIONS AND ADDITIONS OF CLASSROOMS, ABLUTION FACILITIES, WATER AND SEWER RETICULATIONS AT GROENVLEI SECONDARY

SCHOOL, THABAZIMBI, LIMPOPO PROVINCE

TENDER DOCUMENT – TABLE OF CONTENT

NO DOCUMENT PAGES 1 TENDER ENQUIRY 7 Pages 2 FORM OF TENDER 3 Pages 3 INSTRUCTION TO TENDERERS 6 Pages 4 PREAMBLES TO RE-MEASURABLE BILLS OF QUANTITIES 3 Pages 5 PART A – BUILDING AND EXTERNAL WORKS BOQ 303 Pages 6 PART B – ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS’ SPECIFICATIONS AND BOQ 122 Pages 7 PART C – MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS’ SPECIFICATIONS AND BOQ 107 Pages 8 GENERAL SUMMARY 1 Page 9 HEALTH AND SAFETY SPECIFICATIONS 27 Pages 10 CHANGES TO JBCC CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 8 Pages 11 DRAWINGS (See Attached CD)

1

TENDER ENQUIRY

ENQUIRY NO: DATE: 09/03/2020 TZ/002/2020

Company: Attention: Fax No: Tel No: E-Mail: From: Originator’s Tel. No:

NOTE: ALL TENDERERS MUST CLEARLY STATE THE ABOVE ENQUIRY NUMBER / NO.

FAILURE TO COMPLY MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR TENDER.

INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

SIOC Community Development Trust has undertaken to renovate and add new classrooms, including

ablution facilities, water and sewer reticulations at Groenvlei Secondary School, Thabazimbi, Limpopo

Province. This tender is for the main contract for the construction thereof.

NOTES:

Drawings will be issued for construction details.

SIOC Community Development Trust Specifications form part of the terms and conditions of this enquiry, and

it is the responsibility of the Tenderer to make himself fully aware of the contents of the Specifications and

failure to do so shall not relieve the Tenderer of their obligations and responsibilities.

You are not allowed to change any information on any document or specification and you are required to adhere to the applicable documentation in full.

This Tender Enquiry shall be read in conjunction with the “Scope of Work” and bills of quantities.

The Contractor must ensure that they familiarize themselves with the scope, specific requirements and site conditions in order to provide an accurate bid.

2

1. Introduction

The Employer herewith enquires tenders for the Renovations and Additions of Classrooms at Groenvlei Secondary Schoool, Thabazimbi, Limpopo Province as indicated in the scope of works.

ONLY THOSE TENDERERS WHO ARE REGISTERED WITH THE CIDB, OR ARE CAPABLE OF BEING SO PRIOR TO THE EVALUATION OF SUBMISSIONS, IN A 7GB OR HIGHER CLASS OF CONSTRUCTION WORK, ARE ELIGIBLE TO SUBMIT TENDERS 1.1 Compulsory site briefing

Date, time and location as per Tender Notice/Advert

2. Site Locations

As per indication at compulsory site inspection. 3. Scope of Work

3.1 General

The project consists of the renovations of existing classrooms, ablution facilities and Kitchen, the

construction of new classrooms and ablution including new external water and sewer reticulations. The

project will also include for the complete electrical and mechanical installation at Groenvlei Secondary

School at Thabazimbi, Limpopo Province. The structures will have new floor, wall and ceiling finishing, new

timber roof construction covered with IBR roofing

Upon completion of the work on site, the following compliance documents / certificates will be required from the main contractor:

a) Electrical Certificates of Compliance and Form 4 of SANS 10400, b) Certificate of Compliance (Institute of Plumbing SA or SA Plumbing Industry Board) &

Form 4 of SANS 10400, c) Gas Certificate and Form 4 of SANS 10400 (where applicable), d) Fire Certificate and Form 4 of SANS 10400, e) Certificate of Roof Truss and Form 4 of SANS 10400, f) Glazing Certificate, g) Certificate of Protection of Soil Insecticides, and h) Any other certificate which is applicable on a project of this nature.

3.2 Work Included

Tenderers should take note that in order to facilitate maximum local community and enterprise participation certain portions of works will be sub contracted by means of either Nominated / Selected sub contracts or Direct Contracts.

The Client reserves the right to omit any or all of the works in this tender without any claim for loss of profit by the Contractor. The Client also reserves the right to omit any portion of the scheduled works allowed for in this tender without any claim for loss of profit by the Contractor.

Tenderers should make themselves fully aware of the meaning and contractual implications of both Nominated/Selected sub-contractors and Direct contractors. No claim for extras will be entertained due to the tenderer failing to do so. 3.3 Works to be done by Nominated/Selected Sub Contracts The contractor shall call for quotations from local specialists selected by the Employer and/or the contractor, on documents prepared by the Employer or the relevant consultant, in accordance with the Conditions of Contract and in conjunction with the Representative/Agent and the contractor shall in consultation with the relevant consultant adjudicate the tenders. The contractor shall upon the final decision of the Representative/Agent appoint the successful tenderer who shall become a Nominated or Selected sub-contractor to the contractor. Privity of

3

contract shall not be created between the Employer and the sub-contractor by the method of selection, tender enquiry, adjudication and appointment:

3.4 Work to be completed by Local Sub-Contractors

It is a requirement that 30% of the total tendered sum (excluding any contingencies and VAT) be

subcontracted to local subcontractors and local enterprises. These subcontractors will be domestic

subcontractors to the main contractor and no contractual relationship will exist with the client. The use of

these local subcontractors will not relieve the main contractor of any contractual obligations. The quality of

workmanship and programming of the works remain the responsibility of the main contractor. Record of amounts spent on local sub-contractors and local enterprises must be reported on a monthly basis. Failure to comply with the said requirement will result in penalties been applied. The penalty for non-compliance will be calculated as a sum equal to 10% of the difference between the required participation goal (30%) and the achieved/actual local participation.

4. Applicable Legislation/Codes of Practice/Standards

The law of the Republic of South Africa will apply

Tenderer is referred to:

a) The latest revision of the “MODEL PREAMBLES FOR TRADES forming part of the

Bill of Quantities” issued by the Association” of South African Quantity Surveyors.

b) “SANS 1200” for preambles on workmanship and materials

5. Quality assurance

All work will be conducted in accordance with the Employer’ specifications.

6. Price Basis:

All prices or rates inserted in these bills of quantities shall, unless otherwise stated, include

for materials, duty, taxes other than Value Added Tax (VAT), making, conveyance and delivery,

unloading, storing, unpacking, hoisting, labour setting, fitting and fixing in position, cutting

and waste, patterns, models and templates, plant, temporary works, return of packings,

establishment charges, profit and all other obligations arising from the Conditions of contract

7. Payment Terms

As set out in the JBCC Conditions of Contract.

8. Queries and Contact Persons

Hendrick Kapepa Email: [email protected] Olwethu Gcezengana [email protected]

4

9. Applicable documentation

All drawings as listed in SPECIFICATIONS.

The South African Building Regulations.

All international and national standards as listed in SPECIFICATIONS.

10. Conditions of Contract

10.1 The agreement is to be the JBCC Series 2000 Principal Building Agreement prepared by the Joint Building Contracts Committee, July 2007 Edition 5.

10.2 The preliminaries are to be the JBCC Series 2000 Preliminaries prepared by the Joint Building Contracts Committee, November 2007 Edition and shall be deemed to be incorporated herein.

10.3 These Bills of Quantities (Note: Should any of the terms and conditions of this Bills of Quantities be at variance with the

terms and conditions of the Conditions of Contract, or the Standard Preliminaries then the

relevant terms and conditions of this Bill of Quantities shall supersede the conflicting terms

and conditions of the Conditions of the Contract or the Standard preliminaries)

10.4 The Drawings.

10.5 Documents to be provided by the Contractor in terms of the requirements of this Bill of Quantities.

APPLICABLE TERMS

TENDERERS MUST CLEARLY STATE:

TENDER CLOSING DATE : 27 MARCH 2020 ENQUIRY NO. : TZ/002/2020 SUBJECT : GROENVLEI SECONDARY SCHOOL

TIME : 12H00 (noon)

TENDERER :……………………………………………..

Tenders must be deposited in the TENDER BOX situated at GODISANG THABAZIMBI COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT TRUST OFFICES at the following physical address:

Mollies Building 11 Jordaan Street Thabazimbi 0387

Tenderers are to return the completed Tender Document by no later than the time and date specified.

SIOC Community Development Trust is not bound to accept either the lowest or any portion of any tender and will not disclose reasons for selecting one tender in favour of another.

5

SUBMMISSION OF TENDER DOCUMENNTS COMPLIANCE DOCUMENTS Documents required to be submitted and /or signed, if not included disqualifies the tenderer

Signed form of Tender Priced Bill of quantities Company CK document Original Certified Copies Identity Documents of Director (Not older than three months) Valid Tax Clearance Status Pin/ Original Valid Tax Clearance Certificate Certificate of good standing (COIDA) CIDB Registration Certificate Letter of intent of insurance/Liability to the tune of R5,000,000.00

EVALUATION DOCUMENTS Documents required for the evaluation of Tenders

BBBEE Certificate / Sworn Affidavit List of Key Personnel (Including CVs and Original certified Copies of Certificates) List of similar project executed previously (Include reference letters and Practical Completion

Certificates) List of plants and Equipment (Include proof of ownership or letter from hire company) Last audited annual financial statement Proof of Company location (Municipal Account for company or lease Agreement if renting)

TENDER EVALUATION Two stage evaluation shall apply Stage 1 - Technical/Functionality Evaluation – To assess ability of tenderer to provide goods and services in line with specifications set out in the tender documents Stage 2 –Financial Offer / BBBEE Evaluation – Assessment to which bid is awarded Stage 1 - Technical/Functionality Evaluation Technical/Functionality Criteria

Criterion Maximum Score Per Criterion

Company Related work Experience 20

Key Staff competence 20

Experience of Key staff 15

Plant and Equipment 20

Financial Strength Current Ratio 15

Locality 10

TOTAL 100

A minimum threshold of 70 points is required on functionality to be considered for financial offer / BBBEE Evaluation

6

7

Stage 2 – Financial Offer / BBBEE Evaluation The following preference evaluation system shall be applicable

80/20 System required where the project estimated Rand value is to be up to R50,000,000.00 90/10 System required where the project estimated Rand value is above R50,000,000.00

The value of this bid is estimated to exceed/not exceed R50, 000,000.00 (all applicable taxes included) and therefore 80/20 or 90/10 point system shall be applicable. Financial Offer Scoring Ps = 80[1- (Pt – Pmin/Pmin)] or Ps = 90 [1- (Pt – Pmin/Pmin)] Where Ps = Points scored for price of bid under consideration Pt = Price of bid under consideration Pmin = Price of lowest acceptable bid BBBEE Scoring BBBEE Status level of Contributor Number of Points (90/10) System Number of Points (80/20) System

1 10 20

2 9 18

3 6 14

4 5 12

5 4 8

6 3 6

7 2 4

8 1 2

Non-Compliant Contributor 0 0

FORM OF TENDER

FOR USE WITH: PRINCIPAL, NOMINATED/SELECTED AND MINOR WORKS AGREEMENTS

PROJECT GROENVLEI SECONDARY SCHOOL

PRINCIPAL AGENT : VANGUARD ARCHITECTS

EMPLOYER : SIOC COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT TRUST

NAME OF TENDERER : _______________________________________________

WORKS DESCRIPTION :

RENOVATIONS AND ADDITIONS OF CLASSROOMS AT GROENVLEI SECONDARY SCHOOL, THABAZIMBI, LIMPOPO PROVINCE

TENDER CLOSING DATE : 27 MARCH 2020 _______________________________________________________________________

FORM OF TENDER in terms of a:

Principal Building Agreement Yes N/S Subcontract Agreement No Minor Works Agreement No

_______________________________________________________________________

PRINCIPAL AGENT OR AGENT VANGUARD ARCHITECTS

Contact Details

Block B, Unit 15, Willowbrook Office park Corner Hendrik Potgieter and Van der Kloof Road Ruimsig, Johannesburg

Tel: 011 – 704 4286 Fax: 086 561 0605 e-mail: [email protected]

Employer SIOC COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT TRUST

Name of Tenderer

Postal address

Tel:

Fax:

e-mail:

8

1.0 CONDITIONS OF TENDER

1.1 PRINCIPAL, NOMINATED/SELECTED AND MINOR WORKS AGREEMENTS

1.1.1 The successful Tenderer will be appointed in terms of the JBCC Principal Building Agreement, JBCC Nominated/Selected

Subcontract Agreement or JBCC Minor Works Agreement

1.1.2 Additions and alterations to such Agreement are clearly detailed in the schedule of the Agreement 1.1.3 All pre-tender information is set out in the Schedule. Variables requiring selection by the Tenderer are to be clearly marked for

later inclusion in the Schedule

1.1.4 Any conditions or qualifications that are appended by the Tenderer, which are in variance with the conditions in this or the

tender enquiry document, may invalidate the submitted Tender

1.1.5 Details of the amount of item 2.4.2 of tender sum are to be clearly designated in the tender documentation provided by the

principal agent or agent

1.1.6 This Tender is to be submitted to the Employer, Principal Agent or Agent at the street address as indicated before the tender

closing date and time as stated

1.1.7 Tenders will be opened in public directly after the stated closing time. Only the total tender sum as stated in 2.4.5 of each

tender will be announced

1.1.8 The lowest or any tender will not be necessarily be accepted

1.2 NOMINATED / SELECTED SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT ONLY 1.2.1 The contractor has been or will be appointed in terms of the JBCC Principal Building Agreement 1.2.2 Where the Tenderer is advised of the appointment of the Contractor after submission of this Tender, the Tenderer shall be

entitled to make reasonable objection to being appointed by the Contractor

1.2.3 This tender is submitted to the Employer who will advise the Principal Agent, who is authorized in terms of the Principal

Building Agreement, to appoint the successful Tenderer as a Nominated/Selected Subcontractor

2.0 THE TENDER

2.1 By the submission of this tender to the employer the tenderer offers and agrees to contract for, execute and complete the

works/subcontract works for the tender sum as stated below

2.2 This tender shall remain in full legal force for 90 calendar days. 2.3 This Tender takes into account the documents listed hereunder or as per the attached addendum by the Principal Agent for

the purpose of preparing and submitting this Tender

9

Document list or addendum identification

2.4 TENDER SUM (Inclusive of Vat)

R_______________________________ (……………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………) Tender Sum in words

Thus done and signed at ……………………………………………… on ……….................................

Name of signatory Capacity of authorized signatory

for and on behalf of the tenderer who by

signature hereof warrants authorization

hereto

As witness

10

11

INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS

Contents

Instruction to Tenderers

1.0 Instructions

2.0 Submission of Tender

3.0 Validity of Tender

4.0 Extensions to Enquiry Closing Date

5.0 Clarification of Enquiry Documentation

6.0 Expenses in the preparation of Tenders

7.0 Sufficiency of Tender

8.0 Main offer and alternative proposals

9.0 Contract Conditions

10.0 Contract price Adjustment

11.0 Penalties for Late Completion

12.0 Acceptance of Tender

13.0 Rejection of Tender

14.0 Confidentiality of Enquiry/Tender documentation

15.0 Employer’s liability

16.0 Queries from Tenderers

17.0 Conversion to Contract Document

18.0 Acquaintance with Enquiry documents

19.0 Examination of Site and drawings

20.0 Forming of joint ventures or consortiums

21.0 Security clearance

22.0 Recruitment of labour

23.0 Local Contractors/suppliers/labourers/subcontractors

24.0 Permission to proceed

25.0 Addenda

26.0 General

27.0 Specific Instructions

12

1.0 Instructions

1.1 The Tender clearly marked “Original Tender” shall be submitted before the time and date stated in the Enquiry. Tender Submissions to include one soft copy. A Power of Attorney, if appropriate, authorising the signatories of the Tenderer to commit the Tenderer shall be included with the Tender. The Tender shall not be addressed and/or delivered to any individual person. Delivery address will be at: GODISANG THABAZIMBI COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT TRUST OFFICES at the following physical address. Mollies Building 11 Jordaan Street Thabazimbi 0387

2.0 Submission of Tender

2.1 TENDERS ARE TO BE CORRECTLY SEALED, ENDORSED, SIGNED AND DEPOSITED IN THE TENDER BOX, at GODISANG THABAZIMBI COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT TRUST OFFICES. Tenders sent by post must be received prior to the above deadline. The postmark date will not be considered. Faxed Tenders will only be accepted with prior written approval. Electronically submitted Tenders will not be accepted. Oral Tenders will not be accepted. Tenders not correctly sealed, endorsed or signed may not be considered Late Tenders may not be accepted

2.2 The Tender documents shall be legible, duly completed, signed in manuscript and in black or blue ink and shall be submitted together with all accompanying correspondence and literature in a sealed envelope clearly labelled as follows

TENDER

PROJECT NAME

ENNQUIRY NUMBER

CLIENT NAME

DESCRIPTION

FOR ATTENTION

CLOSING DATE

TENDERERS NAME

3.0 Validity of Tender

3.1 The Tender shall remain valid and open for acceptance by the Employer for a period of 90 (ninety) days from the Enquiry closing date.

4.0 Extensions to Enquiry closing date

4.1 A request for an extension to the Enquiry closing date will only be considered by the Manager Purchasing/Procurement, if the written request is received at least 5 days prior to the Enquiry closing date and time.

5.0 Clarification of Enquiry documentation

5.1 The Tenderer shall examine all documentation provided by the Employer. Should there be any doubt as to the intent or meaning of the documentation, and/or any inconsistency between the various parts, the Tenderer shall seek clarification from the Procurement Manager before submitting a Tender. All additional information and/or clarifications supplied to any Tenderer will be provided to all other Tenderers.

13

Wherever the word "Contractor" appears in the documentation it shall mean the successful Tenderer. No alterations, erasures, omissions or additions are to be made to the text of the enquiry document. Should any such alteration, erasure, omission or addition be made it will not be recognized and the reading of the document as prepared by the Project Manager will be adhered to.

6.0 Expenses in the preparation of Tenders

6.1 The Employer shall not be responsible for any expenses and/or losses that the Tenderer may incur in the preparation and submission of the Tender

7.0 Sufficiency of Tender

7.1 No alterations and/or adjustments shall be allowed once a Tender has been submitted. In the event of any discrepancies occurring between the prices detailed by the Tenderer in the forms provided with the Enquiry and those contained in any additional letter or document submitted by the Tenderer, the former shall prevail

8.0 Main offer and alternative proposals

8.1 The Tenderer shall submit the main offer in accordance with the commercial and technical requirements as set out in the Enquiry. The Tenderer may in addition to the main offer submit an alternative proposal clearly indicating the technical, financial, contractual advantages and environmental impacts to the Employer. The acceptance and/or rejection of such alternative proposals shall be at the sole discretion of the Employer.

9.0 Contract Conditions

9.1 The conditions of contract shall be the conditions of contract referred to in the Enquiry. The Tenderer’s conditions of contract shall not be accepted in its entirety

10.0 Contract price adjustment

10.1 The tenderer shall submit Fixed and Firm prices. All fluctuations in costs shall be for the account of the tenderer.

11.0 Penalties for late Completion

11.1 Penalty per calendar day shall be calculated as 0.05% of the Tendered Amount inclusive of Vat.

12.0 Acceptance of Tender

12.1 The Employer reserves the right to reject or accept any portions or the whole of the Tender, without being obliged to give reasons for such

13.0 Rejection of Tender

13.1 A Tender may be rejected if: tender is received after the closing date and time stipulated in the Enquiry or subsequent official amendment thereto;

13.2 It contains any erasure, alteration, text addition or irregularity; Price Schedules, Forms of Tender and/or Bills of Quantities are left blank without being endorsed with the words "no quote", "not applicable" and/or "included elsewhere".

13.3 it is considered unbalanced, or does not include the required information necessary for proper comparison and evaluation

13.4 it is not submitted on the forms provided or is not in accordance with the commercial and technical requirements of the Enquiry

13.5 the Tenderer fails to attend a Compulsory Site Briefing meeting, if requested in the Enquiry and/or by the Project Manager

14.0 Confidentiality of Enquiry/Tender documentation

14.1 The Enquiry issued by the Employer and the Tender submitted by the Tenderer shall be treated as strictly confidential and no aspects thereof

14

shall be disclosed to any third parties, except as necessary for the purpose of the Enquiry

15.0 Employer’s liability

15.1 The Tenderers are hereby advised that the Employer will not accept any financial liability whatsoever should the Tenderers or prospective Tenderers wish to place orders on their suppliers and/or Subcontractors prior to receiving the written official E.D. Order/ Contract.

16.0 Queries from Tenderers

16.1 Any points of clarification that tenderers may require, with regards the above-mentioned enquiry, shall be communicated in writing no later than one week before the closing date. These shall be addressed to: Attention: Hendrick kapepa (Architect) E-mail: [email protected] AND Attention: Olwethu Gcezengana (Supply Chain) Email: [email protected] Unless questions relate to method of operation and a specific request is received from Tenderers to treat a particular question/answer as confidential then all Tenderers will receive a copy of all questions received together with the answers. These questions/answers shall constitute the rulings and will be incorporated in the contract documents.

17.0 Conversion to Contract Document

17.1 The submitted tender document shall, upon evaluation and adjudication, become the final contract between the Employer and the successful Tenderer, together with the appendices, annexures, instructions, specifications, drawings and conditions presently contained herein and shall be further amended to incorporate any modifications, clarifications, instructions and resubmissions as may be agreed between the Employer and the successful Tenderer.

18.0 Acquaintance with Enquiry documents

18.1 By submission of a tender, the Tenderer will be deemed to have acquainted himself fully with the enquiry documents, the relevant site and Employer requirements and laws and all aspects of the work envisaged in the document prior to pricing and submission of his tender.

19.0 Examination of Site and drawings

19.1 The Tenderer is advised to examine the drawings, where applicable, and visit the Site prior to the submission tender documentation to acquaint himself with local conditions, access, the extent and nature of the operations, supply of and conditions affecting labour and the execution of the contract generally, as no claim on the grounds of want of knowledge in such respects will be entertained.

20.0 Forming of joint ventures or consortiums

20.1 Should the Tenderer consider entering into any joint venture or consortium agreements with any other Tenderer or Tenderers or any other party, the Project Manager must be notified of such intentions within 5 days of the receipt of this enquiry document by the Tenderer. Joint ventures formed between the Tenderer and local enterprises are subject to the scrutiny and approval of the Employer. Such approval shall in no way relieve the Tenderer from its responsibility in terms of the enquiry and shall not be construed as a nominated Subcontractor relationship. Any such notice given to the Project Manager will include full details of the proposed joint venture/consortium arrangements and address such aspects as legal contracting party, shareholding of joint

mailto:[email protected]

15

venture/consortium members, financial investment, commitments of the joint venture/consortium members, heads of agreement and any other relevant information required by the Project Manager to enable the Employer to approve such joint venture or consortium tender submissions

21.0 Security clearance

21.1 The Tenderer is to allow for all costs associated with obtaining security clearance.

22.0 Recruitment of labour

22.1 The Tenderers are advised that under no circumstances will recruitment of any labour on or adjacent to the Employer’s property be allowed. Recruitment meetings can be held at a nearby public place. The contractor may not be permitted to use imported unskilled labour if such labour is available within the recipient community. Should the contractor experience any difficulties with the community, these difficulties shall immediately be brought to the attention of the CLO and Principal Agent (the community excludes employees of the contractor).

23.0 Local contractors/ suppliers/ labourers/ subcontractors

23.1 The Tenderer is advised of the importance placed on creating job opportunities for local residents. Whilst the Tenderer will be permitted to bring in skilled expertise it is a requirement of the enquiry for the Tenderer to use 100% local unskilled labour during the execution of the contract. The Tenderer is to submit a proposed training programme for local labour, clearly indicating the type and level of training of local labour to be employed on the contract. The Principal Agent will require an auditable monthly statement from the successful Tenderer, detailing, but not limited to, tendered values, actual values to-date and anticipated future values

23.2 It is a requirement that thirty percent (30%) of the total tendered sum (excluding any contingencies and VAT) be subcontracted to local subcontractors and local enterprises. These subcontractors will be domestic subcontractors to the main contractor and no contractual relationship will exist between the subcontractors and the Employer. The use of these local subcontractors will not relieve the main contractor of any contractual obligations. The quality of workmanship and programming of the works remain the responsibility of the main contractor. Record of amounts spent on local sub-contractors and local enterprises must be reported on a monthly basis. Failure to comply with the said requirement will result in penalties been applied. The penalty for non-compliance will be calculated as a sum equal to 10% of the difference between the required participation goal (30%) and the achieved/actual local participation.

24.0 Permission to proceed

24.1 The successful Tenderer shall not start or carry out any Site establishment, work of a temporary nature or any work associated with the project or without having first obtained communication from the Principal Agent that they may proceed.

25.0 Addenda

25.1 Addenda to the Enquiry may be issued prior to the closing date for the purpose of modifications of whatsoever nature to the Enquiry documents. Any required change shall be included in the Tender. The Employer will not be bound by any informal explanation, clarification or interpretation, whether given orally or in writing that is not incorporated into the Enquiry by way of an addendum.

26.0 General

26.1 The Tenderer will not be provided with more than one set of the enquiry documents.

16

Should a Tenderer decide not to submit a Tender, the Tenderer is requested to return immediately all documentation received. Tenders will not be opened publicly and no information regarding Tenders will be disclosed.

27.0 Specific Instructions

27.1 Tender specific instructions to be inserted in conjunction with Technical functions; specific focus on pricing structure and programme structure. 1. None

PREAMBLE TO RE-MEASURABLE BILLS OF QUANTITIES 1. These Bills of Quantities forms part of the Contract and shall be read in conjunction with

the Agreement.

2. The Bills of Quantities includes as far as can be determined, every class of operation,

construction, equipment or material which the Contractor is likely to be called upon to

perform or supply. All rates entered in these Bills of Quantities shall cover all costs,

charges and profits that may be considered necessary to cover all the Contractor's

liabilities and obligations under the Contract. The work shall be provided complete and

all times necessary for completion of the service in its entirety shall be allowed for and

provided by the Contractor, whether specified in detail or not, and no extra price will be

considered beyond the Bills of Quantities for any incidental or contingent work, labour or

materials unless detailed by the Contractor in a covering letter submitted with his tender.

3. Contractors shall complete the Bills of Quantities and enter a unit rate and total amount

against each item. Scheduled items shall not be grouped together and a lump sum

entered against them. However, if any item is left un-priced it will be assumed that

allowance has been made in other items to cover it.

4. The Bills of Quantities shall not be used for ordering purposes. Any ordering based on

scheduled quantities shall be at the sole risk of the Contractor. The final quantities of

items may vary from the quantities stated in the Bills of Quantities as dictated by the

actual final details of the installations. No claim or adjustment of rates for expense or

loss due to such variation will be considered unless the overall net total of such

variations increases or decreases the original Contract Amount by more than 10% in

which case any claim must be fully substantiated.

5. The pricing of items in the Bills of Quantities shall be such that the final total of the Bills

of Quantities with the amount tendered. Contractors are advised to check their item

extensions and total additions since the rates will be regarded as correct and the

Contract Sum adjusted accordingly.

6. The final Contract Sum will be determined on the basis of unit prices in the Bills of

Quantities applied to the actual measured extent of the Contract Works, and no

allowance has been or will be made for waste. Where rates are not available for

additional work carried out the value of such work will be determined by mutual

agreement.

7. The Contractor shall submit his final measurements to the Employer at regular intervals,

at the Employer's request, or for each completed section of the Works for the items to be

measured. The Employer shall check and re-measure as required.

8. No alteration, erasure or addition is to be made to the text of any part of the Pricing

Schedules. Should any alteration, erasure or addition be made it will not be recognised

but the original wording will be adhered to.

- 17 -

9. Contractors shall offer equipment, materials and methods complying in all respects with

the requirements of the Contract. Where equipment of particular manufacture is

specified, the words "or equal" shall mean that the Contractor may offer equipment by

other manufacturers provided that it is equal in all respects of quality, duty and

application to the named equipment and complies with the Specification. Full details and

manufacturer's literature shall be submitted to substantiate such substitutions, to enable

the Employer to evaluate their validity.

10. Should a Contractor wish to offer alternative materials, equipment or methods to those

specified, he shall enter descriptions of these alternatives, with priced rates where

applicable, in a covering letter and clearly indicate acceptance of these alternatives.

11. The Works shall be carried out in strict accordance with the provisions of the accepted

Offer unless the Employer shall sanction or request in writing that changes be made.

-18-

BILLS OF QUANTITIES

-19-

AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

1

RENOVATIONS AND ADDITIONS TO GROENVLEI SECONDARY SCHOOL

BILL NO. 1

Disclaimer

While the ASAQS aims to ensure that its publicationsrepresent best practice, the ASAQS does not accept orassume any liability or responsibility for any events orconsequences which derive from the use of thePreliminaries Master Bill. Such Master Bill is notexhaustive and is therefore only intended to providegeneral guidance to those who wish to make use of it.This publication is provided "as is" without warranty ofany kind, either expressed or implied including butwithout limitation to warranties of merchantability, fitnessfor a particular purpose and non-infringement

PRELIMINARIES

User note

Delete the above "Disclaimer" when preparing this BillNo. 1 for tender or contract purposes

Hereinafter edit all text, etc but even more specificallytext within "?...?" to ensure that such text applies to thespecific building agreement

The JBCC Principal Building Agreement (March 2014Edition 6.1) prepared by the Joint Building ContractsCommittee shall be the applicable building agreement,amended as hereinafter described

BUILDING AGREEMENT AND PRELIMINARIES

The JBCC Principal Building Agreement contract dataform an integral part of this agreement

The Preliminaries revision 1 (February 2016) publishedby the Association of South African Quantity Surveyorsfor use with the JBCC Principal Building AgreementEdition 6.1 shall be deemed to be incorporated in thesebills of quantities, amended as hereinafter described

The contractor is deemed to have referred to theabovementioned documents for the full intent andmeaning of each clause

-1-

PreliminariesBill No. 1PRELIMINARIESSection No. 1

Carried to Collection R

1


The clauses in the abovementioned documents arehereinafter referred to by clause number and headingonly

Where any item is not relevant to this agreement suchitem is marked N/A signifying "not applicable"

A provision/clause in Edition 6.1 of the JBCC PrincipalBuilding Agreement may have unintendedconsequences. The following is relevant:

User note

Within the contract data document there is space toinsert changes made to the JBCC documentation.Quantity surveyors have generally up to now merelyinserted in this space "Refer to Bill No. 1"

Below the abovementioned space the following note hasbeen inserted:

"Note : The amendments contained herein or in thesingle referenced Annexure constitute the onlyamendments to the standard JBCC Agreement thatwill apply. No other amendments shall be of anyforce or effect"

Should quantity surveyors wish to adhere to the systemof inserting amendments, modifications, corrections orsupplements to the JBCC documentation under thelisted clause headings in Bill No. 1 (Preliminaries) then itis suggested that the following clause be inserted in thespace provided in the contract data where changesmade to the JBCC documentation are to be recorded:

"It is specifically agreed that the note below calling foramendments to the standard JBCC Agreement to belisted in the space provided in the contract data orrecorded in 'the single referenced Annexure' shall notapply. Where standard clauses or alternatives are notentirely applicable to this agreement such amendments,modifications, corrections or supplements as will applyare given under each relevant clause heading in Bill No1 (Preliminaries) and such amendments, modifications,corrections or supplements shall take precedencenotwithstanding the note below and notwithstanding theprovisions of clause 5.6 of the JBCC Principal BuildingAgreement"

-2-



1


Not doing as suggested above when adhering to thesystem generally used by quantity surveyors up tonow may result in any amendments within Bill No. 1(Preliminaries) being considered null and void,which could then lead to major claims

The following paragraph should in addition be inserted

? Where standard clauses or alternatives are notentirely applicable to this agreement such amendments,modifications, corrections or supplements as will applyare given under each relevant clause heading and suchamendments, modifications, corrections or supplementsshall take precedence notwithstanding anything to thecontrary contained in the abovementioned documents ?

PREAMBLES FOR TRADES

The Model Preambles for Trades 2008 published by theAssociation of South African Quantity Surveyors isdesigned to support and extend the abbreviateddescriptions utilised in these bills of quantities by interalia referring to SANS construction standards. Wheresuch model preambles are not applicable (eg whereBS or Euro construction standards are applicable or thedesign consultants provide otherpreambles/specifications for insertion), users are toensure that the abbreviated descriptions when read inconjunction with the Standard System of MeasuringBuilding Work (seventh edition) for works within SouthAfrica or the Standard Method of Measuring BuildingWork for Africa 2015 (first edition) for works elsewherein Africa, represent the full description by extending theabbreviated bills of quantities descriptions and/or byinserting appropriate preambles or specifications

User note

Note that the text of the Standard System of MeasuringBuilding Work (seventh edition) and that of the StandardMethod of Measuring Building Work for Africa 2015 (firstedition) is the same

The Model Preambles for Trades 2008 as published bythe Association of South African Quantity Surveyorsshall be deemed to be incorporated in these bills ofquantities and no claims arising from brevity ofdescription of items fully described in the said ModelPreambles will be entertained

-3-



1


Supplementary preambles and/or specifications areincorporated in these bills of quantities to satisfy therequirements of this project. Such supplementarypreambles and/or specifications shall take precedenceover the provisions of the Model Preambles

The contractor's prices for all items throughout thesebills of quantities shall take account of and include forall of the obligations, requirements and specificationsgiven in the Model Preambles and in any supplementarypreambles and/or specifications

Section A : A recital of the headings of the individualclauses of the aforementioned JBCCPrincipal Building Agreement

STRUCTURE OF THIS PRELIMINARIES BILL

Section B : A recital of the headings of the individualclauses of the aforementioned Preliminariesdocument

Section C : Any special clauses to meet the particularcircumstances of the project

Should the contractor select Option A in the contractdata for the adjustment of preliminaries, the amountsentered against the relevant items in thesepreliminaries are to be divided into one or more of thethree categories provided namely fixed (F), value related(V) and time related (T)

PRICING OF PRELIMINARIES

SECTION A: PRINCIPAL BUILDINGAGREEMENT

Clause 1.0 - Definitions and interpretation1

Interpretation (A1-A7)

Definition of agreement

-4-



1


The definition of agreement is replaced with thefollowing definition :

"AGREEMENT : The JBCC Principal BuildingAgreement, the completed JBCC PBA contract data, thecontract drawings, the priced documents and anyother documents reduced to writing and signed by theparties"

Pricing of bills of quantities

The contractor is to allow opposite each item for allcosts in connection therewith. All prices to include,unless otherwise stated, for all materials, fabrication,conveyance and delivery, unloading, storing, unpacking,hoisting, labour, setting, fitting and fixing in position,cutting and waste (except where to be measured inaccordance with the standard system of measurement),patterns, models and templates, plant, temporary works,returning of packaging, duties, taxes (other than ValueAdded Tax), imposts, establishment charges,overheads, profit and all other obligations arising out ofthis agreement. Value Added Tax (VAT) is to beseparately stated on the summary page of these bills ofquantities

Items left unpriced will be deemed to be covered inprices against other items throughout these bills ofquantities and no claim for any extras arising out of thecontractor's omission to price any item will beentertained

Prices for all construction equipment, temporaryworks, services and other items shall include for thesupply, maintenance, operating cost and subsequentremoval and making good as necessary

Abbreviated descriptions

The items in these bills of quantities utilise abbreviateddescriptions. It is the intention that the abbreviateddescriptions be fully described when read with theapplicable measuring system and the relevantpreambles and/or specifications. However, should thefull intent and meaning of any description not be clear,the contractor shall, before submission of his tender,call for a written directive from the principal agent,failing which it shall be assumed that the contractorhas allowed in his pricing for materials and workmanshipin terms of international best practice

-5-



1


Legal status of contractor

If the contractor constitutes a joint venture, consortiumor other unincorporated grouping of two or more personsthen:

1. These persons are deemed to be jointly andseverally liable to the employer for theperformance of this agreement

2. These persons shall notify the employer of theirleader who has authority to bind the contractorand each of these persons

3. The contractor shall not alter its composition orlegal status without the prior written consent ofthe employer

Errata by JBCC

Omit from definition of construction period the words :"excluding annual holiday periods"Omit from definition of preliminaries the word : "priced"

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Clause 2.0 - Law, regulations and notices

User note

Insert the following where a health and safetyspecification is not yet available

2

? Health and safety

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of clause2.0, the contractor's attention is drawn to the provisionsof Construction Regulations issued in terms of theOccupational Health and Safety Act, 1993. It isspecifically stated that the employer shall prepare adocumented health and safety specification for theworks (refer to Annexure ? for a copy of the relevantspecification) and that the employer shall ensure thatthe contractor has made provision for the cost of healthand safety measures during the execution of the works.The contractor shall price opposite this item forcompliance with the act and the regulations and theprovisions of the aforementioned health and safetyspecification [2.1] ?

-6-



1


The contractor shall:

1. Comply with the health and safety specificationfor the works

2. Prepare and agree with the health and safetyconsultant the health and safety plan for theworks

3. Co-operate with the health and safetyconsultant in all respects

4. Manage the compliance of all subcontractorswith the regulations and with the health andsafety plan and specification

5. Conform to the conditions contained in theemployer's health and safety specification

Item

Clause 3.0 - Offer and acceptance

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

3

Item

Clause 4.0 - Assignment and cession

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

4

Clause 5.0 - Contract documents5

Value Added Tax

Provision is made in the summary page of these bills ofquantities for the inclusion of Value Added Tax (VAT)

The contract drawings are to be listed in the contractdata. If insufficient space is available for such listing orfor any other reason then reference should be made inthe contract data as to where the contract drawings arelisted. One of the following clauses may be used

User note

Insert the following where only a few contract drawingsare applicable

Contract drawings

The contract drawings are as listed on the contentspage of the bills of quantities [5.1] ?

-7-



1


Priced document as specification

Clause 5.3 is deemed to be deleted

The principal agent shall decide which portion of thepriced document may be used as a specification ofmaterials and goods or methods, if any

Precedence

Clause 5.6 is deemed to be deleted. The provisions ofthis Bill No. 1 (Preliminaries) shall take precedence overany other documents which constitute this agreement[5.6]

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Clause 6.0 - Employer's agents6

Delegated authority

The authority of the principal agent to issue contractinstructions and perform duties for specific aspects ofthe works is delegated to agents as follows [6.2]: ?

1. Architect

1.1 Duties :

The architect is responsible for the architectural design,functional design and quality inspection of the works

1.2 Contract instructions [17.0] :

1.2.1 Rectification of discrepancies, errors indescriptions or omissions in contractdocuments other than this agreement

1.2.2 Alteration to design, standards or quantity of theworks provided that such contractinstructions shall not substantially change thescope of the works

1.2.3 The site [13.2.4]

1.2.4 Compliance with the law, regulations andbylaws [2.1]

-8-



1


1.2.5 Provision and testing of samples of materialsand goods, of finishes and assemblies ofelements of the works

1.2.6 Opening up of work for inspection, removal orre-execution

1.2.7 Removal or re-execution of work

1.2.8 Removal or substitution of any materials andgoods

1.2.9 Protection of the works

1.2.10 Making good physical loss and repairingdamage to the works [8.0]

1.2.11 Rectification of defects [21.2]

1.2.12 A list for practical completion specifyingoutstanding or defective work to be rectified toachieve practical completion and a list forcompletion and a list for final completionspecifying outstanding or defective work to berectified to achieve final completion

1.2.13 Expenditure of budgetary allowances, primecost amounts and provisional sums

1.2.14 Appointment of a subcontractor [14.0; 15.0]

1.2.15 Termination of a nominated n/s subcontractagreement [27.2.8]

1.2.16 Work by (a) direct contractor(s) [16.0]

1.2.17 Access by other or previous contractors toremedy defective work

1.2.18 Removal from the site of any person employedon the works

1.2.19 Removal from the site of any person notengaged on or connected with the works

1.2.20 On termination, protection of the works,removal of construction equipment andsurplus materials and goods [29.0]

-9-



1


2. Quantity surveyor

2.1 Duties :

The quantity surveyor is responsible for allmeasurements, valuations, financial assessments andall other quantity surveying and cost control functions ofthe works




2.2.3 The site [13.2.4]









-10-



1











3. Civil and structural engineer

3.1 Duties :

The civil and structural engineer is responsible for allaspects of civil and structural engineering design andquality inspection of the works




-11-



1


3.2.3 The site [13.2.4]

















-12-



1



4. Mechanical engineer

4.1 Duties :

The mechanical engineer is responsible for all aspectsof mechanical engineering design and quality inspectionof the works ?and, where appointed by the employerfor quantity surveying services in respect of themechanical installations, for all measurements,valuations, financial assessments and all other quantitysurveying and cost control functions?




4.2.3 The site [13.2.4]








-13-



1












5. Electrical engineer

5.1 Duties :

The electrical engineer is responsible for all aspects ofelectrical engineering design and quality inspection ofthe works ?and, where appointed by the employer forquantity surveying services in respect of the electricalinstallations, for all measurements, valuations, financialassessments and all other quantity surveying and costcontrol functions?



-14-



1



5.2.3 The site [13.2.4]















-15-



1





6. Wet services engineer

6.1 Duties :

The wet services engineer is responsible for all theaspects of wet services engineering design and qualityinspection of the works




6.2.3 The site [13.2.4]







-16-



1













7. Fire consultant

7.1 Duties :

The fire consultant is responsible for all aspects ofrational fire design and quality inspection of the works



-17-



1



7.2.3 The site [13.2.4]















-18-



1





8. Health and safety consultant

8.1 Duties :

The health and safety consultant is responsible for allaspects of health and safety of the works. Withoutderogating from the generality thereof, the health andsafety consultant will perform the following specificfunctions and duties in respect of the health and safetyaspects of the works:

8.1.1 Act as the employer's agent in terms ofConstruction Regulations issued in terms of theOccupational Health and Safety Act,1993

8.1.2 Prepare and update the health and safetyspecification for the works

8.1.3 Agree with the contractor the health and safetyplan for the works

8.1.4 Carry out regular audits to ensure adherence tothe safety plan and compliance with the Act andRegulations

8.1.5 Stop the execution of the works where theagreed specification or plan is not adhered to

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Item

Clause 7.0 - Design responsibility

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

7

Item

Clause 8.0 - Works risk

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

8

Insurance and security (A8-A11)

-19-



1


Item

Clause 9.0 - Indemnities

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

9

Item

Clause 10.0 - Insurances

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

10

Clause 11.0 - Security11

Security for payment

The employer shall provide to the contractor securityfor payment in the amount of (Not Applicable)...................................................................... Rand (R...........................) ?[11.4.1,11.10] ?

Extension of waiver of lien

The contractor shall ensure that a waiver of lien isincluded in all subcontracts and that the worksexecuted on the site are kept free of all liens and otherencumbrances at all times [11.10] ?

Errata by JBCC

Clause 11.5 Replace "ten (10)" with "five (5)"

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Clause 12.0 - Duties of the parties12

Execution (A12 - A17)

Provisions of clauses 12.1.2 to 12.1.6 and 12.2.18

Refer to the contract data, the Preliminaries documentand "Section B : Preliminaries" of this Bill No. 1 withreference to the provisions of clauses 12.1.2 to 12.1.6and 12.2.18 of the JBCC Principal Building Agreement

Office accommodation

The contractor shall provide, maintain and remove onpractical completion air conditioned officeaccommodation with suitable tables and chairs formeetings to be held on the site. Such offices shall bekept clean and fit for use at all times [12.2.18] ?

-20-



1


Notice board

The contractor shall erect in a position approved by theprincipal agent, maintain and remove on practicalcompletion a notice board recommended by the SouthAfrican Institute of Architects and as approved by theprincipal agent listing the names and logos of theemployer, the contractor, and the professionalconsultants. No subcontractor or supplier notice boardsmay be erected unless permission is granted by theprincipal agent for such notice boards to be erected[12.2.18] ?

Clause 12.1.5 requires the employer to identify accessto water, sewer, stormwater and/or electricityconnections to the site. Should such information beavailable then it is to be stated here or in the contractdata in detail with a suitable heading in bold. Referenceas [12.1.5]. The user should, however, note that clauses8.1 and 8.2 of the Preliminaries state that the employerdoes not warrant that any water or electricity suppliesthat may exist are adequate for the proper execution ofthe works. Any ambiguity in this respect is to be dealtwith

Access to water, sewer, stormwater and electricityconnections

Statutory and other notices

The contractor shall submit and/or comply with allstatutory and other notices that may be required by anylocal or other authority in order not to cause any delay tothe commencement of the works by the contractor.The contractor shall pay all deposits or fees in thisregard [12.1.6]

It is, however, specifically recorded that the employershall be responsible for the timeous approval of buildingplans by any local or other authorities and the paymentof any fees or charges related thereto ?

Errata by JBCC

Clause 12.2.17 Omit the words "[CD] within ten (10)working days"

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

-21-



1


Item

Clause 13.0 - Setting out

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

13

Clause 14.0 - Nominated subcontractors14

Errata by JBCC

Clause 14.1.4 Reference should read "[17.1.14]"Clause 14.6 Reference should read "[17.1.15; 27.1.8]"Clause 14.7.2 Reference should read "[27.1.8]"Clause 14.7.3 Reference should read "[27.2.8]"

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Clause 15.0 - Selected subcontractors15

Errata by JBCC

Clause 15.2 Reference should read "[17.1.14]"Clause 15.7.2 Reference should read "[27.1.8]"Clause 15.7.3 Reference should read "[27.2.8]"

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Clause 16.0 - Direct contractors

Attendance on direct contractors

In respect of direct contractors the contractor shall:

16

1. Designate an area for the direct contractor toestablish a temporary office and workshop andstorage of equipment and materials

2. Allow the use of personnel welfare facilities,where provided

3. Provide water, lighting and single phase electricpower to a position within 50m of the placewhere the direct contract work is to be carriedout, other than fuel or power for commissioningof any installation

4. Permit the direct contractor to use erectedscaffolding, hoisting facilities, etc provided bythe contractor, in common with others havingthe like right, while it remains erected on thesite [16.1]

-22-



1


Errata by JBCC

Clause 16.1.3 Reference should read "[26.5]"

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Clause 17.0 - Contract instructions

? Site instructions

Instructions issued on site are to be recorded in a siteinstruction book which is to be supplied and maintainedon site by the contractor ?

17

Errata by JBCC

Clause 17.1.3 Reference should read "[13.2.4]"

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Item

Clause 18.0 - Interim completion

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

18

Completion (A18 - A24)

Item

Clause 19.0 - Practical completion

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

19

Clause 20.0 - Sectional completion

User note

If sectional completion is applicable, then a clause witha suitable heading in bold should be inserted, ordrawing(s) annexed, to define the various sections.Reference as [20.1]

20

Errata by JBCC

Clause 20.2.2 Reference should read "[21.6.2]"

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Clause 21.0 - Defects liability period and finalcompletion

21

-23-



1


Errata by JBCC

Clause 21.1 Delete the word "final" in the second lastline Reference should read "[21.6.1]"Clause 21.9 Reference should read "[21.4 ; 21.6.1]"

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Item

Clause 22.0 - Latent defects liability period

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

22

Clause 23.0 - Revision of date for practical completion

Substitution of materials and goods

The removal or substitution of any materials and goodswhich do not conform to the specification or thecontract drawings shall not constitute grounds for theextension of the construction period nor for theadjustment of the contract value [17.1.8, 23.1 & 2]

23

Errata by JBCC

Clause 23.2 Reference should read "[26.7]"Clause 23.2.1 Reference should read "[12.1.7]"

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Item

Clause 24.0 - Penalty for late or non-completion

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

24

Clause 25.0 - Payment25

Payment (A25 - A27)

Materials and goods prematurely on site

Materials and goods brought onto the site prematurelyshall not be authorised for payment [25.3.2]

Materials and goods stored off site

Materials and goods stored off site shall be authorisedfor payment subject to a guarantee for advancepayment being provided to the employer [25.3.2]

-24-



1


Fluctuations in costs

All fluctuations in costs, with the exception offluctuations in the rate of Value Added Tax, shall be forthe account of the contractor [25.3.4] ?

Prices submitted

Where prices are submitted by the contractor orsubcontractor during the progress of the works inrespect of contract instructions or in regard to a claimunder the terms of this agreement and notwithstandingthe fact that such prices may be used in an interimpayment certificate, there is to be no presumption ofacceptance. Should the principal agent wish to acceptany such prices prior to the issue of the certificate offinal completion, it shall be in writing

Errata by JBCC

Clause 25.2 The word : "final" in bold in the secondlineClause 25.10.3 Reference should read "[25.13 ; 26.10]"New clause 25.12.4 Add the words : "Terminate theagreement [29.14.7] where the listed options [25.12.1-3]have failed"

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Clause 26.0 - Adjustment of the contract value andfinal account

26

The employer reserves the right to omit such workwithout compensation to the contractor for loss of profitor any other loss which the contractor may suffer as aresult of such omission

Should the contractor be instructed to do so he shallexecute this work under the conditions pertaining to thisagreement on the basis that a separate amount forpreliminaries appurtenant to this work (if applicable) isagreed to between the contractor and the principalagent and on condition that instruction to proceed withsuch work is given to him within a period of three (3)calendar months after the date of practical completionof the works ?

-25-



1


Cost of claims

All costs incurred by the contractor in the preparation ofclaims shall be borne by the contractor. This provisionshall not preclude an adjudicator or an arbitratorappointed in terms of this agreement [30.6,7] frommaking a determination on costs

The contractor shall review, assess and adjudicate anyclaims received by him from any subcontractor andthereafter submit same to the principal agent with arecommendation in order to assist the principal agentin adjudicating the claim [26.6]

Errata by JBCC

Clause 26.4.2 Omit the entire clause and renumberthereafterNew clause 26.4.3 "Other proven or unavoidable costs"

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Item

Clause 27.0 - Recovery of expense and/or loss

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

27

Clause 28.0 - Suspension by the contractor28

Suspension and termination (A28 - A29)

Errata by JBCC

New clause 28.1.5 and renumber thereafter "Or wherean agent has failed to act in terms of this agreement[6.4]Clause 28.2 Replace the word "defect" with "default" inthe first line

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Clause 29.0 - Termination29

-26-



1


Errata by JBCC

Clause 29.1.2 Delete the words : "within the periodstated [CD]"Clause 29.14.1 Change as follows : "Provide or maintaina guarantee for payment......[11.4 - 5]"Clause 29.14.2 Reference should read "[12.1.7]"New clause 29.14.8 "Or where an agent has failed toact in terms of this agreement [6.4]"

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Item

Clause 30.0 - Dispute resolution

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

30

Dispute resolution (A30)

Agreement

The second sentence of the introduction where theparties sign the agreement, namely "Any provision inthis agreement...... acceptance by such subcontractorat any time." is deemed to be deleted

31

Item

The required information of the parties and the amountof the contract sum shall be inserted in the agreementfor signature of the agreement by the parties

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Contract data32

Payment of preliminaries

Where Option B is applicable and the initialconstruction period is extended the monthly chargeshall be recalculated on the same basis as was initiallyapplied but taking into account the revised constructionperiod and the amounts already paid to the contractor[CD26.0]

Adjustment of preliminaries

Where the adjustment of preliminaries is in terms ofOption A, the construction period and the initialconstruction period shall be calculated in workingdays [CD 26.0]

-27-



1


Where the adjustment of preliminaries is in terms ofOption A and sectional completion is required, thecontractor shall provide the principal agent with thedivision of the categorised amounts into sections.Should the contractor fail to provide such informationwithin the period stipulated, the categorised amountsshall be prorated to the value of each section [CD 26.0]

Where the adjustment of preliminaries is required interms of Option B and sectional completion is required,the contractor shall provide the principal agent withdetails of the resources required for each section andthose that are common to sections. Should thecontractor fail to provide such information within theperiod stipulated, Option A shall apply [CD 26.0]

Where removal of lateral support insurance is requiredand stated as such in the contract data for the employerto insure, it is to be noted that it may appear under "no"for the employer to insure where the contractor is totake out the other insurances. In such a case thefollowing clause is to be inserted

Removal of lateral support insurance

Whilst it is stated in clause 10.0 of the contract datathat the employer will not be responsible for works andother insurances the employer shall nevertheless beresponsible for the removal of lateral support insurancein the amount stated ?

Tenderer's selection

Before submission of his tender the contractor is tocomplete the tenderer's selection in the contract data

User note

All information for the above requires consultation withthe contractor. The principal agent should not pre-selectany of the alternatives available to the contractor

Note 4 on page 10 of the contract data

Note 4 on page 10 of the contract data which relates toany benefit or right in favour of any subcontractor shallbe deemed to be deleted

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

-28-



1


SECTION B: PRELIMINARIES

Item

Clause 1.1 - Definitions

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

33

Interpretation (B1)

Item

Clause 1.2 - Interpretation

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

34

Item

Clause 2.1 - Checking of documents

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

35

Documents (B2)

Clause 2.2 - Provisional bills of quantities (YES)36

Item

Multiple procurement

These bills of quantities are in multiple procurementformat ie the "wet trades" - earthworks, concrete,formwork and reinforcement, precast concrete, masonry,waterproofing and sub-surface drainage - areprovisionally (fully?) measured and the subsequenttrades are budgetary allowances and/or provisionalsums (NO)

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Item

Clause 2.3 - Availability of construction information

Budgetary allowances and provisional sums

The budgetary allowances ?and/or provisionalsums? allocated for subsequent trades included in thisagreement will be separately procured, based onmultiple procurement of subcontractors during theconstruction period ?

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

37

Item

Clause 2.4 - Ordering of materials and goods

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

38

-29-



1


Item

Clause 3.1 - Previous work - dimensional accuracy

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

39

Previous work and adjoining properties (B3)

Item

Clause 3.2 - Previous work - defects

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

40

Item

Clause 3.3 - Inspection of adjoining properties

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

41

Item

Clause 4.1 - Defined works area

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

42

The site (B4)

Item

Clause 4.2 - Handover of site in stages

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

43

Item

Clause 4.3 - Enclosure of the works

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

44

Item

Clause 4.4 - Geotechnical investigation

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

45

Item

Clause 4.5 - Encroachments

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

46

Item

Clause 4.6 - Existing premises occupied

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

47

Item

Clause 4.7 - Services - known

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

48

Item

Clause 4.8 - Protection of trees and/or relevant naturalfeatures

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

49

-30-



1


Item

Clause 5.1 - Management of the works

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

50

Management of contract (B5)

Item

Clause 5.2 - Progress meetings

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

51

Item

Clause 5.3 - Technical meetings

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

52

Item

Clause 6.1 - Samples of materials

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

53

Samples, shop drawings and manufacturer'sinstructions (B6)

Item

Clause 6.2 - Workmanship samples

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

54

Item

Clause 6.3 - Shop drawings

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

55

Item

Clause 6.4 - Compliance with manufacturer'sinstructions

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

56

Item

Clause 7.1 - Deposits and fees

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

57

Deposits and fees (B7)

Item

Clause 8.1 - Water

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

58

Temporary services (B8)

Item

Clause 8.2 - Electricity

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

59

-31-



1


Item

Clause 8.3 - Ablution and welfare facilities

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

60

Item

Clause 8.4 - Communication facilities

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

61

Clause 9.1 - Responsibility for prime cost amounts62

Prime cost amounts (B9)

Item

Where details of materials for which prime cost amountsare to be allowed are readily available, the quantitysurveyor may elect to insert the relevant prime costamounts in measured items, which measured itemsshall contain sufficient detail for the contractor to pricefor fixing and installation, waste, etc

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Item

Clause 10.1 - General attendance

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

63

Attendance on subcontractors (B10)

Clause 10.2 - Special attendance64

Item

It is important to note that general attendance onlyrequires the contractor to "permit the subcontractor touse erected scaffolding, hoisting facilities, etc providedby the contractor, in common with others having the likeright while it remains erected on the site" (refer to12.2.13 of the JBCC n/s subcontract agreement). Manyn/s subcontractors qualify their tenders to excludescaffolding and/or hoisting facilities. Especiallyscaffolding could be an expensive item and it may benecessary in order to avoid claims to require thecontractor to provide for the extended use of scaffoldingfor specific subcontracts within a description of "specialattendance" in the applicable bill

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

-32-



1


Item

Clause 11.1 - Protection of the works

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

65

General (B11)

Item

Clause 11.2 - Protection/isolation of existing/sectionallyoccupied works

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

66

Item

Clause 11.3 - Security of the works

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

67

Item

Clause 11.4 - Notice before covering work

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

68

Item

Clause 11.5 - Disturbance

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

69

Item

Clause 11.6 - Environmental disturbance

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Item

Clause 11.7 - Works cleaning and clearing

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

70

Item

Clause 11.8 - Vermin

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

71

Item

Clause 11.9 - Overhand work

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

72

Item

Clause 11.10 - Tenant installations by directcontractors

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

73

Item

Clause 11.11 - Advertising

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

74

-33-



1


Information for completion of the preliminariesschedule

Information necessary for elections and completion ofthose clauses contained in the preliminaries schedulewhich are necessary for tender purposes is givenhereunder. Where no information is given it shall meanthat no specific requirements are expected or that theclause is not relevant to this specific contract

75

Preliminaries schedule (B12)

12.1 - Provisional bills of quantities [2.2]

The quantities are provisional ?Yes/No ?

12.2 - Availability of construction information [2.3]

Construction documentation is complete?Yes/No ?

12.3 - Previous work - dimensional accuracy [3.1]

12.4 - Previous work - defects [3.2]

12.5 - Inspection of adjoining properties [3.3]

12.6 - Defined works area [4.1]

12.7 - Handover of site in stages [4.2] (Yes)

12.8 - Enclosure of the works [4.3]

12.9 - Geotechnical investigation [4.4]

12.10 - Existing premises occupied [4.6] (YES)

12.11 - Services - known [4.7]

12.12 - Protection of trees and/or relevant naturalfeatures[4.8]

12.13 - Water [8.1]

Option A (by contractor) YesOption B (by employer - free of charge) NoOption C (by employer - metered) TBA

-34-



1


12.14 - Electricity [8.2]

Option A (by contractor) YesOption B (by employer - free of charge) NoOption C (by employer - metered) TBA

12.15 - Ablution and welfare facilities [8.3]

Option A (by contractor) YesOption B (by employer) No

12.16 - Communication facilities [8.4]

12.17 - Protection of the works [11.1]

12.18 - Protection/isolation of existing/sectionallyoccupied works [11.2]

Protection/isolation is required?Yes

12.19 - Disturbance [11.5]

All work is to be carried out in such a manner as tocause no unacceptable or unreasonable dust, noise,vibrations, nuisance, inconvenience, annoyance and thelike to the public, others, other properties and traffic inso far as they exceed the permissible limitations set bygovernment legislation or by the local authority. Anydelays, stoppages and the like arising from or in order tocomply with the above will not constitute grounds for anadjustment to the construction period or contractvalue whatsoever

12.20 - Environmental disturbance [11.6]

Controlling all forms of pollution

The contractor shall be responsible for and take allprecautions in controlling by whatever means necessaryall forms of pollution emanating from the site during theconstruction period due inter alia to noise, artificiallight, wind-blown sand, dust, deposits of mud, etc

The contractor is to ensure that all roads which borderthe site and is used by the contractor during theexecution of the works are kept clean and free of anydirt or debris caused by the execution of the works ?

-35-



1


Environmental management plan

The employer has prepared an environmentalmanagement plan (EMP)

ItemF:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Warranties for materials and workmanship

Where warranties for materials and/or workmanship arecalled for, the contractor shall obtain a written warranty,addressed to the employer, from the entity supplyingthe materials and/or doing the work and shall deliversame to the principal agent on the final completion ofthe contract

76

SECTION C: SPECIFIC PRELIMINARIES

The warranty shall state that workmanship, materialsand installation are warranted for a specific period fromthe date of practical completion and that any defectsthat may arise during the specified period shall be madegood at the expense of the entity supplying the materialsand/or doing the work, upon written notice to do so

Item

The warranty will not be enforced if the work isdamaged by defects in the execution of the works, inwhich case the responsibility for replacement shall restentirely with the contractor

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Item

Overtime

Should overtime be required to be worked for anyreason whatsoever, the cost of such overtime is to beborne by the contractor unless the principal agent hasspecifically authorised, prior to execution thereof, thatcosts for such overtime are to be borne by theemployer

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

77

-36-



1


Item

Co-operation of the contractor for cost management

It is specifically agreed that the contractor accepts theobligation of assisting the principal agent inimplementing proper cost management. The contractorwill be advised by the principal agent of all costmanagement procedures which will be implemented toensure that the contract value does not exceed thebudget

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

78

Item

Overloading

The contractor shall take all necessary steps to ensurethat no damage occurs due to overloading of any portionof the works or temporary works eg scaffolding, etc.The contractor shall submit details of his proposedloading, storage, plant erection, etc to the principalagent for approval prior to proceeding with suchloading, storing or erecting and shall comply with andpay for the principal agent's requirements inconnection with the provision of temporary support work,etc. Any damage caused to the works by overloadingshall be made good by the contractor at his soleexpense

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

79

Item

Propping of floors below

The contractor is advised that propping of floors belowmay be required if he wishes to use any areas ofcompleted suspended reinforced concrete slabs forvehicle access, storage of materials and goods andlocation of plant, scaffolding, etc. The location of theseareas and any necessary propping shall be approved bythe principal agent and the cost thereof shall be borneby the contractor

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

80

-37-



1


Item

Testing of flat roof waterproofing for watertightness

Flat roof waterproof areas shall be prepared with smallsand dykes around them of a size and enclosing anarea approved by the principal agent, flooded withwater and kept "ponded" for at least forty (40) hours asa test to ensure the watertightness of the waterproofingand before any further construction work is carried outabove the waterproofing

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

81

Item

Green star building certification

User note

Insert the provisions called for by the relevant green starconsultant should it be a requirement that the project besubmitted for green star certification

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

82

Broad based black economic empowerment (BBBEE)

Tenders submitted will be evaluated taking into accounttheir empowerment rating

The employer will be monitoring the broad based blackeconomic empowerment (BBBEE) status of thecontractor throughout the execution of the works

83

Item

The contractor is to submit to the principal agent onan annual basis a schedule of spend, split into vendorsengaged as subcontractors and suppliers indicatingtheir BBBEE rating including proof of the said rating

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

Item

Advertising rights

The employer may elect to contract with advertisingagencies for the erection of advertising hoardings,banners, wraps or the like for the duration of thecontract. The contractor shall not prevent such anarrangement and will assist in the facilitation of same.Position and type of advertising structure to be agreedwith the principal agent so as not to hinder thecontractor in meeting the obligations under thisagreement

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

84

-38-



1


Item

Confidentiality

The contractor undertakes to maintain in confidenceany and all information regarding this project and shallobtain appropriate similar undertakings from allsubcontractors and suppliers. Such information shallnot be used in any way except in connection with theexecution of the works

No information regarding this project shall be publishedor disclosed without the prior written consent of theemployer

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

85

Item

Media releases

All rights of publication of articles in the media, togetherwith any advertising relating thereto or in any wayconnected with this project, shall vest with the employer

The contractor together with his subcontractors shallnot, without the prior written consent of the employer,cause any statement or advertisement connected withthis project to be printed, screened or aired by themedia

F:.......................... V:......................... T:.........................

86

Category : Fixed R........................................

Category : Value R........................................

Category : Time R........................................

SUMMARY OF CATEGORIES

-39-



20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1Total Brought Forward from Page No.

Preliminaries

Section No. 1

Bill No. 1

AmountPageNo

PRELIMINARIES

COLLECTION

1


-40-


Carried Forward R

Preliminaries

Section No. 1

Bill No. 1

AmountPageNo

PRELIMINARIES

COLLECTION

Brought Forward R

1


39

38

37

36

35

34

33

32

31

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22


-41-


Carried Forward to Summary of Section No. 1 R

AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

1


BILL NO. 2

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

Part 1 General

Item

The preparation and submission of the Safety andHealth Plan comprising with but not limited to;

a. Description of projectb. Site project organisation structurec. Arrangements for controlling significant site risks,d. Detail - Refer item 1.1 in Occupation Safety andHealth Specification

1

1.1 Preparation and submission of safety andhealth plan.

Item

Review Occupational Safety and Health managementsystem of work site at least once every 6 months andsubmitted to Client Representative.

2

1.2 OHS Management System

1.4 The Safety and Health Committee.

9No

a) SHE committee meetings monthly for the duration ofthe contract.

3

Conduct SHE meetings and inspections during theduration of the contract as below;

9No

b) Site Safety and Health inspection for the workplaceevery months for the duration of the contract.

4

-42-

Occupational Health and SafetyBill No. 2PRELIMINARIESSection No. 1


1


Provision for the submission of design of any temporaryworks by a competent person / professional engineer(third party) of the following to the Client representative:

1.5 Temporary Works by Designer

1Noa) Formwork and support system5

1Nob) Scaffolding6

1Noc) Catch platform7

1Nod) Construction rubbish/debris disposal chute8

1Noe) Runways and ramp used by vehicles9

1No

f) Support for stability of structure where adjoiningarea to be excavated or piled

10

1Nog) Loading platform11

1Noh) Material and passenger hoist12

9No

Appointment of full time competent Health and SafetyOfficer for the entire duration of the project (Months)

13

1.6 Health and Safety Officer

Item

Conduct health fitness by a medical officer beforecommencement of work and after the completion of theproject.

14

1.7 Medical Check Up

-43-



1


The identified activities or personnel will be involved are:

1Noa) Tower crane operation (if applicable).15

1Nob) Confined spaces.16

1Noc) Tunnelling operation (if Applicable)17

Item

d) Any other activities as specified by S.O. (pleasespecify).

18

No

Provide, maintain and replace any damage personalprotective equipment as per specification to allemployees.

19

1.8 Personal Protective Equipment

Provide, maintain and replace any damage; thefollowing personal protective equipment during theconstruction period (Minimum 15 Numbers/pairs forvisitors only).

15Noa) Eye and face protection20

15No

b) Fall protection (Harnesses, lanyards, lifeline, safetybelt)

21

15Noc) Foot protection (Safety shoes/boots)22

15Nod) Hand protection (suitable glove - pair)23

15Noe) Head protection (safety helmet)24

15Nof) Hearing protection25

-44-



1


15Nog) Respiratory protection26

15Noh) Protective clothing27

Itemj) Others (please specify)28

Note: The quantity of the PPE priced here is theminimum quantity provided for Professional team andvisitors who enters the worksites and may variesdepending on project size.

Conducting briefings and induction course to eachworker and any related courses that required for theentire project.

1.10 Safety and Health Training & Briefing

Plan and conduct relevant safety and health trainingplan as per site requirement.

No

a) Site safety and health induction course for sitepersonnel.

29

No

b) Site health and safety induction for approvedvisitors.

30

1Noc) Fire fighting.31

1Nod) Emergency preparedness, respond and evacuation.32

Noe) Tool box meetings/briefing (once a week at site).33

-45-



1


Item

Prepare and undertake Hazards Identification, RiskAssessment and Risk controls (HIRARC) for theconstruction activities.

34

1.11 Hazards Identification Risk Assessment AndRisk Control (HIRARC)

9No

Printing/copying, papers, inks, binding or related cost inproviding the monthly report within the contract periodinclusive of any investigation expertise.

35

1.12 Monthly Report

Item

Provision for Accident / Incident Investigation Reportinclusive for the cost to engage if there is any thirdparties involve (competent person / specialist) toinvestigate any accident at workplace.

36

1.13 Notification of Accidents, DangerousOccurrences, Occupational Diseases

Safety signage at site to ensure that workers and thepublic are aware about safety within the contract period.

1.14 General Signage

1Noa) Keep Site Clean37

Provide, install and maintain the safety warning signs.Others warning signs but not limited to :

1Nob) No Open Burning38

1Noc) Emergency exit routes39

Item

d) Any other safety signs as instructed and approvedby the S.O. (please specify)

40

-46-



1


1.15 Site Safety and Health Information Board

1No

Provision and maintenance of Safety and Healthinformation board including regular updating of safetyand health information.

41

Provide at least one (1) information board to update anySHE information to the employee at worksite.

A trained first-aider for any minor accident and first aidarrangement in case of any accidents at the workplace.This includes providing complete set of first aid kit foroffice and quarters within the period of contract.Minimum requirement to be at site are two competent /trained First Aider and two complete first aid kits.

1.16 First Aid Facilities.

2Nob) To provide and maintain first aid kit.42

To provide suitable two (2) trained person to attend first-aid treatment.

Provide enough fire extinguishers at the workplace. Thelocations of the fire extinguishers include the site office,quarters and standby for any hot works activities withinthe contract period. The cost also includes themaintenance and training of the use of equipment. Atleast one unit for office, two units for each quarters andone unit standby for hot work area.

1.17 Portable Fire Extinguisher.

Item

Provision and maintenance of approved fire extinguisherto be provided for around each 200m2 of floor spacewith a minimum of one per floor at designated area.

43

Part 2 Amenities and Facilities (ConstructionSite and Site Accommodation)

-47-



1


Toilet shall be connected to a sewer / temporary septictank with the approval of the relevant competentauthority. Contractor shall estimate the number ofworkers for entire project and at least 1 toilet per every15 workers.

2.1 Toilets

No

Provide, maintain and the dislodging of toilets forworkers.

44

Item

Temporary site office with adequate lighting andventilation.

45

2.2 Temporary Structures and Sanitaryconveniences at construction worksites

Item

Provide and maintain rest area for the workers and sitestaff with safe area, ventilated and lighted.

46

2.3 Temporary rest area

Note: Dark environment with inadequate lighting (accessto upper floor, tanks, any confined space, etc).

2.4 Lighting

Item

Provide adequate lighting in dark environment at workareas, access and egress.

47

Item

Provide mechanical ventilator in areas where naturalventilation is not possible and in accordance to thespecification. Areas which requires constant aircirculation which involves fumes and smoke e.g.generator, welding activities, confine space, etc.

48

2.5 Ventilation

-48-



1


Part 3 Prevention of fall at Workplace

Item

Supply, install and erect guardrail, barricade and toeboard (where required) to exposed edges / openings butnot limited to:a) Building perimeter openingsb) Floor openingsc) Working platformd) Loading platform

49

3.1 Unprotected Sides and Edges

Item

Provision of providing temporary closure by usingsufficient thick and strong material for any floor openingswhere when erecting guardrail / barricade are notsuitable.

50

Item

Install and maintain safety net as close as possible tothe working level. Should it be on the outside of thestructure, the outer edges should be higher that theinner edge. Contractor to calculate the area to beclose/cover base on the proposed design of the building.

51

3.2 Safety nets

Fall arrest systems must be provided for every workersworking at height above 1.8m. Double lanyards to beequipped on the safety harness.

3.3 Individual fall arrest systems

Item

Provide, anchor /install and maintain individual fall arrestsystems that includes :a) Inertia reel systems;b) Safety harness;c) Lanyards; andd) Static lines

52

-49-



1


Note: Home-made ladders are forbidden and must beremoved from site.

3.6 Ladders

Item

Supply, install and maintain suitable lockable stepladder spreader bars on both sides connected to thefront and rear stiles. All ladders must be specified withits certification standards.

53

Scaffold board should not be less than 225mm wide.Working platforms for men without materials or only forpassage of materials must be 500mm width. For menand materials provided there is 800mm width, providedthere is 430mm left clear for the passage of men or600mm if barrows are used. Toe-board must be fitted inconjunction with all guard rails, a minimum height of150mm.

3.7 Scaffolding for Temporary Working Platform,Access and Egress

Item

Erect, maintain and dismantle suitable scaffolding fortemporary working platform including access andegress.

54

For high-rise building, chute openings must be properlysupported with adequate strength and the discharge endof the chute to the debris collection area shall not bemore than 3m. At least 1 chutes to be provided duringconstruction period for high-rise building.

3.8 Rubbish Chute

1NoProvision for rubbish / debris disposal chute55

3.9 Safety Signage

-50-



1


Provide the safety signs at workplace to ensureawareness for workers and public.

1Noa) Beware of falling object56

Provision for the following safety signage but not limited to:

1Nob) Use safety harness57

1Noc) Use safe access and egress58

1Nod) Beware of openings59

1Noe) Use rubbish / debris chute60

Part 4 Electrical

Item

Submission of regular safety inspection andmaintenance reports on electrical distribution box, switchbox, temporarily wiring and generator set both indoorsand outdoors on weekly basis.

61

4.1 Reports

Provide electrical safety signs at workplace to ensureworkers and public aware about electrical safety withinthe contract period.

4.2 Electrical Safety Signage

1Noa) BEWARE ELECTRICITY62

Provide, install and maintain the following approved300mm x 400mm safety warning signs but not limited to:

-51-



1


1Nob) USE ELECTRICITY SAFELY63

1Noc) USE SAFE ELETRICAL TOOLS64

1Nod) BEWARE OF OVERHEAD CABLE65

Iteme) Others ( please specify )66

Item

Inspection of all electrical tools and equipment prior totheir first use at site and throughout the contract period.

67

4.3 Inspection of equipment

Part 5 Hazardous Chemicals and Materials

Item

a) Prepare a Chemical Register for all hazardouschemical to health used in the place of work inclusive ofupdating during the contract period.

68

5.1 Chemical Health Risk Assessment

Item

b) Carry out Chemical Health Risk Assessment by aregistered assessor.

69

Item

c) Develop control measures and policies to ensure thehazardous chemical to health are handled and usedsafely inclusive of updating during the contract periodbut not limited to :i. Handlingii. Correct and safe storageiii. Transportation procedureiv. Disposal procedure include schedule waste

70

-52-



1


Item

Provision of labeling, control and safe storage area forhazardous material at site to the requirement of theauthority.

71

5.2 Labeling and Storage

Item

Suitable PPE for handling hazardous chemical atworkplace as per MSDS.

72

5.3 Personal Protective Equipment

The cost for handling any chemical waste as requiredincluding proper arrangement by the approvedcontractor (third party).

5.4 Waste Disposal

Item

Handle, transport and disposal of schedule waste bylicensed / approved contractor to the requirement of theauthority.

73

All related safety signage in handling hazardouschemical at workplace as per MSDS. Safety signageneed to be install at designated chemical area to avoidany accident and abuse from unauthorized person.

5.5 Chemical Safety Signage

1Noa) USE SUITABLE FACE MASK74

Provide, install and maintain the following approved300mm x 400mm safety warning signs but not limited to:

1Nob) USE SUITABLE GLOVES75

1Noc) WARE SUITABLE CLOTHINGS76

-53-



1


1Nod) BEWARE OF HADZADOUS MATERIAL77

1Noe) USE SUITABLE GOGGLES78

Itemf) Any other signs related to chemical safety79

Item

Provisions to provide the following:a) Training of hazardous chemicals on siteb) Monitoring of exposure hazardous chemical on sitec) Health surveillance for workers expose to thehazardous chemical on site

80

5.6 Hazardous chemical training and handling

Part 6 Plants

1Noa) Mobile / crawler crane and rigging equipment81

6.1 Compile and maintain on a monthly basis allinspection records for plants but not limited to :

1Nob) Material hoist82

1Noc) Passenger hoist83

1Nod) Power operated elevating work platform84

1Noe) Bar bending and cutting machines85

1Nof) Mechanical cutting operations86

1Noh) suspended platform87

1Noi) Portable mechanical powered fastening tools88

-54-



1


1Noj) Scaffold89

1Nok) Compressor and Pressure Vessel90

Note: The cost for printing/copying, papers, inks,binding, files or related cost in providing and maintainingall inspection records during the contract period.

Itema) Slinger91

6.2 Provision of designated person

Itemb) Signalman92

Item

Provision of radio communication set for signalman andplant operator during lifting operation.

93

6.3 Communication

Item

Inspection by authorised inspector (third party) at leastonce (1) per six or if there are any S.O instructions.

94

6.4 Inspection

Item

Arrange inspection and approval of special plants, toolsand before use at site for :a) Air compressorb) Tower cranec) Mobile craned) Material Hoiste) Passenger Hoistf) Any others

95

Part 7 Special Work Situations

-55-



1


Ensure the workers always safe to enter any confinedspace by providing all the following items or if there areany S.O instructions.

7.1 Working in confined space

Item

a) Carry out air testing for toxic, flammable gas fumesand oxygen adequacy before access to the confinedarea of work by authorised gas tester.

96

Item

b) Provision of:i. entry supervisor (one man per test)ii. standby person (one man per test)

97

1No

c) Provision of ventilator system to regulate and ensuresufficient air flow to the confined work area.

98

Item

d) Develop permit system and procedure for enteringconfined spaces during the contract period.

99

1Noi. CONFINED SPACE AREA OBTAIN PERMIT100

e) Provide, install and maintain once, the followingapproved 300mm by 400mm safety warning signs butnot limited to:

1Noii. USE SUITABLE PPE101

Itemiii. Any other warning signs102

The cost to ensure safety and proper trafficmanagement at workplace by providing all the followingitems within the contract period.

7.2 Traffic movement within site

-56-



1


Item

a) Provision for planning of safe traffic movement withinthe site.

103

Item

b) Provision of flagman to control and regulate themovement of site traffic / vehicle within, going out andcoming into the site.

104

Item

c) Provision of the following to be used by the workerand flagman but not limited to :i. Reflective safety vast.ii. Dust maskiii. Traffic control baton lightiv. Flags ( Both Green and Red flags )v. Any other suitable PPE

105

Item

d) Provide, install and maintain 300mm by 400mmsafety warning signs

106

The cost to ensure safety and proper arrangement forany excavation activities at workplace by providing allthe following items within the contract period. Minimumone (1) no. per item when the excavation is more than1.5m deep.

7.3 Excavations ( more than 1.5m deep )

1No

a) Provision for the designing of safe strutting for deepexcavation work by professional.

107

Item

b) Provision for the competent / designated person tosupervise the excavation work.

108

Item

c) Provision for the protection and barricading theexcavated work.

109

1No

d) Provide, install and maintain an approved hazardwarning lights for the excavated area during the night.

110

-57-



1


No

e) Provide, install and maintain the followingapproved 300mm by 400mm safety warning signs butnot limited to :

111

Itemii. Any other warning signs112

Note : Applicable for demolition works only otherwiseignore Section 7.4

7.4 General Demolition Works

Ensure safety and proper arrangement of the demolitionactivities by providing all the following items within thecontract period or for the demolition works. Minimumone (1) no per item is required.

Item

a) Provision of planning for safe demolition work, stageby stage, including the safety of adjoining structure forthe approval of the local authority.

113

Item

b) Provision of inspection and supervision of demolitionwork by competent person.

114

1No

c) Provision of adequate notice before demolition workas required by the local authority.

115

Item

d) Provision for the suppression of dust to the approvallimit of the local authority.

116

Iteme) Provide, install and maintain safety warning signs117

Item

f) Provision of approved netting for prevention ofuncontrolled fall of demolishing material.

118

Item

g) Provide, install and maintain approved barricade /fencing for preventing unauthorised entry for the wholeduration of the demolition work.

119

-58-



1


Item

h) Provision of security personnel at strategic locationsduring the demolition operation.

120

Itemi) Provision of noise monitoring and testing.121

15Noi. Goggle122

j) Provision of the following personal protectiveequipment (PPE) to be used by visitor/inspectors on siteduring demolition works, but are not limited to :

15Noii. Dust mask123

15Noiii. Ear protection124

15Noiv. Gloves125

Itemv. Any other PPE126

-59-



Occupational Health and Safety

Section No. 1

Bill No. 2

AmountPageNo

PRELIMINARIES

COLLECTION

1


59

58

57

56

55

54

53

52

51

50

49

48

47

46

45

44

43


-60-



1


PRELIMINARIES

SECTION SUMMARY - PRELIMINARIESBillNo

PageNo

Amount

Section No. 1

41Preliminaries1

60Occupational Health and Safety2

-61-

PRELIMINARIESSection No. 1

Carried to Building And External Works Summary R

AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

2


BILL NO 1

ALTERATIONS

REMOVAL OF EXISTING WORK

30m2Portion of existing 100mm thick average surface bed1

Breaking up and removing reinforced concreteincluding cutting off and removing reinforcement

99m2150mm Thick average wall2

26m

Cutting off portion of existing concrete foundationincluding grubbing out and remove concrete strip footingand concrete foundation wall backfill excavation withimported G7 material and compacted to 93% ModAASHTO density

3

6NoGlazed steel window not exceeding 2,5m24

Taking out and removing doors, windows, etc frombrickwork to be demolished

18NoTimber single door and steel frame not exceeding2,5m2

5

Taking out and removing doors, windows, etc fromconcrete wall including making good thresholds,sills lintels etc

1NoTimber double door and steel frame exceeding 2.5m2and not exceeding 5m2

6


1No

Existing pitched corrugated iron roof approximately 967m2 (measured flat) overall including roof covering,timber trusses and purlins, ceilings and cornices, eavessoffit covering, fascias, barge boards, gutters andrainwater pipes

8

Taking down and removing roofs, floors, panelling,ceilings, partitions, etc

499m2Existing Gypsum plasterboard or Fibre cement ceilingsincluding cornices, timber brandering, etc

9

-62-

AlterationsBill No. 1BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


2


2NoVitreous china wash hand basin10

Taking out and removing piping, sanitary fittings,etc including disconnecting piping from fittingsand making good floor and wall finishes (makinggood tiling and paintwork elsewhere)

2NoVitreous china WC pan with cistern11

2NoMirror 600 x 600mm high from wall12

Taking out and removing glass and mirrors

5m

Cutting through 150mm thick concrete surface bed for700mm wide concrete wall footing including makinggood concrete surface bed on both sides of new onebrick wall

13

CUTTING THROUGH FLOORS AND CEILINGS

BUILDING UP OPENINGS

11m2Half brick walls14

Brickwork in NFP bricks in class II mortar inbuilding up openings

28m

Cutting toothings and bonding new half brickwork toexisting 150mm thick concrete wall including 12mm H.T500mm long dowel at 500mm centres to the approval ofthe Engineer with one end epoxied into existingconcrete and the other end built into brickwork

15

Sundries

499m2

Hacking up and prepare surface of existing concretefloor finish for key to receive new floor screed (Newscreed elsewhere measured)

16

PREPARATORY WORK TO EXISTINGSURFACES

MAKING GOOD OF FINISHES ETC

24m150mm concrete walls where 150mm walls weredemolished

17

Making good concretework

-63-



2


19m

Concrete surface bed where 150mm concrete wallswhere walls were demolished

18

253m

150mm Thick concrete wall beam filling toaccommodate new roof trusses (New roof trusseselsewhere measured)

19

258m2Pressure clean existing concrete slab and repairexposed chip area with silka mortar

20

OPENINGS THROUGH EXISTING WALLS ETC

2No

Altering opening in 150mm concrete wall where windowsize 1000 x 1200mm high is removed to form openingfor 2No 533mm x 654mm high including cutting throughconcrete wall on both sides and bricking up opening in-between and bottom ends of new windows with halfbrick wall and joining new wall and existing concretewall with 12mm H.T 300mm long dowel at 300mmcentres one end epoxied into concrete and the otherend built into brick wall along the line of joining andmaking good joint according to the Structural Engineer'sinstruction

21

Altering openings

2No

Altering opening in 150mm concrete wall where windowsize 1200 x 2100mm high door is removed to formopening for 1No 813mm x 2032mm high door includingbricking up side opening half brick wall and joining newwall and existing concrete wall with 12mm H.T 300mmlong dowel at 300mm centres one end epoxied intoconcrete and the other end built into brick wall along theline of joining and making good joint according to theStructural Engineer's instruction

22

1No

Opening for roller shutter door size 1500 x 1500mmhigh through 150mm concrete wall and make good alledges of concrete openings

23

Breaking out for and forming openings throughbrick walls for new doors and frames includingnecessary precast concrete lintels and making goodplaster on both sides and into reveals and with ?concrete thresholds with steel trowelled finish (newdoors and frames and making good paintworkelsewhere)

-64-



Alterations

Section No. 2

Bill No. 1

AmountPageNo

BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOM

COLLECTION

2


64

63


-65-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

2


BILL NO 2

EARTHWORKS (PROVISIONAL)

SUPPLEMENTARY PREAMBLES

Use "assumed to be" if no trial holes, soilsinvestigations, etc have been carried out - discuss withengineer. Use "Trial holes indicate that" where theground has been investigated by means of trial holes

Nature of ground

A soils investigation has been carried out on site by theengineer and the report is annexed to these bills ofquantities. Descriptions of excavations shall be deemedto include all ground conditions classifiable as "earth"described in the above report and where conditions of amore difficult character are indicated these areseparately measured

Nature of ground

Descriptions of carting away of excavated material shallbe deemed to include loading excavated material ontotrucks directly from the excavations or, alternatively,from stock piles situated on the building site

Carting away of excavated material

SITE CLEARANCE ETC

59m2

Digging up and removing rubbish, debris, vegetation,hedges, shrubs and trees not exceeding 200mm girth,bush, etc

1

Site clearance

59m2Stripping average 150mm thick layer of top soil andstockpiling on site

2

EXCAVATION, FILLING,

25m3Trenches3

Excavation in earth not exceeding 2m deep

-66-

EarthworksBill No. 2BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


2


2m3Soft rock4

Extra over trench and hole excavations in earth forexcavation in

1m3Hard rock5

14m3Surplus material from excavations and/or stock piles onsite to a dumping site to be located by the contractor

6

Extra over all excavations for carting away

70m2Sides of trench and hole excavations not exceeding1,5m deep

7

Risk of collapse of excavations

ItemKeeping excavations free of all water other thansubterranean water

8

Keeping excavations free of water

10m3Backfilling to trenches, holes, etc9

Earth filling obtained from the excavations and/orprescribed stock piles on site including haulageapproximately 1000m from perimeter of excavationsor stock piles compacted to 93% Mod AASHTOdensity

16m3G5 Materials backfilling to trenches, holes, etc10

Earth filling supplied by the contractor compactedto 93% Mod AASHTO density

18m3G7 Materials under floors, steps, pavings, etc11

60m2

Compaction of ground surface under floors etc includingscarifying for a depth of 100mm, breaking downoversize material, adding suitable material wherenecessary and compacting to 93% Mod AASHTOdensity

12

Compaction of surfaces

-67-



2


20m2

Compaction of ground surface bottom of excavation etcincluding scarifying for a depth of ?mm, breaking downoversize material, adding suitable material wherenecessary and compacting to 93% Mod AASHTOdensity

13

5No"Modified AASHTO Density" test14

Prescribed density tests on filling

SOIL POISONING

60m2

Under floors etc including forming and poisoning shallowfurrows against foundation walls etc, filling in furrowsand ramming

15

Soil insecticide

90m2To bottoms and sides of trenches etc16

-68-



Earthworks

Section No. 2

Bill No. 2

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

2


68

67


-69-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

2


BILL NO 3

CONCRETE, FORMWORK ANDREINFORCEMENT


The costs of making, storing and testing of concrete testcubes as required under clause 7 "Tests" of SABS 1200G shall include the cost of providing cube mouldsnecessary for the purpose, for testing costs and forsubmitting reports on the tests to the architect. Thetesting shall be undertaken by an independent firm orinstitution nominated by the contractor to the approval ofthe architect. (Test cubes are measured separately)

Cost of tests

Breeze concrete shall consist of twelve parts clean dryfurnace ash, free from coal or other foreign matter, toone part cement (12:1), the ash graded up to particleswhich will pass a 16,5mm ring from a minimum whichfails to pass a 4,75mm mesh. The finer materials fromthe screening are to be first mixed with the cement intoa mortar and the ash added afterwards and thoroughlyincorporated

"Foamcement" lightweight concrete is to have a densityof 600kg/m3 for the top 50mm and 400kg/m3 for theremaining thickness. The minimum thickness at outlets,channels, etc shall be 50mm

"Foamcement " lightwieght concrete

"Celbeton" lightweight concrete is to have a density of1000kg/m3 for the top 20mm and 480kg/m3 for theremaining thickness. The minimum thickness at outlets,channels, etc shall be 30mm

"Celbeton" lightweight concrete

-70-

Concrete, Formwork and ReinforcementBill No. 3BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


2


Description of formwork shall be deemed to include useand waste only (except where described as "left in" or"permanent"), for fitting together in the required forms,wedging, plumbing and fixing to true angles andsurfaces as necessary to ensure easy release duringstripping and for reconditioning as necessary before re-use

Formwork

The vertical strutting shall be carried down to suchconstruction as is sufficiently strong to afford therequired support without damage and shall remain inposition until the newly constructed work is able tosupport itself.

Formworks to soffits of solid etc shall be deemed to beslabs not exceeding 250mm thick unless otherwisedescribed

Formwork to sides of bases, pile caps, ground beams,etc will only be measured where it is prescribed by theengineer for design reasons. Formwork necessitated byirregularity or collapse of excavated faces will not bemeasured and the cost thereof shall be deemed to beincluded in the allowance for taking the risk of collapseof the sides of the excavations, provision for which ismade in "Earthworks"

REINFORCED CONCRETE CAST AGAINSTEXCAVATED SURFACES

5m3Strip footings1

25MPa/12mm concrete

3m3Surface beds on waterproofing2

2m3Apron on waterproofing3

3NoMaking and testing 150 x 150 x 150mm concretestrength test cube (Provisional)

4

TEST BLOCKS

CONCRETE SUNDRIES

-71-



2


34m2Surface beds, slabs, etc5

Finishing top surfaces of concrete smooth with awood float

26m2Apron, etc6

Finishing top surfaces of concrete smooth with asteel float

MOVEMENT JOINTS ETC

97m12mm Joints not exceeding 300mm high7

Expansion joints with 12mm softboard betweenvertical concrete and brick surfaces

18m10 x 35mm Deep saw cut joints in top of concrete8

Saw cut joints

REINFORCEMENT

0.20tVarious Diameter bars in all class of concrete9

High tensile steel reinforcement to structuralconcrete work

24No

12mm Diameter dowel bar 500mm long with one endepoxied into existing concrete and other end cast intonew concrete footing

10

High tensile steel dowel bars

28No

12mm Diameter dowel bar 300mm long with one endepoxied into existing concrete and other end cast intonew concrete surface bed

11

34m2Type Ref A193 fabric reinforcement in concrete surfacebeds, slabs, etc

12

Fabric reinforcement

-72-



Concrete, Formwork and Reinforcement

Section No. 2

Bill No. 3

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

2


72

71


-73-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

2


BILL NO. 4

MASONRY


BRICKWORK

Where sizes in descriptions are given in brick units, "onebrick" shall represent the length and "half brick" thewidth of a brick

Sizes in descriptions

Descriptions of hollow walls shall be deemed to includeleaving every fifth perpend of the bottom course of theexternal skin open as a weep hole.

Hollow walls etc

Walls in two skins described as "bagged and sealed"shall be deemed to include having the outer face of theinner skin bagged with 1:6 cement and sand mixtureand sealed with two coats "Brixeal" bitumen emulsionwaterproofing coating.

The above preamble generally applies for works in hotand humid coastal areas

User note:

Bricks shall be ordered timeously to obtain uniformity insize and colour

Face bricks

Descriptions of recessed pointing to fair face brickworkand face brickwork shall be deemed to include squarerecessed, hollow recessed, weathered pointing, etc

Pointing

FOUNDATIONS (PROVISIONAL)

-74-

MasonryBill No. 4BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


2


31m2One brick walls1

Brickwork of NFX bricks (14 MPa nominalcompressive strength) in class I mortar

SUPERSTRUCTURE




2m2One brick walls in beamfilling4

BRICKWORK SUNDRIES

385m75mm Wide reinforcement built in horizontally5

Brickwork reinforcement


29m100 x 70mm Lintels in lengths not exceeding 3m7

Prestressed fabricated lintels

13m230mm Wide sill set sloping and slightly projecting8

Brick-on-edge header course copings, sills, etc

9m110mm Wide sill set level9

Brick-on-head header course copings, sills, etc

400No4mm Diameter roof tie 2m girth bent double with oneend fixed to timber and other end built into brickwork

10

Galvanised wire ties etc

5NoSet of 150 x 150mm clay vermin proof air bricks11

Air bricks etc

MOVEMENT JOINTS ETC

-75-



2




REINFORCEMENT

36No

12mm Diameter dowel bar 300mm long with one endepoxied into existing concrete and other end cast intonew concrete footing or surface bed

13


-76-



Masonry

Section No. 2

Bill No. 4

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

2


76

75


-77-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

2


BILL NO 5

WATERPROOFING


Waterproofing of roofs, basements, etc shall be laidunder a ten year guarantee. Waterproofing to roofsshall be laid to even falls to outlets etc with necessaryridges, hips and valleys. Descriptions of sheet ormembrane waterproofing shall be deemed to includeadditional labour to turn-ups and turn-downs

Waterproofing

DAMP-PROOFING OF WALLS AND FLOORS

10m2In walls1

One layer of 375 micron "Consol Plastics BrikgripDPC" embossed damp proof course

34m2Under surface beds2

One layer of 250 micron "Consol Plastics GunplasUSB Green" waterproof sheeting sealed at laps with"Gunplas Pressure Sensitive Tape"

17m2Vertically between walls3

JOINT SEALANTS ETC

95m12 x 26mm In expansion joints in floors4

"Approved" two-part grey polysulphide sealingcompound including backing cord, bond breaker,primer, etc

-78-

WaterproofingBill No. 5BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

2


BILL NO 6

ROOF COVERINGS ETC

PROFILED METAL SHEETING ANDACCESSORIES

1,232m2Roof covering with pitch not exceeding 25 degrees1

"Kilp Tite" or similar approved 0.58mm CorrugatedZ200 spelter galvanised sheet steel in continuouslength with Pebble Grey colour chromadeck finishon exposed side fixed to timber/steel purlins or railswith KL700 clips and class 3 fasteners inaccordance with manufacturer's instruction

51mRidge capping 600mm girth2

142mHip capping 600mm girth3

33mValley capping 600mm girth4

SHEET METAL FLASHINGS, LININGS,COPINGS, ETC

115m

350mm wide Three times bent stepped cover flashingsone end over roof covering and the other end tuggedinto brickwork

5

4mm Galvanised sheet iron

RAINWATER DISPOSAL

280m100 x 100mm Rectangular eaves gutters6


26NoExtra over eaves gutter for angle7

18NoExtra over eaves gutter for stopped end8

42NoExtra over eaves gutter for outlet for 75mm diameterpipe

9

152m75mm Diameter rainwater pipes10

-79-

Roof CoveringsBill No. 6BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


2


42NoExtra over rainwater down pipe for eaves offset11

42NoExtra over rainwater pipe for bend12

42NoExtra over rainwater pipe for shoe13

-80-



Roof Coverings

Section No. 2

Bill No. 6

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

2


80


-81-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

2


BILL NO 7

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY


Particle board shall comply with the followingspecifications:

a) SABS 1300 Particle board: exterior and flooring type

b) SABS 1301 Particle board: interior type

Particle board:

Descriptions of frames shall be deemed to includeframes, transomes, mullions, rails, etc

Joinery:

Descriptions of hardwood joinery shall be deemed toinclude pelleting of bolt holes

Items described as "nailed" shall be deemed to be fixedwith hardened steel nails or shot pins to brickwork orconcrete

Fixing

Laminate finish shall be glued under pressure. Edgestrips shall be butt jointed at junctions with adjacentsimilar finish

Decorative laminate finish:

ROOFS ETC

250m2Two coats creosote on sawn timbers (Provisional)1

Sundries

EAVES, VERGES, ETC

-82-

Carpentry and JoineryBill No. 7BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


2


480m150mm wide fascias and barge boards includinggalvanised steel H-profile jointing strips

2

Fibre-cement

SKIRTINGS

255m20 x 75mm moulded Skirting plugged3

Meranti Skirting

DOORS ETC

14No40mm thick Door size 813 x 2032mm high (DoorSchedule D1)

4

Solid core Meranti doors hung to steel frames

3No40mm thick Door size 813 x 1882mm high with 100mmhigh kick plate on both sides (Door Schedule D4)

5

Semi-solid core flush doors with masonitehardboard cover and hardwood lipping all roundedges hung to steel frames


6

NOTICE BOARDS, KEYBOARDS,DUCKBOARDS, ETC

1No

2440 x 1850mm high Wall mount pull down PVCprojector screen supplied complete with all accessoriesand fixed unto brickwork or concrete in accordance withmanufacturer's instruction

7

Projector Screen

13No

3000 x 1200mm high wall mounted magnetic whiteboard with standard 20mm wide aluminium framecomplete with slide-in aluminium pen tray 450 x 35mmplugged into brickwork or concrete in accordance withmanufacturer's instruction

8

Magnetic Board

-83-



2


12No

3000 x 1200mm high wall mounted pin boardcomprising of laminated soft board core pining materialwith aluminium anodised channel frame surroundplugged into brickwork or concrete in accordance withmanufacturer's instruction

9

Pinning Board

6No


10

Window Blinds

6NoWindow size 600mm wide x 1248mm high11

Aluminium Venetian Blinds comprising of 25mm widealuminium blades with aluminium head box and dustcover and fully enclosed bottom rail to suite:



-84-



Carpentry and Joinery

Section No. 2

Bill No. 7

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

2


84

83


-85-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

2


BILL NO 8

CEILINGS, PARTITIONS AND ACCESSFLOORING


Items described as "nailed" shall be deemed to be fixedwith hardened steel nails or pins or shot pinned tobrickwork or concrete

Descriptions:

Items described as "plugged" shall be deemed toinclude screwing to fibre, plastic or metal plugs at notexceeding 600mm centres, and where described as"bolted" the bolts have been given elsewhere

CEILINGS ETC

NAILED UP CEILINGS

63m2

Ceilings including galvanised steel suspension framingat 500mm centres in one direction and joints taped overand finished with 5mm skimmed rhinolite plaster.

1

9mm "Rhino" or similar approved gypsumplasterboard

4No

Extra over ceiling for 635 x 635mm trap door ofSiniat ceiling access panel with white epoxy coatedaluminium T-frame with a top hinged 580 x 580mmwhite epoxy coated steel pan into steel branderingsubframe fitted flush in opening

2

447m2

Ceilings including 38 x 50mm soft wood brandering at350mm centres in one direction and joints in galvanisedsteel H - strip

3

9mm "Everite Nutec" or similar approved fibre-cement boards

-86-

Ceilings, Partitions and Access FlooringBill No. 8BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


2


11No


4

377m75mm Coved cornices5

"Rhino" or similar approved gypsum plasterboardcornices

-87-



Ceilings, Partitions and Access Flooring

Section No. 2

Bill No. 8

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

2


87


-88-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

2


BILL NO 9

FLOOR COVERINGS, PLASTIC LININGS, ETC

FLOOR COVERINGS

409m2On floors1

2mm "FloorworX" or similar approved PUR vinylsheeting on FloorworX No 62 acrylic adhesive andFloorworX self leveller with welded joints onscreeded bed (screeded bed elsewhere measured)

409m2Three coats wax polish on vinyl flooring2

POLISH, SEALERS, ETC

-89-

Floor Coverings, Plastic Linings, etcBill No. 9BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

2


BILL NO 10

METALWORK


Descriptions of bolts shall be deemed to include nutsand washers

Descriptions

Descriptions of expansion anchors and bolts andchemical anchors and bolts shall be deemed to includenuts, washers and mortices in brickwork or concrete

Metalwork described as"holed for bolt(s)" shall bedeemed to exclude the bolts unless otherwise described

STRUCTURAL STEELWORK

40No

100 x 100 x 2,5mm pipe 3100mm overall height onwelded 200 x 200 x 6mm thick base plate with 4 Noholes for anchor bolts and welded U - Shaped bracketsize 100 x 200mm high

1

Wielded frames and roof trusses with flat sectionbearer, gusset and connection plates and L-sectioncleats bolted to concrete

160No20mm Chemical anchor bolt2

50m2On Structural steelworks3

Spot priming defects in pre primed surfaces withzinc chromate primer and applying one undercoatand ? coat/coats ? alkyd enamel paint on steel

PRESSED STEEL DOOR FRAMES

14NoFrame overall size 813 x 2377mm high with top fan light305mm high

4

1,6mm Single rebated frames suitable for half brickwalls

-90-

MetalworksBill No. 10BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


2


8NoFrame overall size 813 x 2032mm high5

STEEL WINDOWS, DOORS, ETC

6NoWindow size 1511 x 949mm high (Window schedule -W4)

6

Standard school type steel window frame withburglar 20mm x 4mm thick Mild Steel flat bar weldedto frame

4No

Window size 533 x 654mm high (Window schedule -W1)

7

13No

Gate overall size 873 x 2397mm high including 295mmhigh fan light constructed of 40 x 40 x 2mm thick pipevertical, top and fan light bottom rail frame, with fanlightdivided with welded 10mm square bars vertically at396mm centres and door size 793 x 2022mm highconstructed of 32 x 32 x 2mm thick pipe, top, verticalsides and 2No horizontal middle and bottom rails frame,with vertically welded 10mm square bars at 120mmcentres in between door frames, including 3No 100mm x20mm bullet hinges, stopper bars, cover plate andlocking box and all necessary ironmongery bolted tobrick wall or concrete with anchor bolts (See doorschedule G1)

8

Purpose made gates

STEEL ROLLER SHUTTERS ETC

1NoManual push-up slatted roller shutter for 2400 x2400mm high opening

9

"Approved" Custom made galvanised solid slatedroller shutters fixed to brickwork or concrete


10

-91-



Metalworks

Section No. 2

Bill No. 10

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

2


91


-92-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

2


BILL NO 11

PLASTERING

SCREEDS

103m242mm Thick on floors and landings1

Screeds wood floated on concrete


Screeds steel floated on concrete

INTERNAL PLASTER

302m2On walls3

Cement plaster on brickwork

12m2On narrow widths4

EXTERNAL PLASTER

90m2On walls5



5mOn top, edge and soffit of Arch 345mm wide7

-93-

PlasteringBill No. 11BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

2


BILL NO 12

TILING


Unless described as "fixed with adhesive to plaster(plaster elsewhere)" descriptions of tiling on brick orconcrete walls, columns, etc shall be deemed to include1:4 cement plaster backing and descriptions of tiling onconcrete floors etc shall be deemed to include 1:3plaster bedding

Descriptions

WALL TILING

65m2On walls1

300 x 600 x 9mm Matt finish porcelain wall tiles (PCSum R120/m2 delivered) laid to an approved patternfixed with adhesive to backing (backing elsewhere)and flush pointed with waterproof jointing groutcompound

8NoFair exposed cutting and fitting around pipe notexceeding 100mm internal diameter (provisional)

2

FLOOR TILING

103m2On floors and landings3

600 x 600 x 9mm Non-slip finish porcelain floor tiles(PC Sum R120/m2 delivered) laid to an approvedpattern fixed with adhesive to bedding (beddingelsewhere) and flush pointed with waterproofjointing grout compound

99m100mm high skirting4

CORNER PROTECTORS, DIVIDING STRIPS,ETC

-94-

TilingBill No. 12BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


2


68m12mm Stainless steel cover strip on top and edges ofexposed tiles

5

Aluminium

15m50mm natural anodised cover strips at edges and in-between floor finishes fixed to concrete

6

-95-



Tiling

Section No. 2

Bill No. 12

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

2


95


-96-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

2


BILL NO 13

PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE

Insert preambles/specifications as may be required or inorder to supplement any applicable preambles,specifications or bills of quantities descriptions

Take note that these Model Bills of Quantities utiliseabbreviated descriptions

The Model Preambles for Trades 2008 published by theAssociation of South African Quantity Surveyors isdesigned to support and extend the abbreviated bills ofquantities descriptions by inter alia referring to SANSconstruction standards. Where such model preamblesare not applicable (eg where BS or Euro constructionstandards are applicable or the design consultantsprovide other preambles/specifications for insertion),users are to ensure that the abbreviated descriptionswhen read in conjunction with the applicable measuringsystem, represents the full description by extending theabbreviated bills of quantities descriptions and/or byinserting appropriate preambles or specifications

Consider inserting the preambles hereunder when usingthe abovementioned Model Preambles for Trades 2008

User note

Descriptions of gutter outlets etc shall be deemed toinclude wire balloon gratings

Wire gratings

Descriptions of channels shall be deemed to includenecessary excavation, surface preparation, compaction,etc, and disposal of surplus material on site

Stormwater channels

-97-

Plumbing and DrainageBill No. 13BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


2


Descriptions of french drains shall be deemed to includeexcavation, stone filling graded from 300mm diameter atbottom to 75mm diameter at top, "?" geofabric filterblanket over stone, 300mm earthfilling over and disposalof surplus material on site

French drains

Descriptions of proprietary type septic tanks shall bedeemed to include excavation, bedding and jointing,concrete base slabs, jointing to drains and backfilling,compaction, etc all in accordance with themanufacturer's instructions and disposal of surplusmaterial on site

Septic tanks

Stainless steel for economy basins, domestic sinks andworktops shall be Type 430 (17/0)

Stainless steel for urinals, basins, quality sinks, washtroughs, institutional equipment, etc shall be Type 304(18/8)

Stainless steel for laboratory sinks, photographicequipment, etc shall be Type 316 (18/8)

Units shall have standard aprons on all exposed edgesand tiling keys against walls where applicable

Stainless steel basins, sinks, wash troughs, urinals, etc

Outer edges of sinks, basins, baths, urinals, etc are tobe sealed against adjacent surfaces with approvedsilicone

Sealing of edges

Sewer and drainage pipes and fittings shall be jointedand sealed with butyl rubber rings

Soil, waste and vent pipes and fittings shall be solventweld jointed or sealed with butyl rubber rings

PVC-U pipes and fittings

-98-



2


Pipes of 50mm diameter and smaller shall be plainended with solvent welded PVC-U loose sockets andfittings

Pipes of 63mm diameter and greater shall have socketsand spigots with push-in type integral rubber ring joints.Bends shall be PVC-U and all other fittings shall be castiron, all with similar push-in type joints

PVC-U pressure pipes and fittings

Pipes shall be type IV and of the class specified withcompression fittings

High density polyethylene (HDPe) pipes and fittings

Polypropylene pipes 54mm diameter and smaller shallbe seamless copper coloured Class 16 pipes jointedwith heat welded thermoplastic or where so describedcompression fittings

Pipes shall be firmly fixed to walls, etc with colourednylon snap-in pipe clips with provision foraccommodating thermal movement and jointed andfixed strictly in accordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions

Polypropylene pipes

Pipes shall be hard drawn and half-hard pipes of theclass described. Class 0 (thin walled hard drawn) pipesshall not be bent. Class 1 (thin walled half-hard), Class2 (half-hard) and Class 3 (heavy walled half-hard) pipesshall only be bent with benders with inner and outerformers. Fittings to copper waste, vent and anti-syphonpipes, capillary solder fittings and compression fittingsshall be "?" type. Capillary solder fittings shall complywith ISO 2016

Copper pipes

Copper pipes are to be installed in accordance with thelatest revision of the Code of Practice for CopperPlumbing soldering techniques. Flux, solder, etc to bestrictly in accordance with the manufacturer'srequirements with special attention to copper fluxcomposition

-99-



2


Where fittings have reducing ends or branches they aredescribed as "reducing" and only the largest end orbranch size is given. Should the contractor wish to useother fittings and bushes or reducers he may do so onthe understanding that no claim in this regard will beentertained

Reducing fittings

Unless specifically otherwise stated, descriptions ofpipes shall be deemed to include fixing to walls, etc,casting in, building in or suspending not exceeding 1mbelow suspension level

Fixing of pipes

Pipes chased into brickwork must be wrapped with twolayers of stout brown paper tied with wire. Rates are toinclude for wrapping around joints and fittings

Paper wrapping to pipes

Water pipework is to be disinfected at completion

Disinfection of water pipework

Pipes to be taped shall be coated with the appropriateprimer and the tape shall be applied in the appropriatewidths and with ?% overlaps

Couplings and fittings to pipes shall be taped in strictaccordance with the manufacturer's instructions

"?" petrolatum anti-corrosion tape

Prices for wrapping of pipes shall include for all work asdescribed to couplings in the length

Pipes shall be laid and bedded in accordance withmanufacturers' instructions and trenches shall becarefully backfilled

Laying, backfilling, bedding, etc of pipes

Where no manufacturers' instructions exist, pipes shallbe laid in accordance with the relevant section of SANS2001

-100-



2


Descriptions of cast iron roof outlets shall be deemed toinclude joints to pipes and casting into concrete(adaptors for joints to PVC pipes, etc are givenseparately)

Descriptions of overflow pipes where measured innumber, shall be deemed to include joints to cisternsand splay cut ends

General

Descriptions of pipes laid in and including trenches andof inspection chambers, catchpits, etc shall be deemedto include excavation, bedding, backfilling, compactionto a minimum of ?% Mod AASHTO density and disposalof surplus material on site

Descriptions of service pipes and flexible connectingpipes shall be deemed to include connections to taps,cisterns, etc and to steel pipes (adaptors for connectionsto copper pipes, etc are given separately)

Descriptions of WC pans, slop hoppers, etc shall bedeemed to include for joints to soil pipes (panconnectors are separately measured)

Where required, the contractor shall prepare an updatedset of as-built drawings. At completion of the contractthe contractor shall hand these drawings to the principalagent for reproducing onto the originals for handing overto the employer (provision for allowance of as-builtdrawings elsewhere)

As-built drawings

SANITARY FITTINGS

1No

Vitreous china semi-close paraplegic coupled 90 degreeoutlet open rim wash down pan with thermoset seat andcover complete with matching 9 litre cistern and lidfitments and purpose made C.P side flush leverinncluding CP cranked side rail and cistern hold rail (PCSum R10,500/No delivered) - Z4

1

"Vaal" or similar approved

3No

Vitreous china close coupled 90 degree outlet closedrimless wash down pan with thermoset soft-close seatand cover and four brackets (PC Sum R 4400/Nodelivered) - Z5

2

-101-



2


1No

Vitreous china wall hung urinal with top inlet overall size565 x 275 x 310mm with two hanger brackets, completewith 38mm CP domical grating (PC Sum R 2500/Nodelivered) - Z3

3

4No

Vitreous china rectangular wash hand basin size 610 x460 with one central tap hole including integratedoverflow and chainstay hole through semi punchedtaphole (PC Sum R2500/No delivered) - Z16

4

4NoVitreous china floor mounted classic pedestal (PC SumR900/No delivered) - Z16

5

5No32/38mm waste union6

WASTE UNIONS ETC

TRAPS ETC

4No40mm P/S rubber trap7

uPVC

TAPS, VALVES, ETC

3NoBrushed chrome metering pillar tap (PC Sum R2200/Nodelivered) - Z8

8

"Cobra Watertech" or similar approved

1NoMedical elbow action pillar tap (PC Sum R1500/Nodelivered) - Z15

9

1NoFJ6000 "Flushmaster" urinal flush valve complete withFJT 5.5 flushpipe (PC Sum R 3000/No delivered) - Z3

10

SUNDRIES

2No

Stainless steel 18/10 satin finished wall mountedsanitary towel disposal bin size 200 x 128 x 295mm withdeep drawn lid welded container and piano hinge (PCSum R 2000/No delivered) - Z13

11

Stainless steel

-102-



2


4No

Stainless steel 18/10 1,2/1,5mm satin finished recessedwall mounting toilet roll holder size 183 x 142 x 331mmhigh with spindle system complete with cylinder lock andstandard key for rolls with maximum diameter 108mm(PC Sum R 1200/No delivered) - Z1

12

2No

Stainless steel 18/10 1,2/1,5mm satin finished recessedwall mounting combination paper towel and waste binsize 328 x 203 x 1162mm high both part complete withcylinder lock and standard key (PC Sum R 12500/Nodelivered) - Z2

13

-103-



Plumbing and Drainage

Section No. 2

Bill No. 13

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

2


103

102

101

100

99

98


-104-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

2


BILL NO 14

GLAZING

GLAZING TO STEEL WITH SCREWED ONBEADS (BEADS ELSEWHERE)

9m2Panes exceeding 0,1m2 and not exceeding 0,5m21

6mm Clear float glass


6mm Obscured glass


6mm Clear float glass to existing window


6mm Obscured glass to existing window

TOPS, SHELVES, DOORS, MIRRORS, ETC

4NoMirror size 600 x 900mm high5

6mm Thick clear float glass silver backed mirrorwith polished bevelled edges all round screwed tobrickwork or concrete with chrome plated domeheaded mirror screws

-105-

GlazingBill No. 14BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

2


BILL NO 15

PAINTWORK

PREPARATORY WORK TO EXISTING WORK

Surfaces shall be thoroughly washed down and allowedto dry completely before any paint is applied. Blisteredor peeling paint shall be completely removed and cracksshall be opened, filled with a suitable filler and finishedsmooth

Previously painted plastered surfaces

Surfaces shall be thoroughly rubbed and cleaned down.Blistered or peeling paint shall be completely removeddown to bare metal

Previously painted metal surfaces

Surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned down. Blistered orpeeling paint shall be completely removed and cracksand crevices shall be primed, filled with suitable fillerand finished smooth

Previously painted wood surfaces

PAINTWORK ETC TO EXISTING WORK

1,795m2Pressure clean existing concrete walls and repairexposed chips with silka mortar

1

PREPARATORY WORK TO EXISTING WALLS

ON FLOATED PLASTER/CONCRETE SURFACE

987m2On internal walls2

"Dulux" or similar approved One undercoat primer andtwo finishing coats Acrylic PVA (washable) matt finishpaint in colours as approved by the Architect

2m2On concrete soffit3

-106-

PaintingBill No. 15BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


2


808m2On external walls4

"Dulux" or similar approved weatherguard Threecoats fine textured exterior matt finish paint incolours as approved by the Architect

ON METAL

185m2On steel windows (both sides measured flat)5

Spot priming defects in pre primed surfaces with zincchromate primer and applying one undercoat and ?coat/coats ? alkyd enamel paint on steel

PAINTWORK ETC TO NEW WORK

ON FLOATED PLASTER




"Dulux" or similar approved weatherguard Three coatsfine textured exterior matt finish paint in colours asapproved by the Architect

ON FIBRE-CEMENT

144m2On fascias and barge boards8

"Dulux" or similar approved three coats of super PVAexternal quality paint in colours as approved by theArchitect

447m2On ceilings and cornices9

ON GYPSUM BOARD



ON METAL

-107-



2




68m2On door frames12

56m2On gates, grilles, burglar screens, balustrades, etc (bothsides measured over the full flat area)

13

84m2On eaves gutters14

152mOn rails, bars, pipes, etc not exceeding 300 mm girth15

ON WOOD

58m2On doors16

Prepare and apply "Dulux" or similar approved threecoats of vanish stained to Architects approved colour on

33m2On doors17

Prepare and apply "Dulux" or similar approved woodprimer, one undercoat and one finishing coat semi-glossenamel paint on

-108-



Painting

Section No. 2

Bill No. 15

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

2


108

107


-109-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

2


BILL NO 16

EXTERNAL WORK

THE FOLLOWING IN PAVED AREA

566m2


1

Site clearance

170m3

Open face excavation to form platform under pavingareas etc and depositing excavated material over siteincluding haulage not exceeding 1km from perimeter ofexcavations

2

Open face excavation over sloping site

16m3Soft rock3

Extra over excavation in earth for excavation in

8m3Hard rock4


5


170m3Over site of G5 material in accordance with compactedto 93% Mod AASHTO density

6

Earth filling supplied by the contractor underpavings etc

566m2

Compaction of ground surface under pavings etcincluding scarifying for a depth of ?mm, breaking downoversize material, adding suitable material wherenecessary and compacting to 93% Mod AASHTOdensity

7


-110-

External WorksBill No. 16BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


2




566m2Paving etc to falls9

60mm Grey Zig Zag" interlocking paving on20mmthick river sand and clean sand swept andvibrated into joints between paving

-111-



External Works

Section No. 2

Bill No. 16

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

2


111


-112-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

2


BILL NO 17

PROVISIONAL SUMS




User note

Work for which budgetary allowances are provided willbe measured and valued in accordance with therelevant?building agreement? ?building contract? and deductedin whole or in part if not required without anycompensation for loss of profit on the said allowances

General

Prime cost amounts and provisional sums are net.Prime cost amounts shall include for delivery to site ofall articles concerned

Provisional sums are for material and equipmentsupplied and installed complete by firms of specialists

Where stated, the contractor may allow for profit ifrequired

Profit

-113-

Provisional SumsBill No. 17BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


2


Refer hereunder to "nominated subcontractors" or"selected subcontractors" or both as the case may beand in accordance with the relevant building agreement(building contract)

Where "attendance" is defined in the relevantsubcontract agreement/subcontract, the user is to referthereto and is to ensure that the designations thereinare used. Where "attendance" is not defined in therelevant subcontract agreement/subcontract, the user isto provide a detailed description of the "attendance"required from the contractor

User note

General attendance on nominated/selectedsubcontractors

Use the following descriptions where the JBCC N/SSubcontract Agreement is applicable

User note

The item "attendance" which follows each provisionalsum for nominated/selected subcontractors' work, shallbe deemed to cover all the contractor's costs incurred inproviding free of charge to the nominated/selectedsubcontractors the contractor's duties as described inclause 12.2 of the JBCC N/S Subcontract Agreement

Where "special attendance" such as unloading, storing,placing in position, providing special power supplies,specific hoisting, cranage and scaffolding requirements,provision of temporary casing and/or other specificprotection of the works, special security and clearingaway rubbish is required, a separate item describing thespecific requirements in detail is to be provided for thepricing of such requirements

Special attendance on nominated/selectedsubcontractors

Builder's work in connection with specialist services isgiven elsewhere in these bills of quantities

Builder's work

BUDGETARY ALLOWANCES

-114-



2


550,000.00Item

Provide the sum of R 550,000 (Five Hundred and FiftyThousand Rand) for supply and installation of TimberRoof trusses expended in whole on in part as directedby the Principal Agent

1

Timber Roof Truss Construction

ItemAllow Profit and Attendance2

35,000.00Item

Provide the sum of R35,000 (Thirty Five ThousandRand) for supply and installation of Ironmongery to beexpended in whole on in part as directed by thePrincipal Agent

3

Supply and Installation of Ironmongery


15,000.00Item

Provide the sum of R 15,000 (Fifteen Thousand Rand)for supply and installation of Receptionist Work Stationto be expended in whole on in part as directed by thePrincipal Agent

5

Supply and Installation of Timber Cupboards andCabinets


25,000.00Item

Provide the sum of R 25,000 (Fifteen Thousand Rand)for repairs to wall and floor cracks as instructed by theEngineer to be expended in whole on in part as directedby the Principal Agent

7

Wall and Floor Crack Repairs

-115-



Provisional Sums

Section No. 2

Bill No. 17

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

2


115

114


-116-



2



SECTION SUMMARY - BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMBillNo

PageNo

Amount

Section No. 2

65Alterations1

69Earthworks2

73Concrete, Formwork and Reinforcement3

77Masonry4

78Waterproofing5

81Roof Coverings6

85Carpentry and Joinery7

88Ceilings, Partitions and Access Flooring8

89Floor Coverings, Plastic Linings, etc9

92Metalworks10

93Plastering11

96Tiling12

104Plumbing and Drainage13

105Glazing14

109Painting15

112External Works16

116Provisional Sums17

-117-

BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMSection No. 2


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

3


BILL NO 1

ALTERATIONS


65m2Existing 100mm thick surface bed1


31m2Existing 100mm thick average apron2



11m

Cutting off portion of existing concrete foundationincluding grubbing out and remove concrete strip footingand concrete foundation wall backfill excavation withimported G7 material and compacted to 93% ModAASHTO density

5


6



1No


8



9

-118-

AlterationsBill No. 1BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDINGSection No. 3


3


4NoVitreous china wash hand basin10


11NoVitreous china WC pan with cistern11

4NoVitreous china Urinals12

4NoMirror 600 x 600mm high from wall13

Taking out and removing glass and mirrors


28m

Cutting toothings and bonding new one brickwork toexisting 150mm thick concrete wall including 12mm H.T500mm long dowel at 500mm centres to the approval ofthe Engineer with one end epoxied into existingconcrete and the other end built into brickwork

14

Sundries

7m


15



16


29m


17


18

23m


19

-119-



3


24m


20

140m2Pressure clean existing concrete wall and repairexposed chip area with silka mortar

21

68m2

Pressure clean existing concrete slab and repairexposed chip area with silka mortar

22


1No

Altering opening in 150mm concrete wall where windowsize 600 x 600mm high is removed to form opening for1511 x 654mm high window including cutting throughconcrete wall

23

Altering openings

2No

Opening for door size 823 x 2100mm high through150mm concrete wall and make good all edges ofconcrete openings

24

Breaking out for and forming openings throughconcrete walls including necessary precast concretelintels and making good plaster on both sides andinto reveals (new doors/windows and frames andmaking good paintwork elsewhere)

3No

Opening for window size 533 x 654mm high through150mm concrete wall and make good all edges ofconcrete openings

25

-120-



Alterations

Section No. 3

Bill No. 1

AmountPageNo

BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDING

COLLECTION

3


120

119


-121-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

3


BILL NO 2




Nature of ground


Nature of ground



SITE CLEARANCE ETC

38m2


1

Site clearance


2


30m3Trenches3


-122-

EarthworksBill No. 2BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDINGSection No. 3


3


3m3Soft rock4


2m3Hard rock5


6



7



8



Earth filling obtained from the excavations and/orprescribed stock piles on site including haulageapproximately 1000m from perimeter of excavationsor stock piles compacted to 93% Mod AASHTOdensity




84m2


12


-123-



3


26m2


13



SOIL POISONING

84m2


15

Soil insecticide


-124-



Earthworks

Section No. 3

Bill No. 2

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

3


124

123


-125-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

3


BILL NO 3




Cost of tests






-126-

Concrete, Formwork and ReinforcementBill No. 3BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDINGSection No. 3


3



Formwork





7m3Strip footings1

25MPa/12mm concrete




4

TEST BLOCKS

CONCRETE SUNDRIES

-127-



3




37m2Apron, etc6


MOVEMENT JOINTS ETC




Saw cut joints

REINFORCEMENT



32No


10



11


-128-




Section No. 3

Bill No. 3

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

3


128

127


-129-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

3


BILL NO. 4

MASONRY


BRICKWORK




Hollow walls etc



User note:


Face bricks


Pointing


-130-

MasonryBill No. 4BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDINGSection No. 3


3




SUPERSTRUCTURE





BRICKWORK SUNDRIES











10



Air bricks etc

-131-



Masonry

Section No. 3

Bill No. 4

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

3


131


-132-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

3


BILL NO 5

WATERPROOFING



Waterproofing


12m2In walls1





JOINT SEALANTS ETC

JOINT SEALANTS ETC



-133-

WaterproofingBill No. 5BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDINGSection No. 3


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

3


BILL NO 6

ROOF COVERINGS ETC


133m2Roof covering with pitch not exceeding 25 degrees1



RAINWATER DISPOSAL

24m100 x 100mm Eaves gutters3




5


2NoExtra over rainwater pipe for eaves offset7



-134-

Roof CoveringsBill No. 6BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDINGSection No. 3


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

3


BILL NO 7






Particle board:


Joinery:



Fixing



ROOFS ETC


Sundries

EAVES, VERGES, ETC

-135-

Carpetry And JoineryBill No. 7BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDINGSection No. 3


3



2

Fibre-cement

DOORS ETC


3



4


-136-



Carpetry And Joinery

Section No. 3

Bill No. 7

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

3


136


-137-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

3


BILL NO 8




Descriptions:


CEILINGS ETC

NAILED UP CEILINGS

64m2


1


2No


2



-138-

Ceilings, Partitions And Access FlooringBill No. 8BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDINGSection No. 3


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

3


BILL NO 9

METALWORK



Descriptions







2

1,6mm Single rebated frames suitable for one brickwalls



3


2No


4

-139-

MetalworksBill No. 9BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDINGSection No. 3


3


12No


5

2No

Gate overall size 873 x 2397mm high including 295mmhigh fan light consisting of 40 x 40 x 2mm thick pipevertical, top and fan light bottom rail frame bolted tobrick wall or concrete with anchor bolts, having fanlightdivided with 10mm square bars vertically at 396mmcentres and doors size 793 x 2022mm high made up ofouter vertical sides, top, 2No middle and bottom railsframe 32 x 32 x 2mm pipe frame, with internal 10mmsquare bars welded vertically at 120mm centresincluding 3No 100mm x 20mm bullet hinges, stopperbars, cover plate and locking box and all necessaryironmongery (See door schedule G1)

6

Purpose made gates

1No

Heavy duty transformer type door and frame overall size813 x 2032mm high constructed of 1.6mm thick pressedmild steel plate with inset bottom steel louvre 500 x700mm high including 3No heavy duty brass ballbearing hinges, pull handle, pad latch and barrel bolt(see door schedule D14)

7

Transformer Type Steel Door

-140-



Metalworks

Section No. 3

Bill No. 9

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

3


140


-141-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

3


BILL NO 10

PLASTERING

SCREEDS



INTERNAL PLASTER

320m2On walls2


57m2On existing concrete walls3


EXTERNAL PLASTER

40m2On walls5



-142-

PlasteringBill No. 10BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDINGSection No. 3


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

3


BILL NO 11

TILING



Descriptions

WALL TILING

129m2On walls1



2

FLOOR TILING





-143-

TilingBill No. 11BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDINGSection No. 3


3



5

Aluminium

-144-



Tiling

Section No. 3

Bill No. 11

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

3


144


-145-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

3


BILL NO 12






User note


Wire gratings


Stormwater channels

-146-

Plumbing And DrainageBill No. 12BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDINGSection No. 3


3



French drains


Septic tanks







Sealing of edges




-147-



3









Polypropylene pipes


Copper pipes


-148-



3



Reducing fittings


Fixing of pipes












-149-



3




General





As-built drawings

SANITARY FITTINGS

9No

Vitreous china floor mounted 90 degree outlet top inletclose rim back to wall pan (PC Sum R 6200/Nodelivered) - Z6

1


3No


2

-150-



3



WASTE UNIONS ETC

TRAPS ETC


uPVC

TAPS, VALVES, ETC

6NoBrushed chrome metering Bib tap code KM2.201) (PCSum R2500/No delivered) - Z7

5



6

9No

FJ@210 "Flushmaster" toilet flush valve complete withoffset FJT5.7 flushpipe (PC Sum R 3000/No delivered) -Z6

7

SUNDRIES

6No


8

Stainless steel

9No


9

2No


10

-151-



3


2No

3300mm long x 600mm wide basin trough constructedof 32mm thick Granite slabs on steel structural frame tostructural Engineers approval, comprising of 480mmwide in-ward sloping worktop and 420mm girth Sshaped trough and backing with 360mm high fascia withall joints water tight sealed including 4 No holes intrough for 38mm waste (waste elsewhere measured)(Refer - Plumbing schedule for details)

11

Purpose Made Granite Basin trough

-152-



Plumbing And Drainage

Section No. 3

Bill No. 12

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

3


152

151

150

149

148

147


-153-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

3


BILL NO 13

GLAZING





6mm Obscured glass




-154-

GlazingBill No. 13BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDINGSection No. 3


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

3


BILL NO 14

PAINTWORK









143m2Pressure clean existing concrete walls and repairexposed chips with silka mortar

1







-155-

PaintingBill No. 14BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDINGSection No. 3


3


ON FLOATED PLASTER


"Dulux" or similar approved One undercoat primerand two finishing coats Acrylic PVA (washable) mattfinish paint in colours as approved by the Architect


ON FIBRE-CEMENT


"Dulux" or similar approved three coats of superPVA external quality paint in colours as approved bythe Architect


ON METAL



4m2On doors9



11



ON WOOD

8m2On doors14

Prepare and apply "Dulux" or similar approved threecoats of vanish stained to Architects approvedcolour on

-156-



3


36m2On doors15

Prepare and apply "Dulux" or similar approvedwood primer, one undercoat and one finishing coatsemi-gloss enamel paint on

-157-



Painting

Section No. 3

Bill No. 14

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

3


157

156


-158-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

3


BILL NO 15

PROVISIONAL SUMS




User note


General




Profit

-159-

Provisional SumsBill No. 15BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDINGSection No. 3


3




User note



User note





Builder's work


-160-



3


60,000.00Item

Provide the sum of R 60,000 (Sixty Thousand Rand) forsupply and installation of Timber Roof trusses expendedin whole on in part as directed by the Principal Agent

1



25,000.00Item

Provide the sum of R25,000 (Twenty Five ThousandRand) for supply and installation of Ironmongery to beexpended in whole on in part as directed by thePrincipal Agent

3



25,000.00Item


5


-161-



Provisional Sums

Section No. 3

Bill No. 15

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

3


161

160


-162-



3



SECTION SUMMARY - BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDINGBillNo

PageNo

Amount

Section No. 3

121Alterations1

125Earthworks2


132Masonry4

133Waterproofing5

134Roof Coverings6

137Carpetry And Joinery7

138Ceilings, Partitions And Access Flooring8

141Metalworks9

142Plastering10

145Tiling11

153Plumbing And Drainage12

154Glazing13

158Painting14


-163-

BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDINGSection No. 3


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

4


BILL NO 1

ALTERATIONS


62m2Portion of existing 100mm thick average surfacebed/apron

1



1NoConcrete chimney3


4

Taking out and removing doors, windows, etc frombrickwork to be demolished


5


3NoTimber double door and steel frame exceeding 2.5m2and not exceeding 5m2

6


1No


8



9

-164-

AlterationsBill No. 1BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLSection No. 4


4


2NoExisting roof ventilators10

2NoKitchen zinc11


27m


12


3m


13

BUILDING UP OPENINGS


Brickwork in NFP bricks in class II mortar inbuilding up openings

22m


15

Sundries

437m2

Hacking up and prepare surface of existing concretefloor finish for key to receive new floor screed (Newscreed elsewhere measured)

16

PREPARATORY WORK TO EXISTINGSURFACES

61m2Hacking face of existing concrete wall to receive plaster17


-165-



4



18


17m


19

117m


20


2No

Altering opening in 150mm concrete wall where existing2 no adjacent single door size 813 x 2100mm high isremoved to form opening for 1No 1500mm x 2032mmhigh double door including cutting through concrete wallon both sides and between the doors and bricking up atboth vertical sides of new doors with half brick wall andjoining new wall and existing concrete wall with 12mmH.T 300mm long dowel at 300mm centres one endepoxied into concrete and the other end built into brickwall along the line of joining and making good jointaccording to the Structural Engineer's instruction

21

Altering openings

2No

Altering opening in 150mm concrete wall where existingsingle door size 813 x 2100mm high is removed to formopening for 1500mm x 2032mm high double doorincluding cutting through concrete wall on one sides toaccommodate new door and make good all edges ofconcrete openings

22

1No

Opening for roller shutter door size 2400 x 1500mmhigh through 150mm concrete wall and make good alledges of concrete openings

23

Breaking out for and forming openings throughbrick walls for new doors and frames includingnecessary precast concrete lintels and making goodplaster on both sides and into reveals and with ?concrete thresholds with steel trowelled finish (newdoors and frames and making good paintworkelsewhere)

-166-



4


1No

Opening for door with steel frame 813 x 2032mm highoverall through 150mm concrete wall and make good alledges of concrete openings

24

1No

Opening for door with steel frame 1511 x 2032mm highoverall through 150mm concrete wall and make good alledges of concrete openings

25

-167-



Alterations

Section No. 4

Bill No. 1

AmountPageNo

BLOCK C - NURTITION HALL

COLLECTION

4


167

166

165


-168-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

4


BILL NO 2




Nature of ground


Nature of ground



SITE CLEARANCE ETC

63m2


1

Site clearance


2


31m3Trenches3


-169-

EarthworksBill No. 2BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLSection No. 4


4


3m3Soft rock4


1m3Hard rock5


6



7



8



Earth filling obtained from the excavations and/orprescribed stock piles on site including haulageapproximately ?m from perimeter of excavations orstock piles (not compacted)




93m2


12


25m2


13

-170-



4




SOIL POISONING

93m2


15

Soil insecticide


-171-



Earthworks

Section No. 4

Bill No. 2

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

4


171

170


-172-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

4


BILL NO 3




Cost of tests






-173-

Concrete, Formwork and ReinforcementBill No. 3BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLSection No. 4


4



Formwork





7m3Strip footings1

25MPa/12mm concrete




4

TEST BLOCKS

CONCRETE SUNDRIES

-174-



4




63m2Apron, etc6


MOVEMENT JOINTS ETC




Saw cut joints

REINFORCEMENT



48No


10


136No

12mm Diameter dowel bar 300mm long with one endepoxied into existing concrete and other end cast intonew concrete surface bed

11


12


-175-




Section No. 4

Bill No. 3

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

4


175

174


-176-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

4


BILL NO. 4

MASONRY


BRICKWORK




Hollow walls etc



User note:


Face bricks


Pointing


-177-

MasonryBill No. 4BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLSection No. 4


4




8m2One and a half brick walls2

SUPERSTRUCTURE






BRICKWORK SUNDRIES



1,165m150mm Wide reinforcement built in horizontally8









13


-178-



4



Air bricks etc

-179-



Masonry

Section No. 4

Bill No. 4

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

4


179

178


-180-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

4


BILL NO 5

WATERPROOFING



Waterproofing


16m2In walls1





JOINT SEALANTS ETC

JOINT SEALANTS ETC



-181-

WaterproofingBill No. 5BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLSection No. 4


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

4


BILL NO 6

ROOF COVERINGS ETC






59mValley capping 600mm girth4

RAINWATER DISPOSAL






8





-182-

Roof CoveringsBill No. 6BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLSection No. 4


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

4


BILL NO 7






Particle board:


Joinery:



Fixing




Sundries

EAVES, VERGES, ETC


2

Fibre-cement

-183-

Carpentry and JoineryBill No. 7BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLSection No. 4


4


SKIRTINGS


Meranti Skirting

8No40mm thick Double leaf door to suite frame size 1511 x2032mm high (Door Schedule D2,D3,D5)

4

DOORS ETC

1No40mm thick Double leaf door size 1359 x 2032mm high(Door Schedule D8)

5


6


1No

40mm thick Door size 813 x 2032mm high with inset600mm wide x 200mm high aluminium vent 200mmfrom base of door (Door Schedule D9)

7

1No

40mm thick Door size 813 x 2032mm high with inset2No 300mm wide x 600mm high 6.36mm thick glazedview panels on top and bottom of door (Door ScheduleD10)

8

7No40mm thick Door size 813 x 2032mm high (DoorSchedule D6, D7)

9


3No


10

Pinning Board

-184-




Section No. 4

Bill No. 7

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

4


184


-185-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

4


BILL NO 8




Descriptions:


CEILINGS ETC

NAILED UP CEILINGS

388m2


1


7No


2



-186-

Ceilings, Partitions and Access FlooringBill No. 8BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLSection No. 4


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

4


BILL NO 9


FLOOR COVERINGS

173m2On floors1




-187-

Floor Coverings, Plastic Linings, etcBill No. 9BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLSection No. 4


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

4


BILL NO 10

METALWORK



Descriptions




6No


1








-188-

MetalworksBill No. 10BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLSection No. 4


4







7



8

3No


9

18m6mm Welded mesh screen wall 3000mm high including75mm diameter post at 2400mm centres

10

Purpose made mesh screen wall

4No

Gate overall size 1511 x 2397mm high including 295mmhigh fan light constructed of 40 x 40 x 2mm thick pipevertical, top and fan light bottom rail frame, with fanlightdivided with welded 10mm square bars vertically at240mm centres and double leaf door size 1431 x2022mm high each leaf constructed of 32 x 32 x 2mmthick pipe, top, vertical sides and 2No horizontal middleand bottom rails frame, with vertically welded 10mmsquare bars at 120mm centres in between door frames,including 3No 100mm x 20mm bullet hinges, stopperbars, cover plate and locking box and all necessaryironmongery bolted to brick wall or concrete with anchorbolts (See door schedule G2)

11

Purpose made gates

STEEL ROLLER SHUTTERS ETC

-189-



4



12

"Approved" Custom made galvanised solid slatedroller shutters fixed to brickwork or concrete

-190-



Metalworks

Section No. 4

Bill No. 10

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

4


190

189


-191-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

4


BILL NO 11

PLASTERING

SCREEDS





INTERNAL PLASTER

435m2On walls3


61m2On existing concrete walls4


EXTERNAL PLASTER

60m2On walls6



-192-

PlasteringBill No. 11BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLSection No. 4


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

4


BILL NO 12

TILING



Descriptions

WALL TILING

167m2On walls1



2

FLOOR TILING





-193-

TilingBill No. 12BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLSection No. 4


4



5

Aluminium


6

-194-



Tiling

Section No. 4

Bill No. 12

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

4


194


-195-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

4


BILL NO 13






User note


Wire gratings


Stormwater channels

-196-

Plumbing and DrainageBill No. 13BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLSection No. 4


4



French drains


Septic tanks







Sealing of edges




-197-



4









Polypropylene pipes


Copper pipes


-198-



4



Reducing fittings


Fixing of pipes












-199-



4




General





As-built drawings

SANITARY FITTINGS

1No


1


1No

Vitreous china close coupled 90 degree outlet closedrimless wash down pan with thermoset soft-close seatand cover and four brackets (PC Sum R 4400/Nodelivered) - Z5

2

-200-



4


2No

Vitreous china rectangular wash hand basin size 610 x460 with one central tap hole including integratedoverflow and chainstay hole through semi punchedtaphole (PC Sum R2500/No delivered) - Z16

3

2NoVitreous china floor mounted classic pedestal (PC SumR900/No delivered) - Z16

4


WASTE UNIONS ETC

TRAPS ETC


uPVC

TAPS, VALVES, ETC

1NoBrushed chrome metering pillar tap (PC Sum R2200/Nodelivered) - Z8

7



8

SUNDRIES

2No


9

Stainless steel

2No


10

1No

Stainless steel 32mm diameter 90 degree angled wallgrab rail size 415 x 95 x 415mm (PC Sum R750/Nodelivered) - (Refer to Sanitary Schedule Z12)

11

-201-




Section No. 4

Bill No. 13

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

4


201

200

199

198

197


-202-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

4


BILL NO 14

GLAZING





6mm Obscured glass


6mm Clear float glass to existing window


6mm Obscured glass to existing window




-203-

GlazingBill No. 14BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLSection No. 4


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

4


BILL NO 15

PAINTWORK









932m2Pressure clean existing concrete walls and repairexposed chips with silka mortar

1





-204-

PaintingBill No. 15BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLSection No. 4


4




ON METAL




ON FLOATED PLASTER




"Dulux" or similar approved weatherguard Three coatsfine textured exterior matt finish paint in colours asapproved by the Architect

ON FIBRE-CEMENT




ON GYPSUM BOARD

ON METAL



-205-



4




11



ON WOOD

62m2On doors14

Prepare and apply "Dulux" or similar approved threecoats of vanish stained to Architects approved colour on

46m2On doors15

Prepare and apply "Dulux" or similar approved woodprimer, one undercoat and one finishing coat semi-glossenamel paint on

-206-



Painting

Section No. 4

Bill No. 15

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

4


206

205


-207-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

4


BILL NO 16

PROVISIONAL SUMS




User note


General




Profit

-208-

Provisional SumsBill No. 16BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLSection No. 4


4




User note



User note





Builder's work


-209-



4


310,000.00Item

Provide the sum of R 310,000 (Three Hundred and TenThousand Rand) for supply and installation of TimberRoof trusses expended in whole on in part as directedby the Principal Agent

1



30,000.00Item

Provide the sum of R 30,000 (Thirty Thousand Rand) forsupply and installation of Ironmongery to be expendedin whole on in part as directed by the Principal Agent

3



50,000.00Item

Provide the sum of R 50,000 (Fifty Thousand Rand) forsupply and installation of Work tops and Cabinets to beexpended in whole on in part as directed by thePrincipal Agent

5

Supply and Installation of Work Tops, Cupboards andCabinets


25,000.00Item


7


-210-



Provisional Sums

Section No. 4

Bill No. 16

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

4


210

209


-211-



4



SECTION SUMMARY - BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLBillNo

PageNo

Amount

Section No. 4

168Alterations1

172Earthworks2


180Masonry4

181Waterproofing5

182Roof Coverings6




191Metalworks10

192Plastering11

195Tiling12


203Glazing14

207Painting15


-212-

BLOCK C - NURTITION HALLSection No. 4


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

5


BILL NO 1




Nature of ground


Nature of ground



SITE CLEARANCE ETC

891m2


1

Site clearance


2

BULK EXCAVATION, FILLING, ETC

541m3Not exceeding 2m deep3

Excavation in earth for basement

-213-

EarthworksBill No. 1BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONSection No. 5


5


15m3Soft rock4

Extra over bulk excavations in earth for excavationin

7m3Hard rock5


Earth filling supplied by the contractor compactedto 93% Mod AASHTO density in forming buildingplatform


891m2

Compaction of ground surface including scarifying for adepth of 100mm, breaking down oversize material,adding suitable material where necessary andcompacting to 93% Mod AASHTO density

8



259m3Trenches9


13m3Soft rock10


6m3Hard rock11

1,105m3Surplus material from excavations and/or stock piles onsite to a dumping site to be located by the contractor

12



13


-214-



5



14



Earth filling obtained from the excavations and/orprescribed stock piles on site including haulageapproximately 1000m from perimeter of excavationsor stock piles and compacting to 93% Mod AASHTOdensity

630m2


16


203m2

Compaction of ground surface under apron etc includingscarifying for a depth of 100mm, breaking downoversize material, adding suitable material wherenecessary and compacting to 93% Mod AASHTOdensity

17

152m2


18



SOIL POISONING

840m2

Under floors and apron etc including forming andpoisoning shallow furrows against foundation walls etc,filling in furrows and ramming

20

Soil insecticide


-215-



Earthworks

Section No. 5

Bill No. 1

AmountPageNo

BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTION

COLLECTION

5


215

214


-216-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

5


BILL NO 2




Cost of tests






-217-

Concrete, Formwork and ReinforcementBill No. 2BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONSection No. 5


5



Formwork





38m3Strip footings1

25MPa/12mm concrete




4

TEST BLOCKS

CONCRETE SUNDRIES

-218-



5




203m2Apron, etc6



Finishing top surfaces of concrete smooth with apower float

MOVEMENT JOINTS ETC




Saw cut joints

REINFORCEMENT




11


-219-




Section No. 5

Bill No. 2

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

5


219

218


-220-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

5


BILL NO. 3

MASONRY


BRICKWORK




Hollow walls etc



User note:


Face bricks


Pointing


-221-

MasonryBill No. 3BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONSection No. 5


5





SUPERSTRUCTURE






BRICKWORK SUNDRIES







5m345mm wide turning piece to form semi-circular arch inbrick-on-edge header course

11

Turning pieces





-222-



5



14



Air bricks etc

FACE BRICKWORK

5m2Extra over brickwork for face brickwork in foundations(Provisional)

16

"Approved" face bricks pointed with flush horizontaland vertical joints PC Sums (R6000.00/ 1000delivered)

30m2Extra over brickwork for face brickwork17


Brick-on-edge header course copings, sills, etc inface bricks pointed with recessed joints on allexposed faces

-223-



Masonry

Section No. 5

Bill No. 3

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

5


223

222


-224-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

5


BILL NO 4

WATERPROOFING



Waterproofing


79m2In walls1





JOINT SEALANTS ETC



-225-

WaterproofingBill No. 4BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONSection No. 5


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

5


BILL NO 5

ROOF COVERINGS ETC






RAINWATER DISPOSAL


?mm Galvanised sheet iron




7





-226-

Roof CoveringsBill No. 5BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONSection No. 5


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

5


BILL NO 6






Particle board:


Joinery:



Fixing



ROOFS ETC

62m2Two coats creosote on sawn timbers (provisional)1

Sundries

EAVES, VERGES, ETC

-227-

Carpentry and JoineryBill No. 6BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONSection No. 5


5



2

Fibre-cement

SKIRTINGS


Meranti Skirting

DOORS ETC


4



5


5No

40mm thick Door size 813 x 2032mm high (DoorSchedule D11)

6


1No

2440 x 1850mm high Wall mount pull down PVCprojector screen supplied complete with all accessoriesand fixed unto brickwork or concrete in accordance withmanufacturer's instruction

7

Projector Screen

8No

3000 x 1200mm high wall mounted magnetic whiteboard with standard 20mm wide aluminium framecomplete with slide-in aluminium pen tray 450 x 35mmplugged into brickwork or concrete in accordance withmanufacturer's instruction

8

Magnetic Board

-228-



5


6No


9

Pinning Board

Window Blinds


PVC fabric blackout roller blinds having 45mm thickroller tube and bottom rail wrapped in blackout fabricincluding controllers on the right hand and fixed on topin accordance with manufacturer's instruction to suite:


-229-




Section No. 5

Bill No. 6

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

5


229

228


-230-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

5


BILL NO 7




Descriptions:


CEILINGS ETC

NAILED UP CEILINGS

96m2

Ceilings including galvanised steel suspension framingat 500mm centres in one direction and joints taped overand finished with 5mm skimmed rhinolite plaster.

1

9mm "Rhino" or similar approved gypsumplasterboard

2No


2

299m2


3


-231-

Ceilings, Partitions and Access FlooringBill No. 7BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONSection No. 5


5


6No


4



-232-



Ceilings, Partitions and Access Flooring

Section No. 5

Bill No. 7

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

5


232


-233-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

5


BILL NO 8


FLOOR COVERINGS

190m2On floors1




-234-

Floor Coverings, Plastic Linings, etcBill No. 8BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONSection No. 5


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

5


BILL NO 9

METALWORK



Descriptions




14No


1








-235-

MetalworksBill No. 9BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONSection No. 5


5



5





7



8


9

14No


10

7m6mm Welded mesh screen wall 3000mm high including75mm diameter post at 2400mm centres

11

Purpose made mesh screen wall

1NoExtra over screen wall for screen gate size 813 x2032mm high

12

-236-



5


8No

Gate overall size 873 x 2397mm high including 295mmhigh fan light constructed of 40 x 40 x 2mm thick pipevertical, top and fan light bottom rail frame, with fanlightdivided with welded 10mm square bars vertically at396mm centres and door size 793 x 2022mm highconstructed of 32 x 32 x 2mm thick pipe, top, verticalsides and 2No horizontal middle and bottom rails frame,with vertically welded 10mm square bars at 120mmcentres in between door frames, including 3No 100mm x20mm bullet hinges, stopper bars, cover plate andlocking box and all necessary ironmongery bolted tobrick wall or concrete with anchor bolts (See doorschedule G1)

13

Purpose made gates

1No

Heavy duty transformer type door and frame overall size813 x 2032mm high constructed of 1.6mm thick pressedmild steel plate with inset bottom steel louvre 500 x700mm high including 3No heavy duty brass ballbearing hinges, pull handle, pad latch and barrel bolt(Door schedule D14)

14


-237-



Metalworks

Section No. 5

Bill No. 9

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

5


237

236


-238-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

5


BILL NO 10

PLASTERING

SCREEDS





INTERNAL PLASTER

1,012m2On walls3



EXTERNAL PLASTER

764m2On walls5



28m2On top, edge and projecting soffit of cills7

5mOn top, edge and soffit of Arch 345mm wide8

-239-

PlasteringBill No. 10BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONSection No. 5


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

5


BILL NO 11

TILING



Descriptions

WALL TILING

244m2On walls1



2

FLOOR TILING





-240-

TilingBill No. 11BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONSection No. 5


5



5

Aluminium


6

-241-



Tiling

Section No. 5

Bill No. 11

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

5


241


-242-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

5


BILL NO 12






User note


Wire gratings


Stormwater channels

-243-

Plumbing and DrainageBill No. 12BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONSection No. 5


5



French drains


Septic tanks







Sealing of edges




-244-



5









Polypropylene pipes


Copper pipes


-245-



5



Reducing fittings


Fixing of pipes












-246-



5




General





As-built drawings

SANITARY FITTINGS

1No


1


13No

Vitreous china floor mounted 90 degree outlet top inletclose rim back to wall pan (PC Sum R 6200/Nodelivered) - Z6

2

-247-



5


5No


3

1NoDouble bowl single drainer size 1200 x 500mm PC SumR3000/No delivered) - Z9

4

"Franke" and similar approved


WASTE UNIONS ETC

1NoCP Bottle trap6

TRAPS ETC


uPVC

TAPS, VALVES, ETC

14NoBrushed chrome metering Bib tap code KM2.201) (PCSum R2500/No delivered) - Z7

8


1No

Dura sink mixer with tap swivel outlet with 12mm femaleiron 400mm long flexible connection tube (PC SumR2600/No delivered) - Z10

9


10


11

13No

FJ@210 "Flushmaster" toilet flush valve complete withoffset FJT5.7 flushpipe (PC Sum R 3000/No delivered) -Z6

12

SUNDRIES

-248-



5


8No


13

Stainless steel

14No


14

2No


15

1No

Stainless steel 32mm diameter 90 degree angled wallgrab rail size 415 x 95 x 415mm (PC Sum R750/Nodelivered) - (Refer to Sanitary Schedule Z12)

16

2No

4800mm long x 600mm wide basin trough constructedof 32mm thick Granite slabs on steel structural frame tostructural Engineers approval, comprising of 480mmwide in-ward sloping worktop and 420mm girth Sshaped trough and backing with 360mm high fascia andend covers with all joints water tight sealed including 8No holes in trough for 38mm waste (waste elsewheremeasured) (Refer - Plumbing schedule for details)

17

Purpose Made Granite Basin trough

-249-




Section No. 5

Bill No. 12

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

5


249

248

247

246

245

244


-250-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

5


BILL NO 13

GLAZING





6mm Obscured glass




-251-

GlazingBill No. 13BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONSection No. 5


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

5


BILL NO 14

PAINTWORK









ON FLOATED PLASTER





ON FIBRE-CEMENT

-252-

PaintingBill No. 14BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONSection No. 5


5





ON GYPSUM BOARD



ON METAL



3m2On doors7

46m2On door frames8


9



ON WOOD

33m2On doors12

Prepare and apply "Dulux" or similar approved threecoats of vanish stained to Architects approvedcolour on

65m2On doors13

Prepare and apply "Dulux" or similar approvedwood primer, one undercoat and one finishing coatsemi-gloss enamel paint on

-253-



Painting

Section No. 5

Bill No. 14

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

5


253


-254-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

5


BILL NO 15

EXTERNAL WORK

LANDSCAPING

478m2


1

Site clearance

143m3

Open face excavation to form platform under pavingareas etc and depositing excavated material over siteincluding haulage not exceeding 1km from perimeter ofexcavations

2

Open face excavation over sloping site

14m3Soft rock3

Extra over excavation in earth for excavation in

7m3Hard rock4


5


143m3Over site of G5 material in accordance with compactedto 93% Mod AASHTO density

6

Earth filling supplied by the contractor underpavings etc

478m2

Compaction of ground surface under pavings etcincluding scarifying for a depth of ?mm, breaking downoversize material, adding suitable material wherenecessary and compacting to 93% Mod AASHTOdensity

7


-255-

External WorksBill No. 15BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONSection No. 5


5




478m2Paving etc to falls9

60mm Grey Zig Zag" interlocking paving on20mmthick river sand and clean sand swept andvibrated into joints between paving

50mExtra over paving for edge paving in cement bedding10

-256-



External Works

Section No. 5

Bill No. 15

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

5


256


-257-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

5


BILL NO 16

PROVISIONAL SUMS




User note


General




Profit

-258-

Provisional SumsBill No. 16BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONSection No. 5


5




User note



User note





Builder's work


-259-



5


300,000.00Item

Provide the sum of R 300,000.00 (Three HundredThousand Rand) for supply and installation of TimberRoof trusses expended in whole on in part as directedby the Principal Agent

1



45,000.00Item

Provide the sum of R 45,000 (Forty Five ThousandRand) for supply and installation of Ironmongery to beexpended in whole on in part as directed by thePrincipal Agent

3



15,000.00Item

Provide the sum of R 15,000 (Fifteen Thousand Rand)for supply and installation of Receptionist Work Stationto be expended in whole on in part as directed by thePrincipal Agent

5

Supply and Installation of Timber Cupboards andCabinets


-260-



Provisional Sums

Section No. 5

Bill No. 16

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

5


260

259


-261-



5



SECTION SUMMARY - BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONBillNo

PageNo

Amount

Section No. 5

216Earthworks1


224Masonry3

225Waterproofing4

226Roof Coverings5




238Metalworks9

239Plastering10

242Tiling11


251Glazing13

254Painting14

257External Works15


-262-

BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTIONSection No. 5


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

6


BILL NO 1




Nature of ground


Nature of ground



SITE CLEARANCE ETC

35m2


1

Site clearance


2

BULK EXCAVATION, FILLING, ETC


Excavation in earth for basement

-263-

EarthworksBill No. 1BLOCK F - NEW PUMP ROOMSection No. 6


6


1m3Soft rock4

Extra over bulk excavations in earth for excavationin

1m3Hard rock5




35m2

Compaction of ground surface including scarifying for adepth of 100mm, breaking down oversize material,adding suitable material where necessary andcompacting to 93% Mod AASHTO density

8



12m3Trenches9


2m3Soft rock10


1m3Hard rock11


12



13


-264-



6



14




12m2


16


23m2

Compaction of ground surface under apron etc includingscarifying for a depth of 100mm, breaking downoversize material, adding suitable material wherenecessary and compacting to 93% Mod AASHTOdensity

17

10m2


18



SOIL POISONING

35m2


20

Soil insecticide


-265-



Earthworks

Section No. 6

Bill No. 1

AmountPageNo

BLOCK F - NEW PUMP ROOM

COLLECTION

6


265

264


-266-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

6


BILL NO 2




Cost of tests






-267-

Concrete, Formwork and ReinforcementBill No. 2BLOCK F - NEW PUMP ROOMSection No. 6


6



Formwork





2m3Strip footings1

25MPa/12mm concrete

2m3Surface beds/ramp on waterproofing2



4

TEST BLOCKS

CONCRETE SUNDRIES

-268-



6


36m2Surface beds, slabs, apron, ramp etc5


MOVEMENT JOINTS ETC




Saw cut joints

REINFORCEMENT




9


-269-




Section No. 6

Bill No. 2

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

6


269

268


-270-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

6


BILL NO 3

MASONRY


BRICKWORK




Hollow walls etc



User note:


Face bricks


Pointing


-271-

MasonryBill No. 3BLOCK F - NEW PUMP ROOMSection No. 6


6




SUPERSTRUCTURE




BRICKWORK SUNDRIES








7


2NoSet of ? ? x ?mm clay vermin proof air bricks8

Air bricks etc

FACE BRICKWORK

4m2Extra over brickwork for face brickwork in foundations(Provisional)

9

"Approved" face bricks pointed with flush horizontaland vertical joints PC Sums (R6000.00/ 1000delivered)

39m2Extra over brickwork for face brickwork10

-272-



6



Brick-on-edge header course copings, sills, etc inface bricks pointed with recessed joints on allexposed faces

-273-



Masonry

Section No. 6

Bill No. 3

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

6


273

272


-274-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

6


BILL NO 4

WATERPROOFING



Waterproofing


3m2In walls1





JOINT SEALANTS ETC



-275-

WaterproofingBill No. 4BLOCK F - NEW PUMP ROOMSection No. 6


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

6


BILL NO 5

ROOF COVERINGS ETC




RAINWATER DISPOSAL


?mm Galvanised sheet iron



4





-276-

Roof CoveringsBill No. 5BLOCK F - NEW PUMP ROOMSection No. 6


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

6


BILL NO 6






Particle board:


Joinery:



Fixing



ROOFS ETC

1No

Lean-to roof construction approximately 10 m2 area(measured flat) x 600mm high overall including wallplates, trusses, jack rafters, permanent, bracing andpurlins to the approval of the Structural engineer.

1

Plate nailed timber roof truss construction

-277-

Carpentry and JoineryBill No. 6BLOCK F - NEW PUMP ROOMSection No. 6


6


24m2Two coats creosote on sawn timbers (provisional)2

Sundries

EAVES, VERGES, ETC


3

Fibre-cement

-278-




Section No. 6

Bill No. 6

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

6


278


-279-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

6


BILL NO 7




Descriptions:


NAILED UP CEILINGS

12m2


1




-280-

Ceilings, Partitions and Access FlooringBill No. 7BLOCK F - NEW PUMP ROOMSection No. 6


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

6


BILL NO 8

METALWORK



Descriptions




1No

Aluminium zinc coated louvre window size 1800 x600mm high in three equal panel and framed in 60 x 60x 2mm pipe (Door Schedule V2)

1

Purpose Made Steel Louvre Window Vents

1No

Heavy duty transformer type double leaf door and frameoverall size 1829 x 2134mm high each leaf constructedof 1.6mm thick pressed mild steel plate with inset 2 Notop and bottom steel louvre 500 x 700mm high including3No heavy duty brass ball bearing hinges, pull handle,pad latch and barrel bolt (Door schedule G6)

2


-281-

MetalworksBill No. 8BLOCK F - NEW PUMP ROOMSection No. 6


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

6


BILL NO 9

PLASTERING

SCREEDS



INTERNAL PLASTER

39m2On walls2



-282-

PlasteringBill No. 9BLOCK F - NEW PUMP ROOMSection No. 6


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

6


BILL NO 10

PAINTWORK









ON FLOATED PLASTER



ON FIBRE-CEMENT




-283-

PaintingBill No. 10BLOCK F - NEW PUMP ROOMSection No. 6


6


ON METAL



8m2On doors5

-284-



Painting

Section No. 6

Bill No. 10

AmountPageNo


COLLECTION

6


284


-285-



6



SECTION SUMMARY - BLOCK F - NEW PUMP ROOMBillNo

PageNo

Amount

Section No. 6

266Earthworks1


274Masonry3

275Waterproofing4

276Roof Coverings5



281Metalworks8

282Plastering9

285Painting10

-286-

BLOCK F - NEW PUMP ROOMSection No. 6


AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

7


BILL NO 1

EXTERNAL WORK

THE FOLLOWING IN 2 NO SEPTIC TANK

178m2


1

Site clearance


2


Excavation in earth for pit

82m3Exceeding 2.0m deep but not exceeding 4.0m deep4

32m2Not exceeding 500mm deep for building brick wall600mm away from excavated face

5

Back excavation of vertical sides of excavation inearth for working space including backfillingcompacted to 93 % Mod AASHTO density

32m2

Exceeding 500mm deep and not exceeding 1000mmdeep for building brick wall 600mm away fromexcavated face

6

64m2


7

48m2


8

28m3Soft rock9

Extra over bulk excavation in earth for excavation in

-287-

External WorksBill No. 1EXTERNAL WORKSSection No. 7


7


14m3Hard rock10

16m2

Extra over back excavation in earth for working space600mm wide from face of excavation for excavation insoft rock

11

8m2

Extra over back excavation in earth for working space600mm wide from face of excavation for excavation inhard rock

12


13


172m2Sides of bulk excavations exceeding 1,5m deep14



15




106m2


17




9m3Surface blinding under footings and bases19

15MPa/19mm Unreinforced concrete

-288-



7



25MPa/12mm Reinforced concrete cast againstexcavated surfaces

18m3Suspended slab21



94m2Slabs propped up not exceeding 3.5m high23

Rough formwork to soffits

60mEdges not exceeding 300mm high24

6NoExtra over formwork to form 600 x 600 hole in 200mmthick slab

25


26




148m2

330mm cavity wall with two half brick wall skin andcavity filled with 25MPa concrete reinforced with Meshref A395

28

24NoExtra over for creating 170 x 300mm wide openings inone brick wall

29




228m2On walls32

Internal cement plaster on brickwork

-289-



7


6No600 x 600mm double seal cast iron cover and frame setin concrete slab

33

Steel Cover

THE FOLLOWING IN 2 NO SOAK AWAY PIT

46m2


34

Site clearance


35


Excavation in earth for pit

4m3Soft rock37

Extra over bulk excavation in earth for excavation in

2m3Hard rock38


39


64m2Sides of bulk excavations exceeding 1,5m deep40



41


14m3Backfilling to pit42


-290-



7


20m320 - 75mm Crushed stone encasing to pipes43


18m2


44




38m2

Geofabric filter blanket wrapped around stone encasingwith 150mm side and 300mm end laps includingstitching

46

"Approved" Geotextile fabric

24m110mm Slotted uPVC agricultural pipes laid in crushedstone encasing

47

uPVC

2No

Chamber 910 x 1060 x 930mm deep constructed of onebrick wall clay stock brick plastered internally on 150mmthick reinforced concrete based reinforced with mesh refA 193 and 6504 x 450mm cast iron cover and frame intop concrete surround including bedding and hunchingaround internal pipe including excavation.

48

Distribution Chambers

THE FOLLOWING IN COVERED WALKWAY

81m2


49

Site clearance


50

-291-



7


17m3Trenches51


2m3Soft rock52


1m3Hard rock53


54



55



56




81m2

Compaction of ground surface under floors, apron, etcincluding scarifying for a depth of 100mm, breakingdown oversize material, adding suitable material wherenecessary and compacting to 93% Mod AASHTOdensity

58


29m2


59

-292-



7




81m2


61

Soil insecticide


1m3Surface blinding under footings and bases63

15MPa/19mm Unreinforced concrete


25MPa/12mm Reinforced concrete cast againstexcavated surfaces

8m3Ground beam65

5m3Apron66


67

Test Blocks





43m2Edges exceeding 300mm high70

Rough formwork to soffits

48mEdges not exceeding 300mm high71

-293-



7




24No


73



74





Saw cut joints






"Kilp Tile" or similar approved 0.58mm CorrugatedZ200 spelter galvanised sheet steel in continuouslength with Pebble Grey colour chromadeck finishon exposed side fixed to timber/steel purlins or railswith KL700 clips and class 3 fasteners inaccordance with manufacturer's instruction

ROOF AND WALL INSULATION

-294-



7


98m2

4mm double sided aluminium foil insulation laid tautover purlins and fixed concurrently I with roof coveringwith 100mm overlap at joints an and includinggalvanised straining wire spaced at 383mm centres inaccordance with manufacturer's instruction

80

"Aluscushion" or similar approved Aluminium foilbased insulation






84






89

Fibre-cement


10No

80 x 80 x 4.5 SHS 2400mm overall height on welded220 x 220 x 8mm thick base plate with 4 No holes for16mm anchor bolts and 200 x 100 x 8mm top plate

90


6No

80 x 80 x 4.5 SHS 2565mm overall height on welded220 x 220 x 8mm thick base plate with 4 No holes for16mm anchor bolts and 200 x 100 x 8mm top plate

91

1.44t150 x 75 x 20 x 2,5mm CFLC92

-295-



7


0.34t150 x 50 PFC93






THE FOLLOWING IN SITE WATERRETICULATION

706m3Excavation not exceeding 2m deep for pipe trenches97

Excavation

706m3Backfilling to trenches around water pipes compacted to93% Mod AASHTO density

98

667m75mm Class 16 pipes laid in trenches (trencheselsewhere)

99

HDPE pipes

10m75mm Class 16 pipes100


101



103


3No75mm End Cap105

Extra over HDPE for uPVC pressure fittings

14No75mm Bend106

-296-



7


2No75 x 75 x 75mm Tee107

12No75 x 75 x 50mm Tee108

7No75 x 75 x 32mm Tee109

1No75 x 50mm Reducer110

2No75 x 50mm Reducing bend111

15No50mm End cap112

2No50mm Bend113

1No50 x 50 x50mm Tee114

29No50 x 50 x 32mm Tee115

38No32mm Bend116

740m3Excavation not exceeding 2m deep for pipe trenches117

THE FOLLOWING IN SITE SEWERRETICULATION

624m3Backfilling to pipe trenches compacted to 93% ModAASHTO density

118

398m160mm pipes laid in trenches (trenches elsewhere)119

uPVC pipes Class 34

424m110mm pipes laid in trenches (trenches elsewhere)120

24m110mm pipes ramped vertically121

12No110mm Junction122

Extra over uPVC pipes for fittings

12No110mm Rodding eye in end of pipe123

1m3In-situ Anchor blocks124

25MPa/12mm concrete

-297-



7


10No

Manhole chamber internal size 760 x 760mmconstructed of one brick wall clay stock brick plasteredinternally on 150mm thick 25MPa concrete base and150 mm thick concrete cover slab reinforced with meshRef 617, including galvanized cast iron steps andconcrete benching around pipe and not exceeding1000mm deep internally

125

Precast concrete circular inspection chambers(covers elsewhere)

14No

Manhole chamber internal size 760 x 760mmconstructed of one brick wall clay stock brick plasteredinternally on 150mm thick 25MPa concrete base and150 mm thick concrete cover slab reinforced with meshRef 617, including galvanized cast iron steps andconcrete benching around pipe and exceeding 1000mmand not exceeding 1500mm deep internally

126

7No

Manhole chamber internal size 760 x 760mmconstructed of one brick wall clay stock brick plasteredinternally on 150mm thick 25MPa concrete base and150 mm thick concrete cover slab reinforced with meshRef 617, including galvanized cast iron steps andconcrete benching around pipe and exceeding 1500mmand not exceeding 2000mm deep internally

127

31NoType 2A Polymer Pre-cast concrete Cover set in in-situconcrete surround

128

Gratings, covers, etc

-298-



External Works

Section No. 7

Bill No. 1

AmountPageNo

EXTERNAL WORKS

COLLECTION

7


298

297

296

295

294

293

292

291

290

289

288


-299-



AmountItemNo

Quantity Rate

8


BILL NO 1

PROVISIONAL SUMS




User note


General




Profit

-300-

Provisional SumsBill No. 1PROVISIONAL SUMSSection No. 8


8




User note



User note





Builder's work


-301-



8


350,000.00Item

Provide the sum of R 350,000.00 (Three Hundred andFifty Thousand Rand) for supply and installation ofElevated Structural Steel Water Tank and Cat Ladder tobe expended in whole on in part as directed by thePrincipal Agent

1

Elevated Structural Steel Water Tank


-302-



Provisional Sums

Section No. 8

Bill No. 1

AmountPageNo

PROVISIONAL SUMS

COLLECTION

8


302

301


-303-




PART A - BUILDING AND EXTERNAL WORKS SUMMARY

SECTION No DESCRIPTION AMOUNT

1 PRELIMINARIES R

2 BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOM R

3 BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BUILDING R

4 BLOCK C - NUTRITION HALL R

5 BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOM & ABLUTION R

6 BLOCK F - NEW PUMP ROOM R

7 EXTERNAL WORKS R

8 PROVISIONAL SUMS R

TOTAL EXCLUDING VAT TO GENERAL

SUMMARYR

GROENVLEI SECONDARY SCHOOL ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION

PART B: ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

INDEX

ITEM No.

DESCRIPTION

PAGE

1. Electrical Works Specification 1 - 53

2. Schedule of Electrical Information 54 - 60

3. Preambles to Bill of Quantities 61 - 63

4. Unscheduled rates 64

5. Bill of Quantities and Price Summary - (53 Pages) -

Drawing Number Description Size

1921-T-E-100E Site Plan: Electrical Services Reticulation A1

1921-T-E-101 Block A: Admin & Classroom - Lighting Layout A1

1921-T-E-102 Block A: Admin & Classroom - Power Layout A1

1921-T-E-103 Block B: Ablutions - Lighting Layout A1

1921-T-E-104 Block C: Nutrition - Lighting & Power Layout A1

1921-T-E-105 Block D: Classrooms & Ablutions - Lighting Layout A1

1921-T-E-106 Block D: Classrooms & Ablutions - Power Layout A1

1921-T-E-107 Block F: Proposed New Pump Room - Lighting & Power Layout A1

1921-T-E-108 Block G: Proposed New Covered Walkway - Lighting Layout A1

1921-T-E-301 Single Line Diagrams: EDK-1, DB-A1, DB-A2, DB-A3, DB-A4, DB-A5, DB-A6 A1

1921-T-E-302 Single Line Diagrams: EDK-EX, EDK-2, DB-C, DB-D & DB-F A1


1

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NOTES TO TENDERERS

1.0 Purpose

2.0 Scope

3.0 Definitions

4.0 Site Visit

5.0 Compliance with Regulations

6.0 Standards and Quality of Work

7.0 Rejection of Inferior Work and Materials

8.0 Drawings and Samples

9.0 Guarantee

10.0 Operating and Maintenance Details

11.0 Inspection and Testing of Works

12.0 Technical and Installation Requirements

12.1 Main Electrical Supply

12.2 MV Equipment and Cabling

12.3 Miscellaneous Equipment and Installations

12.4 Distribution Boards

12.5 Cablework

12.6 Bus-Bar Feeders

12.7 Tubular Conduit Wireways

12.8 Trunking Wireways

12.9 General Wiring

12.10 General Earthing

12.11 Luminaires

12.12 Lighting Switches

12.13 Bell Pushes

12.14 Socket Outlets and Plug Tops

12.15 Miscellaneous Power Connections

12.16 Provisions for Ancillary Services

12.17 Fixings and Supports

12.18 Earthing and Lightning Protection

12.19 Schedule of Luminaires


2

NOTES TO TENDERERS

1. Tenderers must refer to the Principal Agreement Notes to Tenderers and Preliminaries and make allowances in their price where necessary. All Preliminaries pertaining to the electrical subcontract must be incorporated in the main contract and not separately in this electrical bill of quantities.

1.0 Purpose 1.1 This Specification is intended to set out the general technical and procedural requirements for the

installation of electrical lighting, power and ancillary services within and around premises largely as contemplated in The Code of Practice for the Wiring of Premises, South African Bureau of Standards SANS 10142-1:2003 (hereinafter called the Wiring Code, or SANS 10142-1:2003). Where the installation falls outside the scope of the Wiring Code, those portions of the installation (e.g.: MV switchgear and cabling, power transformers, and so forth) shall be covered in one or more supplementary specifications appended hereto).

1.2 This Specification shall be read in conjunction with the Contractual Conditions, Schedules, Bills of

Quantities and Drawings. 1.3 Clause separations and headings are given for guidance only and the Work may not necessarily be

limited to any particular section(s) of this Specification and the project Documentation must be read as a whole.

2.0 Scope 2.1 This Specification covers the supply, delivery, off-loading, storage, installation, testing,

commissioning and handing over in full working order, complete in all respects of lighting, power and ancillary services as outlined in this Specification and/or shown on the drawing(s). Unless specifically stated otherwise, any reference in the Documentation (see clause 3.1.2) to any material or service being provided, fixed, rendered etc, shall mean that such provision falls under the Contractor’s contractual obligations.

2.2 The service/s installation/s shall comprise, but shall not be limited to: all notifications and

applications to Authorities, including payment of fees, distribution boards, cables, bus-bars, wireways, wiring, controls, accessories, luminaires and lamps, earthing, static and lightning protection/bonding, facilities for other services, fixings and building-in, earthworks, painting, special power supplies, data services, fire alarms, access and intruder control, communication, TV and radio services, working and record drawings, maintenance manuals etc and all other things to form a complete and proper installation to the extent as contemplated in the Documentation.

2.3 The Tenderer shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before tendering as to the correctness and

sufficiency of his tender for the Works and of his rates and prices contained in the various schedules and that his offer shall cover all his obligations under the Contract for the full and proper completion of the Works. The successful tenderer will be appointed as a subcontractor under the direction of the principal contractor. Extent of the Works

• Review and confirm the electrical design.

• Procurement of all electrical equipment required for the successful electrical installation, as defined by the electrical drawings and specifications.

• Transportation of electrical equipment and materials to site.

• Establishment of the contractor’s office.

• Erection of temporary hoarding to separate construction and installation areas from public areas.

• All signage as may be required in terms of the OHS Act.


3

• Application for an electrical connection as specified by the electrical single line diagram, including liaison with the supply authority (or the entity responsible for electrical supply to the site).

• Installation of new electrical equipment and materials as per scope of works, specifications and drawings.

• Installation of new wireways.

• Commissioning of the electrical installation.

• Conducting acceptance tests (to be witnessed by the Engineer).

• Submission of documentation as prescribed in Client Requirements.

• Delivery of spares and attic stock.

• Finishing the site (removal of all hoarding, unused installation material, decommissioned materials and components, building rubble).

3.0 Definitions 3.1 In addition to the definitions contained in Part 3 of the Wiring Code, the following shall apply:-

3.1.1 ‘Document’ and ‘Documentation’ shall mean the complete set of contract Documents including any relevant government department’s specifications and conditions (where applicable), this Specification, schedules, bills, drawings and any variation orders or site instructions issued in terms of the Contract.

3.1.2 ‘Contractor’ or ‘Electrical Contractor’ shall mean the person, partnership, company

or firm appointed to undertake the electrical and or ancillary installation hereinafter called the electrical installation or Works in terms of this Contract. In this Document, ‘Contractor’ shall have the same meaning as nominated, selected or domestic sub-contractor where the electrical installation is in any form a sub contract to the Main Contract. For clarity, the builder or principal contractor shall be referred to as the ‘Main Contractor’. The Contractor shall also be fully responsible under the contract for any of his sub-contractors, agents, assigns, suppliers etc.

3.1.3 ‘Tenderer’ shall mean the person, partnership, company or firm who makes a bid to

carry out the Works. The successful Tenderer will normally become the Contractor upon official award of the contract and the completion of contractual Documentation when all obligations under this Contract shall become the Contractor’s liability.

4.0 Site Visit In instances where there may be no mandatory formal Tenderers’ site visit, Tenderers nevertheless

are advised to visit the Site of the Works, prior to the submission of any tender, to ascertain site conditions, accessibility, available facilities etc. No claim on the grounds of want of knowledge in these respects, or any others, will be entertained.

5.0 Compliance with Regulations 5.1 The installation shall comply with the latest versions of the following standards and regulations

except where more stringent requirements are laid down in the contract Documentation in which event the latter shall take precedence:-

● The Code of Practice for the Wiring of Premises, SANS 10142-1:2003. ● The latest issues of all SANS Standards and Codes of Practice (hereinafter called SANS

standard/s) or, if such standards do not exist, then the latest versions of the appropriate international standard as issued by the British Standards Institute (BS) and/or the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC).

● The Occupational Health and Safety Act 1993 (Act 85 of 1993), (OHSA) and the Construction Regulations R1010 dated 18 July 2003.

● The bye-laws and regulations of the Local Municipality and Authorities who are responsible for the area in which the Works are situated

● Telkom regulations and specifications 5.2 The Contractor shall issue all notices and pay all the required fees in respect of the installation to the

authorities, and shall indemnify the Employer, Main Contractor and Engineer from all losses, claims,


4

costs or expenditure which may arise as a result of the Contractor’s failure to comply with these requirements and the regulations of any relevant Authority.

5.3 It shall be assumed that the Contractor is conversant with the requirements outlined in 5.2. Should

any requirements, by-laws or regulation, which contradicts the requirements of this Document, apply or become applicable during the course of the Works, such requirements, by-law or regulation shall overrule this Document and the Contractor shall immediately inform the Engineer of such a contradiction. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor carry out any variations to the installation in terms of such contradictions without obtaining the written permission to do so from the Engineer.

6.0 Standards and Quality of Work 6.1 As the Wiring Code lays down strict requirements for complying with SANS standards, a compulsory

specification published in a government gazette, or otherwise approved in terms of the Wiring Code, no detailed list of Standards will be scheduled herein. However, portions of the Works falling outside the scope of the Wiring Code shall comply fully with the latest versions of the applicable standards and codes issued by the SANS or, in the absence of such standard, with an acceptable international standard. Any reference to a particular standard may be given for guidance/clarification only; this shall not relieve the Contractor from complying with all relevant standards in their entirety.

6.2 All components shall be new and of the best available quality and of the class most suitable for the

purpose and environment for which they are intended. The whole installation shall be extremely reliable and all parts shall be of such material as will ensure that they are capable of withstanding variations in temperature and humidity arising under working conditions without distortion or deterioration or setting up of undue strain on any part.

Any particular make or model of equipment referred to in the Documentation is for guidance purposes only in setting standards/types/performances required; equipment that is equal or superior in all respects, and to the approval of the Engineer, may be offered by Tenderers. No reference to any particular make of any equipment shall be construed as that equipment having been selected by the Engineer or Client and the Contractor shall be fully responsible for the guarantee and performance of such equipment.

Only equipment and materials with a proven track record in similar applications will be considered.

6.3 Equipment and components of a similar class, such as wiring accessories, switch disconnector units

etc, shall be of the same make, pattern, and where applicable, colour, throughout. 6.4 The Work shall comply with the requirements of the Documentation, but where it may become

necessary to carry out the Work in a different manner; the Contractor shall first obtain the approval of the Engineer in writing.

In cases where items offered by Tenderers are not in accordance with the contract Documentation, the deviation/s must be fully detailed, irrespective of whether a special form is included for this purpose or not, and such details shall accompany the tender submission in the form of a covering letter, or on the form provided. Merely stating ‘as (manufacturer’s name / item)’, or submission of manufacturer’s pamphlets etc. is not acceptable, will not be considered part of any offer and will be ignored. Where no details are submitted, in a covering letter, or on a form provided, the offer shall be deemed to comply fully with the Works Documentation and the successful Tenderer/Contractor shall be liable for performance strictly in accordance with all specifications and conditions.

6.5 The complete Work shall be carried out by qualified, highly trained, skilled and competent operatives

to the highest standard of workmanship. The minimum requirement is that a permanent on-site electrician whether working alone or leading the Contractor’s workforce, and who must be an ‘A’ Grade artisan as determined by the Department of Labour, is to be the appointed artisan who shall be responsible for the day to day installation work. An adequate number of workmen shall be employed at all times to ensure satisfactory progress of the Works in accordance with the overall pace of the project and/or in harmony with any Works programme set by the Architect, Main Contractor or Engineer, etc.

The Contractor shall liaise and cooperate with any other contractor(s) whose work is related to, close to or build into with the Works as detailed herein and shall coordinate the Work to avoid fouling,


5

unsatisfactory setting out etc. Any failure by other contractors to collaborate with the Contractor herein shall be immediately reported in writing to the Engineer and Main Contractor.

The Work shall at all times and for the full duration of the Contract, be carried out under the management and supervision of a skilled and competent representative of the Contractor who will be authorised to receive and carry out instructions on behalf of the Contractor and to attend site meetings.

7.0 Rejection of Inferior Work and Materials All inferior work or work containing inferior material shall be rejected by the Engineer whereupon the

Contractor shall immediately remove and rectify the faulty work as necessary and bear all costs in connection therewith.

8.0 Drawings and Samples 8.1 Tenderers may be required to submit for approval, comment or records samples of materials,

apparatus or components, and also drawings, schematic diagrams or technical details, including calculations, upon which their design and/or offer is based before any contract is awarded. Such details may also be called for during the course of the Contract prior to installation. Any approvals given or comments made shall be on the generality of the scheme and shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to ensure full compliance with all performance and regulatory criteria.

NOTE: A request for submission of samples or drawings does not imply that the Tenderer’s

quotation will necessarily be accepted. 8.2 Drawings shall be clearly marked “WORKING DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL”, or as otherwise

applicable. Samples shall be remain on site until completion and taking over of the Works or, with the Engineer’s approval, the samples may be embodied within the installation.

8.3 All expenses in connection with the supply and return of the drawings and samples shall be borne by

the Tenderer/Contractor. 9.0 Guarantee 9.1 All equipment supplied and all work performed shall be guaranteed against defective operation, poor

design (where designed by the Contractor, or in components / assemblies with inherently poor design), and unacceptable / faulty workmanship, all as determined by the Engineer, for a period of 12 months after commissioning, handover and Client acceptance.

Any faults found during the guarantee period shall be timeously repaired or replaced by the Contractor, including peripheral damage/disturbance (e.g.: wall finishes etc damaged during the course of repairs), at his own expense, excluding mis-use and abuse by others and fair wear and tear. Discharge type lamps shall be included in the 12 month guarantee period; however, incandescent lamps shall carry a 3 month guarantee.

The Contractor is required to carry out any remedial work under the guarantee at times and in a manner which will cause the least disruption to the Client’s, or other occupant’s, operations.

9.2 The Contractor shall ensure that he has access to sufficient spare components for all equipment

readily available to forestall any delays in repairing the installation. 10.0 Operating and Maintenance Details Two complete sets of technical manuals complete with spares schedules, as-fitted layout drawings,

schematic wiring diagrams and operating and general maintenance information, bound in hard-cover ring binders shall be prepared by the Contractor and delivered to the Client at or before final handover. A full ‘As-Built’ set of drawings shall also be submitted to the Engineer for record purposes.

The main and individual distribution board (DB) single line diagrams shall be brought up to ‘As-Built’

status and copies placed in the technical manual. A further copy of the main single line diagram shall be mounted in a glass-fronted frame and hung in a suitable position in the main LV room. Copies of


6

the distribution board diagrams shall be folded (or reduced) to A4 size and placed in an A4 sized perspex fronted frame or document pocket in the applicable DB. Such frames or pockets shall be fabricated from 1,2mm pre-galvanised steel and spot welded to the DB (usually to the inside of the DB door).

This documentation shall be submitted to the Engineer for comment and approval prior to handing

over to the Client. It is therefore advisable to submit the details in draft format so that any amendments/corrections can be easily incorporated.

11.0 Inspection and Testing of Works 11.1 The Contractor shall attend upon the Engineer as reasonably required for Work inspection. Normally,

inspection of Work in progress will take place on the same day as the general site meeting, or such other times as the Engineer may reasonably require. Handing-over inspections will be done at the completion of the Contractor’s testing, issuing of the Certificate of Compliance by the Contractor’s accredited person, livening the installation by the Supply Authority, commissioning of the installation and upon making a written request for the Engineer to carry out an initial handover inspection.

Where the installation is to be switched on and taken over in portions, the Certificate of Compliance shall be limited to that particular part of the Work. New Certificates of Compliance shall be completed for remaining phases of the project as applicable and the Supply Authority’s permission formally obtained to switch electricity to those areas.

The Contractor shall, prior to requesting the Engineer to undertake an initial handover inspection, do a full, complete and proper inspection of his Work to ensure that everything is absolutely complete and in accordance with the Documentation. Following this inspection, and rectification of any faults in parts of the installation that may be required, the Contractor shall make a written request to the Engineer for a handover inspection. Any faults still found in the installation shall be listed by the Engineer and handed to the Contractor who shall attend to all faults within a reasonable period as decided by the Engineer except that this period will in no circumstance exceed 14 days. Once all listed faults have been rectified, the Contractor shall again request the Engineer in writing to carry out a final handover inspection.

Upon the successful completion of a handover inspection and the issuing of a handover certificate by the Engineer, the responsibility for the security of the installation, or part thereof, shall be deemed to be with the Client.

Under no circumstances will any inspection by the Engineer and/or, if appointed, the Electrical Clerk of Works of Resident Engineer, relieve the Contractor of his obligations in terms of the Documentation.

11.2 On completion of the installation, or such part thereof as may be determined by the Engineer, the

Contractor shall carry out installation testing and inspection in accordance with Part 8 of SANS 10142-1:2003 and/or any other relevant Standard.

The result of these tests, duly certified by the Contractor, shall be submitted to the Engineer in the form of a typed test-result certificate. No testing for acceptance purposes will be carried out by the Engineer until this is received.

Upon receipt of the test certificate, the Engineer will arrange to carry out acceptance tests and to witness commissioning procedures, including load-balance, phase rotation, bonding and labelling checks. If any faults are found in the installation, a list of those immediately noticed will be handed to the Contractor by the Engineer. The Contractor shall forthwith rectify such faults and issue a further test certificate endorsed “RE-TEST” with all reasonable despatch whereupon the Engineer will carry out further check-tests.

Any list of faults issued by the Engineer shall not be regarded as final, but given only for the assistance of the Contractor who will be bound to exercise all necessary diligence in their rectification and to check for any other faults and to rectify same.

The Contractor shall supply all necessary testing instruments for carrying out tests, including, but not limited to: insulation tester, earth loop-impedance tester, clip-on ammeter (e.g.: for load-balance


7

testing), earth-leakage tester, etc. Where there is reason to doubt the accuracy of the instruments, the Contractor shall arrange for tests to check their accuracy.

11.3 Where cast-in conduit is installed, the Contractor shall thoroughly check his layout, fastness etc, well

before any concrete is poured. The Engineer shall be informed by the Contractor in writing that he is ready for a check-inspection, giving the Engineer not less than 48 hour notice (usually by telefax and or email). A qualified operative of the Contractor shall stand by at all times when concrete is being poured so that any conduits or boxes that may become loose, displaced etc can be refixed.

11.4 If it is necessary for the Engineer, his agents or assigns, to spend extraordinary time in respect of

checking, testing, inspection or any other matter due to the Contractor’s default or unsatisfactory attendance all costs of the Engineer in obtaining remedy shall be for the Contractor’s account. For example, if the Contractor failed to carry out his own prior testing in a reasonable and diligent manner, or to check cast-in conduits properly before calling the Engineer to undertake a check-inspection, thus necessitating further visits and/or extra time incurred, costs of the Engineer will be charged to the Contractor. These costs will be deducted from the Contractor’s claims, or shall be claimed by submission of an account. Engineer’s claims for wasted time, including disbursements, shall be based on the applicable Department of Public Works Rates for Reimbursable Expenses.

12.0 Technical and Installation Requirements 12.1 Main Electrical Supply

The Contractor must make his own arrangements concerning the supply of electrical power and water for construction purposes. No direct payment will be made for the provision of electrical, power, water and other services. The cost of providing these services will be deemed to be included in the Contractor’s offer for the various items of work for which these services are required. In instances where the incoming main supply from the Supply Authority is at low voltage (LV), requirements of the Supply Authority with regard to method of incomer connection, earthing, testing/approval of main circuit breaker etc, must be strictly adhered to.

The Supply Authority’s requirements for their metering must be complied with and all facilities, space, bus-bar links for current transformers (CTs), etc, as the case may be, shall be in accordance with their requirements. The Contractor shall be deemed to have made all allowances for the Supply Authority’s requirements in their tender submission. Val Police Station The site currently has 100kVA electricity supply, The Electrical Engineer will make an application to Eskom to upgrade the existing supply to a 200kVA, three phase, 50Hz electricity supply . The upgraded supply and metering point, at the site boundary will be installed by Eskom after the payment of the necessary connection fee. The payment of these fees is the responsibility of the subcontractor. However, the Client or its Agent, reserves the right to make a direct payment to Eskom, at such event the fees tendered by the contractor will be omitted from the Bill of Quantities. The engineer shall be responsible for submitting the necessary application to Eskom for the new connection point.

12.2 MV Equipment and Cabling

Medium voltage (MV) equipment falls outside the scope of this building services specification. Where required, MV cables, MV switchgear and power transformers etc. shall be specified in a supplementary specification and/or drawings.

12.3 Miscellaneous Equipment and Installations

Miscellaneous items such as diesel generators, uninterruptable power supplies (UPSs), overhead lines etc. which fall outside the scope of this building services specification shall be specified in a supplementary specification and/or drawings.


8

12.4 Distribution Boards

12.4.1 General

a) Distribution Boards (DBs) shall be of the type as detailed in the single line diagrams, the Detailed Specification and, where applicable, the equipment schedules. Unless otherwise indicated, distribution boards shall be provided with prefitted space/s for a minimum 20% extra switchgear, subject to a minimum of one space for each class of circuit breaker, combination fuse switch (CFS), contactor etc, viz.: 3-pole, single pole etc, as the case may be.

b) DBs shall comply fully with SANS 1765.

c) Enclosures i) Distribution boards for internal applications shall be constructed from folded

pre-galvanised 2mm mild steel sheet suitably welded, bolted and braced to form a rigid construction and finished with an epoxy coating after fabrication. DBs for external applications shall be similar to internal DBs, but shall be fabricated from 2mm 3CR12, plus a suitable epoxy finish. Boards for special applications may be made from polished 2mm 316 stainless steel, fibreglass etc; these will be more fully described in the Detailed Specification where applicable.

ii) All equipment, except door mounted instruments, indicators and so forth,

shall be mounted behind removable fascia plates with only the switchgear operating handles protruding.

iii) Normally, free standing boards shall not exceed 2,3m in height with operating

handles, push-buttons etc not exceeding 1,8m from the floor nor lower than 600mm above floor level (subject to any equipment part not being lower than 300mm from the floor).

iv) Cabinet type boards used mostly for LV distribution shall be ‘Form 1’ degree

of separation to IEC 439 while cubicle boards used mostly for Motor Control Centres (MCCs) shall be ‘Form 4’.

v) The Contractor is to check all access routes for distribution boards. Where

necessary, DBs are to be made in sections to allow access into their final position.

d) Protection

All boards shall be rendered moisture and vermin proof and shall be adequately ventilated. Unless otherwise specified, free standing and wall mounted DBs in a normal internal environment shall be protected to IP43. DBs in certain factories may have to have a higher degree of protection which will be stated in the supplementary Specification or single line diagrams. The complete DB and its components shall be suitable for coastal conditions.


9

e) Bus-Bars

i) The bus-bars shall be of high conductivity 99,9% pure copper of adequate cross section for the current and short circuit rating, mounted on edge (not flat). Multiple/laminated bars shall be appropriately derated as necessary and shall be spaced by a distance equal to the bar thickness. Bars shall be supported on resin type insulators suitable for mechanical stresses due to prospective fault currents and otherwise so arranged and braced as to obviate distortion under short circuit conditions. The material used for bracing, shielding etc must be tested and approved by SANS and shall be completely non-hygroscopic and non-tracking.

ii) Bus-bar current ratings for both phase and neutral shall be based on an

internal temperature of 40°C with a maximum bar temperature rise of 60°C.

iii) As a guide, the following current densities should not be exceeded for single bars:

● 100 Amps and below : 3,50A/mm² ● 101 - 300 Amps : 2,65A/mm² ● 301 - 1000 Amps : 1,85A/mm² ● 1001 Amps and above : 1,20A/mm²

iv) In addition to the current rating, the bars shall be sized to accommodate the prospective fault rating and the cross sectional area of the bars shall be the greater of the calculated sizes. Sizing for fault levels shall be based on the following:

a = 8, 2 x Isc x √t, where:

a = minimum cross section in mm² Isc = prospective short circuit current in kA t = maximum time in seconds to clear fault, subject to a minimum

of 0,2s

v) An earth bus-bar shall be installed at a convenient position, usually near the bottom, along the entire length of DBs with an incomer size of 200 Amps or more, or they may be of shorter but adequate length for smaller DBs. Earthbars need not be supported on insulators. The cross sectional area of the earthbars shall be equal or greater than half the cross sectional area of the incomer feeder cable. Earth terminal strips with screw connections may be used for boards with a maximum incomer size of 100 Amps.

vi) Teed-off neutral bars are to have the same cross sectional area as the sub-

feeder phase bars and shall be mounted in a suitable position adjacent to the switchgear, which they serve. The outgoing connections must match the sequence of the switchgear to which they relate. Neutral terminal strips with screw connections may be used for boards with a maximum incomer/sub-feeder size of 100 Amps. These requirements shall also apply to smaller DBs where such neutral bars are also the main neutral bars.

vii) A separate neutral bar shall be installed for circuits protected by adjacent

single phase earth leakage breakers connected to the same phase.

f) Gland Plates i) Bottom entry boards shall be provided with minimum 2mm galvanised steel

gland plates installed across the full width of each DB section at a minimum height of 300mm above the level of the bottom of the DB. Sufficient clearance for the bending of cable cores shall be provided between the lowest terminals of any equipment.


10

ii) Where single core cables are to be terminated, 10mm non-hygroscopic Delaron or similar material shall be used for the gland plate. Alternatively, gland plates for single core cables shall be made from 4mm thick aluminium.

g) Doors

Where called for, doors shall be fabricated from the same material as the main enclosure and shall be provided with closed-cell silicon gasketing to obtain the level of protection required (Refer also to 12.17.6). The doors shall be provided with catches, square-key turnbuckles, lockable catches or cylinder locks and handles, as specified in the Detailed Specification and/or drawings. All DB keys, where provided, shall be the same for all DBs on the particular project.

h) Paintwork

i) Pre-galvanised sheet metal shall be cold galvanised at all exposed edges and welded surfaces, degreased, bonderised, etch-primed and then finished with baked epoxy enamel or powder coatings per SANS 51274, as applicable and to paint manufacturer’s recommendations to achieve a dry film thickness (DFT) of 70 microns.

ii) 3CR12 panels shall be pickled, passivated and etch-primed before being

finished, similarly to pre-galvanised sheet steel boards, with baked epoxy enamel or powder coatings to achieve a DFT of 70 microns.

iii) Colour finishes shall be as follows:

● Normal Supply LV Distribution Boards: Light Orange, colour B26 of

SANS 1091 ● The standby power sections of DBs shall be Signal Red, colour A11 of

SANS 1091 ● Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) DBs, or such sections within

composite boards shall be Dark Violet, colour F06 of SANS 1091 ● Small domestic and shop type DBs, and boards in open kitchen areas

shall be finished white, colour G80 to SANS 1091 (unless the latter is of bright stainless steel)

iv) A minimum of 1 litre of touch-up paint for each colour shall be provided.

i) Switchgear

i) MCCBs, MCBs and switch-disconnectors shall be of the same make throughout. Similarly, CFS units shall be metalclad type and are to be of the same make throughout. Current ratings must be clearly indicated on the front of the units.

ii) A suitably braced chassis for the mounting of moulded case type switchgear,

including DIN type rails etc, shall be firmly secured to the frame of the switchboard. Large switchgear, such as ACBs, shall be secured directly to the framework using suitable structural/bracing members.

iii) MCCBs switch disconnectors and CFS units with a rating of 150 Amps and

above shall be connected to the main bus-bars with bus-bar links. PVC insulated cable, neatly installed, shall generally be used for switchgear below 150 A. This latter requirement shall not preclude the use of small-section feeder bus-bar arrangements where available. Where long runs of PVC insulated cable are run within the DB, they shall be neatly laced together, or shall be installed in purpose made slotted PVC trunking. The smallest cable size for DB wiring shall be 2,5mm².

iv) Where necessary, stub bus-bars shall be fitted to the outgoing side of MCCBs

and CFS units and the supply side of switch disconnector incomers to allow for lug connections to the cable cores.


11

v) Incoming circuit breakers and bus-coupler breakers rated 800 Amps and

above shall be of the withdrawable type air circuit breakers (ACBs) or large frame MCCBs, as specified.

vi) Castell, or similar interlocks shall be provided for all main DBs which have

bus-couplers. Alternatively, where detailed in the single line diagrams and/or Detailed Specification, the bus-coupler shall comprise a shuttered cradle only (no circuit breaker fitted) to match the incomer circuit breaker cradles. In the latter instance, bus-coupling will be effected by racking out the appropriate incomer ACB/MCCB, fitting it into the bus-coupler cradle and engaging the ‘ON’ position.

vii) Where MCCBs and ACBs have been set to a lower rating (e.g. 400A MCCB

set to 350A etc.), the setting arrangements shall be sealed off and rendered tamper-proof after adjustment.

viii) Where instrument fuses or fused switchgear is used, spare fuses shall be

housed in a small compartment built into the applicable board. 20% of each size of fuse, subject to a minimum of three, shall be provided and shall be mounted in stainless steel ‘Terry’ type clips inside the compartment. A label inside the spare fuse compartment shall indicate all part numbers for reordering. The outside of the compartment shall be labelled as follows:

SPARE FUSES THE FUSES ARE USED TO CONTROL DANGEROUS PROSPECTIVE FAULT CURRENTS – DO NOT BRIDGE OUT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES Reorder and replace any used-up fuses immediately

ix) Where fault limiting is employed, fuses or fault-limiter MCCBs shall be

selected to limit down-stream faults to levels no higher than indicated in the single line diagrams or implied in the design.

j) Surge Arrestors

Surge arrestors, which comply with SANS 61643-1, may be installed in each distribution board. These shall be fitted at the load side of main incomers to each phase and the neutral.

k) Timeswitches

i) Timeswitches shall be suitable for single-phase operation at a minimum rating of 15 Amps. They shall be of the programmable electronic type complete with a minimum 24-hour back-up rechargeable battery. The battery shall be a locally available type and shall be arranged for easy removal and replacement. The characteristics of the timeswitch shall suit the requirements of the circuit as dictated by details in the single line diagrams (e.g.: day omitting etc). Solar type timeswitches shall be used for all outside lighting circuits unless photocells are employed for control purposes.

ii) A manual by-pass switch, mounted in the DB fascia, or as otherwise

indicated, shall be provided to permit the circuit to be switched ‘on’ or ‘off’ manually for one switching cycle without affecting any other settings.

l) Contactors

i) Contactors shall be DP or TP electromagnetically operated air break, low noise type suitable for the rated supply voltage, circuit current and prospective fault level current.


12

ii) Contactors for general lighting and power shall be AC1 category while AC3 category shall be used for motor starting.

iii) Where auxiliary contacts are not specified to be fitted initially, the contactor

shall have provision for adding these contacts. Auxiliary contacts shall be rated at 6 Amps, 250V AC. Auxiliary contacts characteristics such as ‘make-before-break’, ‘late break’ etc must be inherent in the design and shall not be adapted from standard contacts.

iv) All contactors shall have the following features:

● Easily replaceable coil ● Permanent air-gap in the magnetic circuit ● Clearly marked main and auxiliary terminals ● Provision for easy inspection and changing of contacts

v) Contactors shall be electrically and mechanically interlocked for changeover

arrangements and electrically interlocked only for star-delta starters.

m) Instruments and Controls i) Instruments, indicators and controls shall be provided as indicated in the

single line diagrams. Where the components are to be actuated from the front of the DB door, they shall be rated to the appropriate IP level (e.g.: IP43). In instances where meters and the like are required, and where these cannot be protected to the level specified by themselves, suitably protection-rated impact resistant glass windows shall be provided in the door through which to view the dials and the instrument/s mounted in the inner fascia.

i) Doors in which instruments are installed shall be provided with a flexible woven copper earth link across the hinge side. Insulating shrouds or other suitable barriers shall be installed to prevent accidental contact with door mounted instrument terminals.

ii) Fuses for the protection of instruments shall be of the HRC cartridge type mounted behind the DB fascia. All control fuses shall be clearly labelled.

iv) Push-buttons for protection ratings of IP65/66 shall be provided with rubber

‘boots’ for enhanced protection. Any exposed rubber shall be further protected (e.g.: with silicon covers) where used in food factories containing sugars and other carbohydrates which may give rise to attack from bacteriological action when fine particles collect on or near the rubber.

v) Only LED type indicator lamps shall be used. A set of spare LEDs (20% of

each type, subject to a minimum of three) shall be supplied. These may be housed in the spare fuse compartment where provided, and the labelling suitably modified. Alternatively, the LEDs shall be housed in a small labelled compartment similarly to HRC fuses as aforementioned

vi) Unless otherwise specified, ammeters, voltmeters, frequency meters and

running-hour meters shall have a minimum dial size of 96mm x 96mm with anti-static impact resistant clear faces. Instruments shall be screened against magnetic interference.

vii) Voltmeters shall be of the moving iron type with class 1.5 accuracy as per

IEC 51. A zero adjustment screw shall be provided. Voltmeters shall be scaled 0 - 250V or 0 - 500V as appropriate. Selector switches used in conjunction with a single voltmeter shall be of the cam-actuated or wiping air-break type. The switch shall be labelled with the ‘OFF’ position and other positions as specified (e.g.: ‘N - R’ for neutral to red phase, ‘R - Y’ for red to yellow phase etc.)


13

viii) Ammeters shall have a moving iron element to indicate instantaneous values. Direct reading ammeters may be used up to 60 Amps. Current Transformer (CT) operated ammeters of 60 Amps and above shall be 5 Amps full scale, calibrated to read actual primary currents. The CT ratio shall be indicated on the faceplate.

ix) Unless otherwise stated, ammeters shall be of the Maximum Demand (MD)

reading type. The mean value over a fifteen minute period shall be indicated by a red pointer driven by a bimetal spiral element. Full load current shall be indicated with a distinctive line on the dial. The scale should indicate at least 25% over full-load rating.

x) Instrumentation and control (I&C) wiring shall be segregated into LV and

ELV wiring and installed in separate slotted plastic trunking within the main casing of the board. I&C wiring shall also be kept separate from power wiring. The smallest ELV conductor shall be 1mm². Conductors connecting to components on hinged panels shall be shrouded in spiral plastic ‘loom-former’ and fixed on both sides of the hinge. A loop shall be formed in the wiring so that the loom produces a twisting motion away from the door jamb when it is closed.

n) Consumption Meters

i) KWh meters shall be Direct on Line (DOL) type up to 80 Amp rating and CT operated above this amperage. Meters shall be calibrated for the specific application to obviate the use of multiplication factors.

ii) Consumption meters shall have cyclometer dials with six digit readout, the

last digit indicating one-tenth of a unit.

iii) Facilities for a security seal shall be provided on the fixing screws of the terminal cover.

o) Current Transformers

i) Current transformers shall be epoxy resin encapsulated and comply with the requirements of SANS 60044-1 and IEC 185. Unless otherwise stated, the secondary current of CTs shall be 5 Amps and all instruments, meters etc shall be selected accordingly. The rated burden shall not be less than 10VA.

ii) The following accuracy classes shall be adhered to:

Application Primary Current Class

Indication A11 5 Protection A11 3 Metering Up to 250A 1 Metering 250 - 600A 0,5 Metering 600 - 800A 0,2 Metering 800A + 0,1

p) Power Factor Correction

i) Where called for, power factor correction (PFC) capacitors shall be housed in a separate section of the DB, segregated from other sections by a metal barrier, and designed for extra ventilation. The PFC section shall have low-level vermin proofed inlet louvres and the top shall have a 12mm diamond mesh ‘roof’ with a solid flat section spaced at least 50mm above the mesh. Whilst the construction, paintwork etc, shall be similar to the DB casing, the level of protection shall be IP21.

ii) PFC capacitors shall be protected and controlled by HRC fuses and

contactors specially designed for PFC applications. Switchgear shall be


14

rated 70% higher than the normal current rating of the capacitor, e.g.: for a 60kVAr capacitor, the rating of the protective fuses would be 150 Amps in a 400V system.

iii) Where metalised plastic film capacitors are used, the board construction

shall be such as to limit the temperature rise, with all capacitors switched-in, to 35°C above ambient. If necessary a fan, complete with switchgear, controls and failure alarm, shall be employed. This equipment will not normally be indicated in the single-line diagram/s and the Contractor shall make due allowance as necessary.

iv) PFC controllers shall be electronic type giving 6 or 12 steps of control as

specified. Digital indication of the power factor shall be built in, as well as ‘auto, manual, off’ controls and LED pilot lights indicating PFC steps.

v) The separate capacitor section of the DB shall have a ‘double skin’ metal

separating barrier with a 12mm air gap for all PFC loads of 250kVAr and above.

vi) A discharge resistance system shall be provided for each capacitor to

ensure effective discharge within 60 seconds after switch-off. A suitable barrier, complete with warning notice, shall be installed for all capacitor banks.

q) Anti-Condense Heaters

Where specified, ‘black-heat’ anti-condense heaters shall be fitted in the bottom sections of DBs in areas of high humidity or dampness. The heaters shall be fitted behind suitable screening to obviate accidental contact with persons or wiring. Anti-condense heaters shall be protected by dedicated MCBs or fuses and shall be sized to prevent condensation without giving rise to excessive temperature levels inside the DB housing.

r) Labels

i) Before installation, the Contractor shall submit a fully detailed proposed labelling schedule to the Engineer for comment and approval.

ii) Engraved plastic ‘Ivorine’ or ‘Traffolyte’ type sandwiched labels shall be used

for all labelling on DBs, control panels etc. Main labels on the outside of panels, and labels for individual components, switchgear etc shall be fixed to the panel or fascia face with brass bolts, nuts and washers. Labels for small grouped items such as a row of single pole MCBs may be securely fixed into slotted label holders. In the latter cases, the labels would normally identify the circuit number only and a typewritten legend card installed to the fascia front, or inside the DB door in a card holder, used to identify the circuit function.

iii) Normal informative labels shall have black lettering on a white background

while warning labels shall have white lettering on a red background.

iv) Lettering sizes for labels shall generally be as follows:

● Outdoor Panels, Minisubs etc: 50mm ● Indoor Panels (main labels): 15mm ● Bus-bar sections and sub-compartments: 10mm ● Individual switchgear, indicators etc: 5mm

v) Substations, minisubs, kiosks, transformer room & switchgear rooms, shall

be provided with notices as required by the Occupational Health and Safety Act.


15

s) Testing

i) Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall make all arrangements and provide all instruments for inspection and testing by the Engineer of distribution boards at the manufacturer’s premises. The Contractor shall give the Engineer at least 5 working days notice of any impending test/s.

ii) The tests shall comprise, but shall not be limited to:

● Visual inspection, label checks etc ● Polarity checks ● 500V Megohm meter insulation resistance test ● Injection tests for CTs etc ● Function tests for all equipment, control and interlocking circuits,

indicators, earth leakage relays etc

iii) In addition, these tests will be spot-checked at Site when phase rotation checks and installation commissioning will be carried out.

iv) After successful completion of tests, the Contractor shall provide the

Engineer with duplicate test certificates for all DBs.

v) Extra time, travelling etc expended by the Engineer in repeating tests due to any failure shall be claimed from the Contractor in accordance with clause 11.4 herein.

12.4.2 Free Standing Distribution Boards

In addition to the general requirements contained in clause 12.4.1, free standing DBs shall be as follows:

a) Distribution boards shall have a ‘U’ channel baseframe designed to support all equipment and to span cable trenches etc.

b) General power supply boards shall be of the cabinet type with sections no wider than 1,5m.

c) Cubicle boards for the control of motors shall be of a modular cubicle design. The disconnector for each cubicle shall be operated from the front and it shall not be possible to open the particular cubicle without switching off the disconnector.

d) Unless otherwise stated, free standing boards shall be of the front access, bottom and/or top entry type as dictated by installation requirements and/or stated in the single line diagrams. Where called for, rear panels shall be removable and shall be secured to the frame by means of square key turnbuckles.

e) Where specified, boards shall be extensible to the left or right, as called for. This shall be accomplished by the installation of removable bus-bar cover plates in the side panels.

f) Upon completion of cabling into the distribution board, the Contractor shall ensure that the board is rendered totally vermin proof, especially at the bottom of the board around the incoming cables.

g) Distribution boards for external applications shall be fabricated from 2mm 3CR12 corrosion resistant steel sheets. External DBs shall be fitted with gasketed doors and shall be protected to IP55. These boards shall have sloped overhanging roofs for rain protection.


16

h) Where boards exceed 2m in width, they shall be provided with suitable lifting bales to facilitate off-loading, emplacement etc using a crane or similar. Where no facilities are available at Site for off-loading heavy DBs, the Contractor is to ensure that the boards are delivered using a crane-lorry, or shall make such other arrangements as required.

12.4.3 Surface Mounted Distribution boards

In addition to the general requirements contained in clause 12.4.1, surface mounted boards shall be as follows:

a) Unless otherwise indicated, all DBs shall be provided with flush mounting doors secured with catch/es, lock/s etc, as specified.

Except where otherwise specified, DBs shall be installed so that the top of the board lines up with the top of door frames. Where no such reference line exists the tops of boards shall be at a height of 2m above finished floor level. The maximum permissible height of any switchgear handle, push-button, meter or instrument face shall be 1,8m.

b) Suitable heavy duty lugs for securing the board to a vertical surface shall be provided.

c) Boards for external applications shall be fabricated from 2mm 3CR12 corrosion resistant sheet steel and shall be protected to IP55. A sloped roof shall be provided for rain protection. All cables entering or leaving externally mounted DBs shall do so at the bottom only.

12.4.4 Flush Mounted Distribution Boards

In addition to the general requirements contained in clause 12.4.1, flush mounted boards shall be as follows:

a) Unless otherwise indicated, all DBs shall be provided with adjustable overlapping architraves and flush mounted doors complete with catch/es or lock/s as specified.

Except where otherwise specified, DBs shall be installed so that the top of the board lines up with the top of door frames. Where no such reference line exists the tops of boards shall be at a height of 2m above finished floor level. The maximum permissible height of any switchgear handle, push-button, meter or instrument face shall be 1,8m.

b) The built-in tray may be fabricated from 1,6mm pre-galvanised steel without any further paint finish except for cold galvanising at exposed edges, weld joins etc.

c) Small domestic type DBs may have the front panel and door made from 1,6mm pre-galvanised sheet steel. Such boards shall not exceed 500mm x 500mm and the framework shall be finished as per clause 12.4.1 h).

d) Where called for, ‘semi-recessed’ boards shall be provided with a 35 to 50mm deep overlapping architrave surround into which the door/s and inner fascia are recessed. The portion of the architrave perpendicular to the wall shall be suitable for the future termination of surface conduits into the DB.

e) DBs for fitting into 115mm single brick walls shall be provided with suitable ‘keying’ strips of expanded metal spot welded to the sides of the tray for building into the brick courses. In addition, expanded metal shall be spot-welded to the rear of the bonding trays to act as ‘keying’ for plaster etc. This mesh shall overlap the tray by 75mm on all sides to obviate cracks in plaster.


17

f) At least two 20mm diameter spare conduits shall be installed from each DB into the ceiling void where applicable.

12.4.5 Layout Drawings for Approval

The Contractor shall timeously obtain detailed/dimensioned proposed layout drawings of distribution boards, including schematic wiring diagrams, bus-bar sizes, component details etc, from the board manufacturer prior to fabrication. The Contractor shall check all details, correct them where necessary and submit two sets to the Engineer for approval. No distribution board is to be fabricated until the Engineer’s formal approval has been given.

12.5 Cablework

12.5.1 General

The Contractor shall be responsible for all main, sub-main and final circuit cablework.

12.5.2 Cable Types

Only the following types of cables shall be used for LV work:-

a) PVC Insulated, Armoured Copper Cables (PVC/SWA/PVC)

Polyvinylchloride insulated, armoured, copper cable shall be 600/1000V grade in accordance with SANS 1507, comprising PVC insulated stranded copper conductors with PVC bedding, galvanised steel wire armouring and PVC sheathing overall. Mains voltage cables shall be at least 2,5mm² and no larger than 185mm² for ease of handling. Parallel cables of equal size shall be utilized where the current demand is greater than that rated for 185mm² cables. Control cables shall be at least 1,5mm² unless otherwise specified.

b) PVC Insulated, Armoured Aluminium Cables (PVC/SWA/PVC) and PVCATAPVC Cable)

Polyvinylchloride insulated, armoured, aluminium cable shall be 600/1000V grade in accordance with SANS 1507 comprising PVC insulated solid aluminium conductors with PVC bedding, galvanised steel wire or aluminium tape armouring and PVC sheathing overall. The cables shall be at least 16mm² and no larger than 120mm². Parallel cables shall be utilized where necessary. Aluminium cables shall be used only when specifically specified.

c) PVC Insulated, Non-Armoured Cables (PVC/PVC) Polyvinylchloride insulated non-armoured cable shall be 600/1000V grade in accordance with SANS 1507, comprising PVC insulated stranded copper conductors with PVC sheathing overall.

PVC/PVC mains cables shall only be used for trefoil configured applications.

For ease of handling the core size shall be limited to 240mm² except in special circumstances where space, routing etc. may allow for larger sizes.

Trefoil cables shall comprise 3 sets of three single core cables (R, Y & B), and one set of two cables for the neutral.

d) XLPE Insulated Cables


18

Where called for Cross-Linked Polyethylene (XLPE) insulated cables shall be used. These are similar to the specifications for the foregoing PVC insulated cables a), b) and c) except that the initial insulation shall be XLPE, thereafter PVC bedding and sheathing shall be used.

The Contractor must ensure early ordering of these cables as they are usually only made upon request and to a minimum quantity. For ease of identification, the Contractor shall insure that the manufacturer embosses the outer sheath: “XLPE insulated”.

e) Flame Retardant and Halogen Reduced/Free Cables

Where called for in the Detailed Specification, low halogen (LH), halogen free (Non-halogenated, low smoke and fume, flame retardant - or “NHLSFR”) or flame retardant (FR) PVC cables to SANS 1507 and BS6724 (latest issues) shall be used.

12.5.3 Cable Terminations

a) Cable Glands

Cable glands shall be used for armoured multi-core cables and are to be of the electroplated brass or bronze compression type and shall be matched to the type of cable used and shall be suitable for waterproof, flameproof or general installations, as required. PVC or neoprene shrouds and plated earthing washers shall be used in all instances.

b) Single Core Terminations

Termination of single core PVC/PVC cables in distribution boards, transformer cable boxes, etc. shall be undertaken by securely clamping the cables onto a fixed section of galvanised “Unistrut” type channel, or galvanised angle-iron, using nylon cable straps and then taking the individual cores through bushed holes in the non-ferrous gland plate, thence to the termination point. Alternatively, with the Engineer’s approval, a treated hardwood cleat arrangement may be employed.

c) Cable Joints

i) Because of the relatively short runs of cable utilized in industrial general lighting and power services, through-joints shall only be used in exceptional circumstances and only with written permission from the Engineer.

ii) Where a tee-off is required in indoor circuit cabling, this shall be effected

using a suitable cable junction box, as Pratley, or equal and approved. Such junction boxes shall be of the weatherproof type, complete with integral compression glands and DIN rail-mounted terminals of appropriate rating.

iii) Joints in power cables shall only be allowed a) where the cable runs exceed

a standard drum length, or, b) with the express permission of the Engineer in writing

d) Conductor Lugs i) Lugs for the termination of conductors onto busbars and equipment are to be

of the compression type and of the correct size and type for the application. ii) For cables of size up to 16mm², the locking type of handplier crimpers may

be used. Above this size, the hydraulic type must be employed. iii) Where aluminium lugs, used for aluminium conductors, are bolted to a

dissimilar metal (e.g. copper, tinned copper, etc.), suitable bonding compound shall be used to obviate the possibility of electrolytic action.

iv) Shaped lugs shall be used in conjunction with shaped cable cores.


19

12.5.4 Handling of Cable Drums

a) Drums of cable shall be delivered to Site with seals intact and shall be off-loaded

and stored in an approved manner. Any drums, which show signs of damage or mishandling, shall at the Engineer’s option, be replaced with fresh undamaged stocks. The Contractor shall bear all costs of replacing such unacceptable cables.

b) Cable drums shall be supported on an axle and support jacks when the cable is

unreeled. The arrow on the drum flanges showing the direction of rotation shall be observed. Rolling of drums along the ground will not be permitted.

c) Empty cable drums shall be stored in a tidy and safe manner prior to their

removal from the Work Site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal and disposal of all empty drums at intervals dictated by Work progress, or upon instruction by the Engineer or the Main Contractor.

12.5.5 Installation of Cables

a) Surface (Direct)

Where cables are run along horizontal or vertical building surfaces, structural steel members, in vertical ducts, etc., they shall be secured with approved means of fixing such as saddles, cleats, etc.

All cable runs shall be vertical or horizontal, or run parallel to building or structural members and shall at all times present a neat appearance.

b) Cable Trays

i) Where a sheet steel cable tray is required, this shall consist of approved galvanised sheet-metal perforated medium duty tray supported with approved substantial brackets or hangers at suitable intervals to reduce sag to a maximum of 10mm. Where necessary to achieve this, the run of cable tray shall be reinforced along its length with angle iron or similar stiffening members, or shall be of the heavy duty type.

ii) When wire mesh trays are required, these shall be of heavy duty hot-dipped

galvanised type, or stainless steel, left bright as required. Mesh trays shall be installed in a similar manner to perforated tray.

iii) All cable tray accessories such as bends, tees, etc., shall be as supplied by

the tray manufacturer and made-up components will not normally be allowed.

iv) Trays shall be installed vertically or opening-up horizontally as specified.

Brackets and hangers shall be constructed to permit the easy removal of any cable from the tray. Flat horizontal runs of tray suspended from slabs shall be installed at least 200mm clear of the soffit. Trays crossing under beams shall be spaced off the beam soffit to allow the removal of the largest cable(s) in the group.

v) Earth continuity shall be maintained throughout the complete run of cable

tray. c) Cable Ladder-Rack

i) Where ladder-rack is called for, this shall consist of 2,0mm thick galvanised steel with side sections of 75mm and cross-rungs every 350 – 400mm.

ii) Only manufacturer’s accessories shall be used for ladder-rack.


20

iii) Ladder-rack shall be installed in the same manner as cable trays (Refer to 12.5.5 (b)).

iv) Where specified, cable trays and racks shall be finished in a light orange

epoxy coating, colour B26, or other colour appropriate to the service, to SANS 1091, all as clause 12.4.1 h).

Epoxy coating damaged or removed during installation shall be made good.

d) Cable Installation on Racks and Trays

i) Racks and trays shall be sized to afford at least 20% spare space. Control

cables may be installed touching, but not bunched. Power cables shall be laid-up spaced apart not less than the diameter of the largest adjacent cable, unless otherwise specified.

ii) Cables shall be fixed to racks and trays using stainless steel cable strap and

buckles fixed every 500mm, or fixing-rung intervals for edge-on rack / tray installations and at 1000mm or every second fixing-rung interval for cables laid flat and also where installed vertically.

iii) Different classes of services (e.g. power and instrumentation) shall not be

installed on the same rack or tray.

e) Common Earthing for Racks and Trays

i) Cables for final circuits installed on racks and trays shall, unless otherwise specified, be provided with an integral earth core or shall have a separate bare earth conductor per cable, or as indicated in the circuit diagram.

ii) Multiple runs of heavy power feeder cables may share a common earth

conductor comprising bare copper tape of at least 70mm² run along mesh type trays or ladder rack. (Perforated cable tray would normally carry light circuitry only and common earthing would not apply).

iii) Earth tapes are to be fixed and bonded at regular intervals and the final

earth connection shall comprise an appropriately sized bare copper earth-wire tail bonded to the common tape earth using a compression lug and high tensile bolt and nut arrangement.

f) Underground Cable

i) Unless otherwise specified, cables installed earth trenches shall be buried at

a depth of 750mm; multiple runs of cables shall be laid 150mm apart throughout the run.

ii) Cables shall be drawn along the trench using rollers corner rollers, snatch

blocks and skid plates as necessary. iii) Unless stated to the contrary, the Contractor shall carry out all excavations

of cable trenching, including bedding, topping, backfilling and compaction, generally in accordance with SANS 1200 LC and SANS 1200 DA. Differing soil-type classifications shall be as specified in the bills of quantities.

iv) The Contractor shall allow for all necessary removal of vegetation, roots and

tree branches, hazard protection, drainage, including pumping, watching, lighting, barriers, disposal of spoil and vegetation, supply of fill, levelling of subsidence and 10mm thick temporary steel plates to allow vehicles of 3 tonnes maximum axle load and pedestrians to pass over excavations where these cross roads, driveways etc.


21

v) Where applicable, the Contractor shall comply fully with Traffic Ordinances, the Mines and Works Act 1956 (Act 27 of 1956) and all other requirements at or near public roads, bridges, buildings and other structures.

vi) No excavations shall be backfilled until the Engineer has the opportunity to

inspect cables and has given permission to backfill. vii) The floor of the trench shall be free of stones and sharp projections. A

75mm layer of –6 fines sifted soil or no-sharps sand shall be applied (bedding), onto which the cables shall be laid. A further layer of the same material shall be laid to a depth of at least 75mm above the top of the cable(s).

viii) Dampened soil free from fibrous matter, rocks and large stones shall be

backfilled on top of the cable(s) (or cable sleeve(s)), as follows:-

● Two 150mm hand-rammed layers to 93 % AASHO compaction ● Thereafter, well compacted power-rammed layers of not more than

150mm, to 93 % AASHO compaction. The backfill shall be raised by approximately 50mm above the normal surface level to allow for settlement. Such raised surfaces shall be periodically levelled, as necessary, and finally levelled not less than 90 days after backfilling. Grassed surfaces shall be made good. Others will make good paved or concrete surfaces etc.

ix) Cable trenches may be hand or machine excavated and shall be of such a

width as to afford a minimum of 150mm clearance between the cable(s) and the trench walls. Excavation within 600mm of other services shall only be done by hand.

x) Unsuitable soil and filthy material encountered during the execution of the

Works shall not be deposited on the surface of any road or footpath, but shall immediately be carted away to a dumping site.

xi) The Contractor shall take all necessary steps to avoid the pollution of

streams, drainage systems etc. by excavated soil and its dust. xii) Where required, concrete protective cable tiles shall be installed 300mm

over the tops of cables. These shall cover the full width of the layer of cables within the trench. Concrete cable protective tiles shall be of the interlocking type approximately 900mm long by 150mm wide with a suitable inscription on the supper side such such as “Danger Electric Cables” or similar.

xiii) Where unsleeved cables cross other services, they shall be taken at least

500mm under such service. Interlocking concrete cable tiles shall be laid 300mm above the cables and shall extend 900mm each side of the crossing point.

g) Cable Markers and Tape

i) Cable markers shall be provided for all underground cable routes. Such

markers shall be provided at each point of entry to any building, at either side of any road to rail crossing, at any change of direction of the cable, at intervals not exceeding 30m along any straight runs and over cable joints. Cable markers shall be made of concrete and cast in the form of a truncated pyramid, approximately 250mm high, 100mm square at the top and 150mm square at the base. The markers shall be provided with brass plates complete with direction arrows and suitably inscribed.

ii) Yellow 0,1mm thick cable marker tape with the words “Danger Electric

Cable” printed continuously and depicting a skull and cross-bones, shall be


22

laid at a depth of 300mm below the finished surface level and immediately above all cables and sleeve pipes. Should a roadway or paved area base layer exceed 300mm, the tape shall be laid immediately below the base.

h) Cable Sleeves

i) Cables sleeves shall be provided wherever required or indicated on drawings and also for all cables entering or leaving any building, crossing a road or other services. Such sleeves shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor unless otherwise required. In all cases the Contractor shall ensure that all sleeves are installed in good time, in correct positions, and in the proper manner.

ii) Where no details are given, the sleeves shall be of generous size and made

of substantial material, which may be galvanised steel, ceramic, pitch fibre, high impact uPVC, corrugated high-density polyethylene (HDPE), etc., capable of withstanding any stresses to which they may be submitted, e.g. road compacting. Care shall be taken to ensure the easy passage of cable through the sleeves by providing large radius bends where necessary.

iii) NB: For health reasons, the use of pipes containing asbestos is

strictly forbidden. iv) The ends of all sleeves shall be sealed with non-hardening watertight

compound after the installation of cables. All sleeves intended for future use shall likewise be sealed.

i) Earthworks by Others

Where trenches, sleeves etc. are provided by another contractor e.g., civils, the Contractor shall liaise and co-ordinate with such other party regarding general advices, sleeve positions, radii etc. Moreover, the Contractor shall stand by and ensure correct backfilling and the positioning of marker tape.

j) Cable Identification

A non-corrosive strap with the cable number, or circuit number, stamped or embossed upon it shall be provided at each end of the cable (and at joints, in cases where these are permitted).

12.6 Bus-Bar Feeders

12.6.1 General

a) Bus-bar feeder systems shall comply with SANS 1195 or shall be authorised by

SANS, and shall consist of metalclad copper bus-bars for voltages not greater than 1000V.

b) Bus-bar feeder systems shall be used for the following:

● Indoor and outdoor connections from transformer LV terminals to main LV

switchboards ● Horizontal indoor power distribution to workshop and factory machinery etc ● Indoor lateral and vertical-riser feeders for distribution boards and MCCs

c) All bends, accessories, take-off units, bus-bar sections/modules and so forth shall

be a standard or pre-engineered component by the bus-bar trunking manufacturer; no site fabricated items will be allowed without the express permission of the Engineer in writing.


23

12.6.2 Construction Details

a) Enclosures

i) Bus-bar systems for indoor use shall be enclosed in hot-dipped or pre-galvanised sheet metal casings finished in epoxy coating similarly to distribution boards. (See clause 12.4.1 (h)). Alternatively the casing shall be of extruded aluminium. The bus-bar trunking shall be vermin proof, adequately ventilated and protected to IP30.

ii) Outdoor, non-ventilated casings shall be constructed from 3CR12 corrosion

resistant steel, finished as for indoor trunking, or alternatively, shall be of extruded aluminium, and protected to IP54 or better.

iii) In all instances, metal enclosures shall be of adequate gauge and strength to

withstand rough usage and the mechanical stresses of prospective fault conditions.

iv) The casings shall be provided with heavy duty fixing lugs or similar suitable

for M10 bolts or studding supports. v) Sections of bus-bar trunking shall be joined in an approved manner

maintaining mechanical strength and protection levels.

b) Bus-Bars:

i) Bus-bars shall be of high conductivity 99,9% pure copper of adequate section for the maximum current and short-circuit rating. Unless otherwise specified, the bars shall be mounted edge-wise (long side vertical).

ii) The bars shall be supported in the casing by substantial high dielectric, non-

tracking, and non-hygroscopic members at sufficient intervals to allow for mechanical stresses due to prospective fault conditions.

iii) Joints in bus-bars shall overlap by a minimum length equal to twice the bar

width. Contact surfaces shall be tinned using non-acid based flux, and bolted together with high-tensile cadmium plated bolts, nuts and spring washers.

iv) As well as sizing for current rating, the bars shall be sized to accommodate

the prospective fault level rating in accordance with clause 12.4.1 e), whichever size is the higher.

v) Where installed, neutral bars shall be the same cross section as phase bars. vi) An earthbar shall be installed along the entire length of the bus-bar trunking

and shall be sized in accordance with IEC 439.

c) Bends

Horizontal (flat) bends in the trunking system shall house bus-bars bent at the correct angle with the supports and casings made to suit, while vertical internal or external bends shall have the bars bolted together at the correct angle. Alternatively, bus-bar bends may be of the flexible laminated type.

d) Take-Off and Feeder Points

i) Take-off points shall be pre-engineered and located to specific requirements by the bus-bar trunking manufacturer in the case of power feeders for distribution boards in risers etc, or shall comprise shrouded plug-in arrangements at regular intervals for machine shops etc.

ii) The take-off unit shall consist of a suitably rated MCCB with contacts to

satisfy the requirements for a switch-disconnector, housed in a sheet steel or


24

polycarbonate enclosure arranged for bolting directly to the bus-bar trunking in the case of tap-off type units, or permanently fixed in the case of pre-engineered take-offs.

iii) Feeder end boxes shall be suitable for terminating feeder cables or feeder

bus-bars, as applicable.

e) Expansion Joints

Expansion joints to allow for thermal expansion and contraction for a temperature range of between 0°C and 90°C in the bus-bars and 0°C and 45°C in the enclosure shall be provided at intervals per manufacturer’s recommendation, but in any event, not exceeding every 10 metres. The full rating of all current carrying parts shall be maintained through the joint as well as casing integrity and level of protection.

f) Fire Barriers

Fire compartmentation shall be maintained at wall and floor penetrations of bus-bar trunking by the use of 4-hour rated fire barriers installed centre with the applicable partition wall or floor slab. The Contractor shall ensure that the main contractor is timeously informed of the need to make good around such penetrations; this information shall be put in writing with a copy to the Engineer.

12.6.3 Installation and Testing

a) Installation

Bus-bar trunking shall be fixed directly to walls or other structural members or shall be suspended on galvanised studding, supported on channels, angle iron etc as dictated by installation conditions and requirements, and as may be specified in the Detailed Specification or drawings.

b) Testing

Completed bus-bar systems shall be subjected to a test voltage of 2,5kV rms for one minute in accordance with SANS 1195.

12.6.4 Fabrication Drawings

a) Where it is necessary to have bus-bar trunking prefabricated prior to delivery to

Site, the Contractor shall liaise with all relevant parties to have fabrication drawings prepared (usually by the bus-bar trunking manufacturer), viz.: transformer supplier, main and sub-main LV board supplier, etc as the case may be.

b) The Contractor shall check all drawing details, including on-site dimensions,

coordination with other services etc, rectify where necessary and submit to the Engineer for approval. The Engineer will approve the general layout of the system only. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the correctness of all dimensions etc.

12.7 Tubular Conduit Wireways

12.7.1 Types and Applications

a) Screwed Conduit

Heavy gauge screwed welded (HGSW) steel conduit and associated fittings shall be to SANS 1065-1 and shall be black enamelled or hot-dipped galvanised as specified. No conduit of less than 20mm diameter shall be used.


25

HGSW conduit shall be used for all general applications run either surface on walls, ceilings, on machinery etc, or else installed flush in walls, cast into concrete slabs etc.

b) Plain End Conduit

Plain end (non-screwed) steel conduit shall be to SANS 1065-1 with a minimum wall thickness of 0,9mm. Only hot-dipped galvanised conduit of 20mm diameter minimum size will be permitted.

Plain end conduit shall be used for all general applications, except heavy industrial environments or flameproof installations, run surface on walls and ceilings, or else installed flush in walls, cast into concrete slabs etc.

c) Non-Metallic Conduit

Plastic conduit shall be to SANS 950. No conduit smaller than 20mm diameter shall be used.

Plastic conduit shall be used for general applications, except any industrial or flameproof installation or any surface installation on walls, machinery etc. Non-metallic conduit shall be run surface only on ceilings or in ceiling voids, chased into walls, cast into concrete slabs etc.

d) Flexible Conduit

Flexible conduit shall be of the orange PVC covered spiral metal type, as Kopex, Adaptaflex or equal, with an internal diameter of at least 15mm. Flexible conduit connectors shall be of the gland or screw-in type manufactured from either brass or mild steel plated with zinc or cadmium.

Flexible conduit shall be used to form the final connection to equipment that has to be moved frequently to enable adjustments to be made, for the connection of motors or any other vibrating equipment, for the connection of thermostats and sensors on equipment, for stove and similar appliance connections etc.

12.7.2 General Installation Details

Insofar as relevant conduit types apply as per clause 12.7.1, the following general installation details shall apply:

a) No manufactured bends less than 32mm diameter or any inspection elbows or tees are to be used.

b) Open ends of conduits for future extensions and conduit and accessory boxes shall, during the building process, be temporarily plugged to prevent the ingress of moisture, rubble etc.

c) Where conduit crosses an expansion joint in a building or structure, the following method shall be used: ● An adaptable box shall be installed at a suitable position within 2m or the

expansion joint and a draw box and a conduit sleeve one size larger than the circuit conduit shall be installed from the draw box to the edge of the expansion joint on the draw box side

● The circuit conduit shall pass across the joint and through the sleeve and

project 30-35mm inside the box where the end shall be bushed

● For metallic conduits, an earth clip shall be secured to the circuit conduit end in the draw box and this shall be bonded to the box with a minimum 2,5mm² jumper


26

● In addition, for metallic conduits, an earth wire shall be installed between the

fitting outlet boxes either side of the expansion joint

● Adjacent multiple runs of conduits which are to cross expansion joints should preferably be taken via one large adaptable box, across the expansion joint, into a second large adaptable/draw box.

d) All accessory boxes for switches and socket outlets etc shall be made of pressed galvanised steel and are to be provided with earth studs.

e) No portion of the conduit installation may be installed closer than 150mm to any other service, including gas, water etc. No wireway carrying mains voltage cables shall be installed closer than 150mm to any communications/data wireway or cable etc, except in the case of multi-service power skirting or similar.

f) ‘Unwired’ conduits for other services shall be provided with rustless steel draw wires.

g) Where necessary, draw boxes shall be installed to facilitate the easy drawing-in of wiring and/or to avoid pulling wires through more than two right angled bends or the aggregate thereof. Adjacent multiple runs of conduit, which requires draw boxes should preferably be taken via one large draw-box. Where possible, draw boxes are to be installed at inconspicuous positions away from general view.

h) 25% spare conduits, subject to a minimum of two, shall be installed from wall mounting distribution boards into the ceiling void for possible future additions. A coupling with a temporary plug shall be fitted to the ends of spare conduits.

12.7.3 Flush Conduit Installations

Insofar as the relevant conduit types apply as per clause 12.7.1, the following installation details shall apply to flush conduit installations: a) Where conduits are chased into brick walls or similar they shall be adequately

secured with crampets or other approved devices driven into the wall fabric and shall further be secured at strategic points by mortar. The clearance between the finished wall surface and the conduit shall be not less than 12mm. Only power tool chasing machines shall be used for making chases. (E.g.: angle grinders).

b) Accessory boxes shall be fixed square and mortared in. Concrete surfaces,

columns and face brick surfaces shall not be chased without the written permission of the Engineer in each case.

c) The building contractor will make good all normal chasing and cutting away

except that the Contractor shall be held responsible for the cost of work done by the building contractor due to faulty setting out, redundant chases or late installation of conduits and accessories.

d) Conduits installed within concrete slabs, beams, columns or walls shall be firmly

fixed in position before the concrete is cast. Adequate fixings and/or spacer blocks shall be employed to prevent conduits ‘creeping’ to the surface. Conduit must not be fixed longitudinally together with reinforcement rods.

e) The general disposition of conduits within the slabs shall be agreed upon before

installation between the Engineer, structural engineer and the Contractor. Furthermore, where such conduits occur in large concentrations, or where large diameter conduits (32mm dia. or larger) are installed, the Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Engineer for the positioning of such conduits. Generally, however, conduits shall be installed in the middle or neutral axis of the slab


27

thickness and extension boxes or extension rings shall be provided for as necessary.

f) Where conduit runs occur in groups or in large concentrations (e.g. near

distribution boards, draw-boxes or in similar situations), they shall be fixed with a clearance between adjacent conduits of not less than one conduit diameter to permit adequate penetration of concrete.

g) Conduit may be installed in surface beds provided that the conduits are clear of

contact with ground and are completely encased in mass concrete.

h) Conduits may only be installed directly into floor screeds where a cover of at least 40mm can be affected. For clearances of 20-40mm, “chicken wire” shall be used as a cover over the conduit to act as a screed binder. For clearance less than 20mm, the conduit may be chased into the slab, provided the written permission of the Engineer is obtained in each case.

i) Conduit crossings in screed shall be avoided as far as possible. Where this is

unavoidable, one conduit may be set under the other one and chased into the slab, provided the written permission of the Engineer is obtained in each case.

j) Conduits shall be firmly fixed to slabs intended to receive screed by means of

half saddles or similar.

k) Conduit boxes, draw-boxes etc. installed on shuttering decks or wall shutters shall be suitably sealed against the ingress of moisture and vibrated concrete with dampened paper rammed in them, and shall be securely fixed to the shuttering by means of lashing with galvanized steel wire (except in the case of off-shutter ceilings) or else by temporarily fixing the box to the shuttering by screws through the shuttering into the fixing lugs of the box. It is of the utmost importance that fixing screws or lashings be released immediately the concrete has been allowed to set and before the shuttering is struck.

Where fibreglass or other pre-formed plastic shuttering is used by the builder, equipment shall be fixed to the reinforcement steel only and the equipment/box shall be arranged to press firmly against the shuttering. No holes shall be made in the shuttering. The Contractor shall stand by when concrete is being poured in order to rectify any defects that may occur such as loose boxes or displaced upright conduits (See also item 11.3).

l) All conduit boxes and accessory boxes shall be finished flush with the finished

plaster work and the Contractor shall co-operate with the building contractor to this end. Where necessary, extension plates or rings shall be fitted to meet this requirement.

12.7.4 Surface Conduit Installations

Insofar as the relevant conduit types apply as per clause 12.7.1, the following details shall apply to surface conduit installations:

a) Conduit run surface on walls, floors, ceilings, or in accessible ceiling voids, etc.

shall be installed in a neat manner running generally with the building lines. The conduits shall be vertically plumb and horizontally level as applicable.

b) Bends in multiple runs of conduit shall have following bends. Other right angle

bends shall be standard machine made. In all instances the installation shall present a neat and workmanlike appearance.

c) Evenly spaced spacer bar saddles shall effect fixing of tubing. Light gauge

saddles may be used for general internal installation while heavy base saddles are to be used for external installations and industrial applications.


28

d) Galvanized conduit shall be used for all surface installations, as follows: -

● In damp or external areas ● Within 50 km of the coast ● In kitchens, laundries and boiler rooms ● Where exposed to humidity, such as plenum chambers ● In buildings where animals are housed, e.g.: kennels, cattle/sheep pens etc.

e) Unless otherwise specified, all surface mounted metallic conduits and

accessories shall be painted after installation. Conduits shall be cleaned, degreased and de-rusted and finished with 2-coats of brush-applied enamel paint. Galvanised steel shall be bristle-scrubbed with solvent detergent complying with SANS 1344 and rinsed with clean water to achieve a water-break free surface prior to painting.

For industrial installations, the following colours shall be used:

SERVICE COLOUR SANS 1091 REF.

Electrical Light Orange B26

Instrumentation Light Blue

Fire Alarms Red A11

Communications and Data White G80

For non-industrial installations, the colours shall be specified in the Detailed Specification.

12.7.5 Steel Conduit

Insofar as the relevant conduit types apply as per clause 12.7.1, the following installation details shall apply to steel conduit installations; a) HGSW conduit shall be cut square and clean before threading. Threads shall be

made using suitable conduit thread dies and the liberal application of cutting grease or similar. The length of thread shall be such as to permit conduits to be firmly butted together in couplings and hard against the shoulders of threaded conduit box spouts. The ends of all cut lengths of conduit shall be reamered free from burrs and any loose swarf shall be removed from inside the conduit. Running joints in conduit shall be securely locked with a conduit lock nut.

b) Terminations into non-threaded equipment and accessories shall be mechanically

secure and electrically continuous. Terminations may be threaded and locknutted on both sides of the termination point together with a brass female bush. Alternatively terminations shall be made with couplings and brass male bushes. All mating faces are to be thoroughly cleaned of paint, couplings being filed flat and free from unevenness at the mating face. All conduits shall be earth bonded at distribution boards using copper tape and wire.

c) Exposed threads of screwed conduit and damaged paint or galvanised surfaces

shall be painted with red-lead or zinc rich paint to prevent rust.

d) Couplings and box entries of plain-ended conduit in cast-in situations shall be taped up with adhesive PVC tape to prevent the ingress of moisture or vibrated concrete.

e) All bends and sets shall be undertaken using bending apparatus suited for the

purpose. Plain-end conduit bends shall be made with benders recommended by the conduit manufacturer.


29

Any damaged conduit resulting from incorrect bending methods shall be

completely removed and replaced, including any wiring installed, all at the Contractor’s expense.

f) Mechanical and electrical continuity shall be maintained throughout all steel

conduit installations. g) Only HGSW conduit shall be used for ;-

● Flameproof installations ● Load-bearing situations ● Suspension pendants ● Damp or exterior surface areas

12.7.6 Non-metallic Conduit

The following installation details shall apply to non-metallic conduit as outlined in 12.7.1 c):- a) Unless otherwise specified, only steel accessory boxes shall be used in

conjunction with plastic conduit installations.

b) Hand bending, using a bending spring, may be used for conduits up to and including 25mm diameter. Above this size, the appropriate manufactured bend/accessory must be used.

c) Tubing is to be out square and clean using a fire-toothed hacksaw, and all burrs

and loose material removed. The correct adhesive is to be used on clean and dry surfaces with all excess adhesive being wiped off after fitting together.

d) Plastic conduit and accessories are not to be used for mechanical load-bearing,

luminaires support etc, nor are they to be used where they could be subject to temperatures below -10°C or above 70°C.

12.7.7 Flexible Conduit

The following installation details shall apply to flexible conduit as outlined in 12.7.1 d):- a) In installations where the equipment has to be moved frequently to enable

adjustment during normal operation, for the connection of motors or any other vibrating equipment, for the connection of thermostats and sensors on equipment, for stove connections and where otherwise required by the Engineer, flexible conduit shall be used for the final connection to the equipment.

b) Flexible conduit shall preferably be connected to the final connection point from a

local draw-box. The flexible conduit may be connected directly to the end of a conduit if an existing draw-box is available within 2m of the junction and if the flexible conduit can easily be rewired.

c) Flexible conduit shall be metal-reinforced plastic conduit (Kopex, Adaptaflex or

equal) orange PVC-covered spiral metal conduit with an internal diameter of at least 15mm, unless approved to the contrary.

d) Connectors for coupling to the flexible conduit shall be of the gland or screw-in

type, manufactured of either brass or mild steel plated with either zinc or cadmium.


30

12.8 Trunking Wireways

12.8.1 Scope

This section describes the following types of wiring trunking:- ● Standard wiring trunking ● Lighting channel ● Power skirting, dado and bench-top trunking ● Underfloor trunking

12.8.2 Standard Wiring Trunking

a) Wiring trunking and accessories shall be fabricated from folded or cold-rolled

sheet steel. The trunking manufacturer shall supply all bends, tees, stop-ends etc. No accessory shall be made up where a manufactured accessory is available.

b) Any made up accessories shall be neatly fabricated and shall be brazed or

strongly pop-rivetted at joining edges. c) Accessories and sections of trunking shall be coupled with coupling pieces and

earth bonded together with copper bonding links. In addition, the links shall be bonded to the trunking main earth or largest circuit earth wire with a jumper of at least 2,5mm².

d) The maximum number of circuit and earth wires that may be installed into any

trunking shall be such that the total overall cross-sectional area of the wiring including the insulation does not exceed 45% of the free area of the trunking.

e) With the exception of underfloor trunking and loosely filled “opening-up” trunking,

wiring retainers shall be installed every metre of run and at other positions as required.

f) The trunking shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner on ceilings,

walls, plant machinery etc., as indicated in the drawings. g) All standard trunking used in industrial applications shall be finished in the colour

code appropriate to the service (refer to 12.7.4 (e)). h) Where channel passes through a “fire-wall” the channel lid shall be cut 100mm

either side of the penetration and the wall entry around the channel shall be sealed by the building contractor. The Contractor shall supply and install suitable fire-barriers inside the channel. These shall consist of intumescent or other approved fire resistant material, as supplied by PH Protection Plaster Systems (Pty) Ltd of Johannesburg, Pyro-Cote cc of Durban, or equal and approved and installed in accordance with the supplier’s recommendations.

12.8.3 Lighting Channel

a) General

i) Lighting channel and accessories shall be “Cabstrut” or equal and approved,

and shall be manufactured from cold-rolled steel sheet and galvanized. For industrial installations and elsewhere as specified the channel shall be epoxy coated light orange (colour ref. B26 according to SANS 1091).

ii) Unless otherwise required the dimensions of the channel shall be 41,3mm x

41,3mm. iii) Lighting fittings or pendant drop conduits shall be fixed directly to “opening-

down” channel using special connecting nipples as supplied by the channel manufacturer. Alternatively, fittings may be fixed to the solid underside of


31

channel installed “opening-up” using bushed entries and screws, nuts and washers. Self-tapping screws shall not be used.

iv) Conduit connections to wiring channels shall be terminated directly into the

channel using a screwed and bushed entry. Alternatively, where channels are fixed surface directly to a soffit, entry may be effected from a flush conduit box through a bushed hole in the back of the channel.

b) Surface Installations

i) Self supporting lighting channel shall be manufactured from cold-rolled steel

of thickness at least 2,5mm, and shall be fixed in such a manner that the maximum deflection recommended by the channel manufacturer is not exceeded with all wiring and fittings installed.

ii) Fixings shall be by stirrups supported from structural members via threaded

steel rod of at least 10mm diameter, or 20mm diameter conduit. Alternative or additional supports shall be effected by girder clamps etc. Cartridge pin fixings shall not be permitted without the prior written approval of the Engineer.

iii) Where required, channel installed directly to a soffit shall be fixed at intervals

not exceeding 1m subject to a minimum of two substantial fixings to every accessory or section of channel. Channel fixed in this fashion may be not less than 1,6mm thick.

iv) Clip-in lidding of plastic or of zinc-coated metal, as specified, shall be

installed over all faces of the channel left open after the installation of fittings etc.

c) Flush Installation

i) Lighting channel installed flush, either in or forming an integral part of a

suspended ceiling shall be manufactured from minimum cold-rolled or folded sheet steel of thickness not less than 1,6mm.

ii) Where the channel is cast into concrete, fastening straps shall be provided

every 600mm as supplied by the manufacturer of the channel. The channel shall be firmly fixed to the shuttering by galvanized steel wire lashing or by screws fixed through the concrete insert lugs. The channel shall be suitably sealed against the ingress of vibrated concrete by the use of dampened paper or expanded polystyrene inserts.

iii) Where the ceiling finish is “off-shutter”, narrow clip-in plastic or metal lid shall

be used. This shall be grey for non-painted ceilings and white for painted ceilings. Wire lashings may not be used for fixing channels to shuttering in “off-shutter” areas.

iv) Where plaster finish is to be applied, the plaster shall be taken up to the

edges of the channel. Overlapping metal lidding finished white shall be used, fixed over the opening by means of special extension screws into fixing nuts installed in the channel.

v) For suspended-ceiling lighting channels, the channels will be supplied and

installed by the ceiling erector, unless otherwise specified.

White plastic clip-in lidding shall be used for all suspended-ceiling lighting channels. The Contractor shall supply and fit the lidding unless otherwise specified.

vi) In the case of mullion partitioning the mullion may be utilized as a wiring

channel where specified. For other types of partitioning, conduit switch-


32

drops shall be used. Any entry into the lighting channel shall be suitably bushed to obviate abrasion of wiring.

12.8.4 Power Skirting and Dado Height Trunking

a) General

i) Power skirting and dado height trunking shall, unless otherwise specified, be

formed from folded and welded pre-galvanized sheet steel of thickness not less than 1,2mm, to form two or three equal compartments designed for power services, socket outlets etc., (upper compartment) and communications/data services (lower compartment(s)). The power skirting shall be finished in baked enamel of colour(s) as stated in the Detailed Specification. The paintwork shall be in accordance with 12.4.1 (h) with due account being taken of the pre-galvanizing. The trunking shall be 150-225mm high x 50-55mm deep with fixed partitions to divide it into two or three compartments. The compartments shall each be provided with separate removable covers.

ii) Where a building module is applicable, the power compartment shall have

provision for 16 A switched socket outlets at the module interval, or where the module interval exceeds 2m, twice every module interval. Socket outlet positions shall be centred between the window mullion or column modules. At the mullion or column position, a permanently fixed 250mm wide cover shall be provided across all compartments to permit the erection of partitions etc., without interfering with accessibility into the power skirting.

iii) Socket outlets shall be 16 A 3-pin and shall be attached to a fixing grid or

mounting bracket in the trunking body. The cover shall be pre-punched to accept the socket outlet and shall be fixed both to the trunking body and socket outlet fixing grid. Wiring terminals shall be of the recessed type, or alternatively fitted with an insulated cover, to prevent accidental contact with bare earth wiring that may be installed or disturbed while adjacent circuits are alive.

iv) Where the trunking is a non-modular type, the punched socket outlet cover

shall normally be 250mm long. Where it is of the modular type, the power section cover between the over-lapping covers shall be in one piece. Irrespective of whether socket outlets are indicated or not, full facilities including blanked off pre-punched covers shall be provided at the spacings specified herein.

Unless otherwise required, provisions for telephone and data outlets shall comprise a blank plate, or plates, mounted in line with socket outlets.

b) Installation

i) Power skirting shall, unless otherwise required, be installed surface against

the wall at finished floor level. Where vinyl tiles or other fixed finish is to be laid, the power skirting shall be laid on top of the tiles. Where carpeting is specified, the power skirting shall be installed onto the screed before the installation of carpets.

ii) Dado trunking shall be installed surface on the wall at 900mm above finished

floor level (to underside), or as otherwise specified. iii) Fixings, suitable for the particular application, shall be provided at intervals

not exceeding 1m. Subject to a minimum of two substantial fixings to each accessory or section of trunking.

iv) Conduit entry into power skirting installed along brick or concrete walling

shall be effected via a bushed entry from a conduit box or standard 100mm x 50mm switch box mounted in the wall behind the respective compartment.


33

v) Conduit entry into power skirting installed along sheet metal curtain walling

or similar shall be effected via a bushed entry from a conduit box, or similar, mounted in the floor under the power skirting. Wiring to the upper compartment(s) shall pass through a short conduit link within the lower communication(s) compartment(s). The conduit links shall be installed towards the back of the lower compartment(s) to afford adequate space for wiring to pass.

vi) The trunking main earth wire immediately adjacent to the socket outlet

positions including the socket outlet earth jumper shall be suitably sleeved at the tee-off to prevent accidental contact with live terminals.

vii) All covers shall be adequately bonded to earth either through the fixing

screws or a separate earth wire jumper fixed to an earthing stud brazed, at the manufacturer’s works, to the lid. Where necessary, power skirting covers shall be specially ordered to include earthing studs.

c) Bench-Top Trunking

Where called for, bench-top socket outlet trunking shall be installed along bench tops etc, in workshops and laboratories. The general construction, socket outlet mounting and installation procedure shall be similar to power skirting or dado trunking. A detail of compartments, sizes etc, and shall be as detailed in the drawings or specified in the Detailed Specification.

12.8.5 Underfloor Trunking

a) General

i) Several types of underfloor trunking are available and in the main, the choice

depends upon certain structural restraints as floor type, screed thickness etc. Therefore the exact type to be used will be specified in the Detailed Specification or drawings.

ii) Unless otherwise specified, the trunking shall be manufactured from pre-

galvanized folded sheet steel and shall be single, double or triple compartment as specified.

iii) Pre-formed outlets, suitably blanked off, shall be provided at intervals to suit

the particular application. iv) Flush floor level junction boxes shall have a removable trafficable cover and

shall be designed to accept a portion of the floor tile, carpet or similar. The Contractor must liaise with the Main Contractor to determine the thickness of the floor finish.

v) Multi-channel junction boxes shall be so designed that the

compartmentalisation is continued through these accessories. vi) Socket outlets, telephone outlets and data outlets shall be provided where

required in surface floor level pedestals or recessed floor boxes as specified. Suitable barriers shall be included to segregate different classes of services.

b) Installation

i) Trunking designed to be fully built into the screed shall be fixed to the slab

surface by suitable straps or clips. A topping of at least 50mm of screed cover the trunking shall be applied. Where a cover of less than 50mm, but exceeding 25mm occurs, expanded metal shall be applied over the trunking to act as a screed binder. Where less than 25mm of screed topping occurs, the trunking shall be installed into the concrete slab to achieve at least the


34

minimum cover. The written permission of the Engineer shall be obtained in each case.

ii) Trunking designed to be set flush with the screed surface shall be installed

straight and level on mortar bedding on the slab. The trunking shall be slightly dove-tailed in section or shall have other suitable means to ensure that the trunking will remain firmly fixed into the screed.

iii) The Contractor shall obtain the screed finish datum line from the building

contractor for levelling trunking and junction boxes. 12.9 General Wiring

12.9.1 General Applications

a) For general applications, 600/1000 V PVC insulated single core stranded copper conductors shall be used. In situations where high ambient temperatures are likely to be encountered, such as the enclosures of certain types on incandescent lighting fittings, ceiling voids of metal roofed buildings, etc., silicon or butyl insulated single core stranded conductor cables shall be used. All wiring cables shall bear the appropriate SABS or SANS mark and shall be delivered to Site with seals intact.

b) No cable of size smaller than 2,5mm² shall be used. The current carrying

capacity of wiring shall comply with the requirements of SANS 10142-1:2003, particular regard being given to volt drop limitation and to derating due to bunching of cables and ambient temperatures.

12.9.2 Installation

a) Wiring within conduit shall be by means of the looping-in system. Joints will only

be permitted in special circumstances and where accessible, subject to the approval of the Engineer in writing. Wires shall not be allowed to become twisted or tangled within the conduit when drawing in, and lubricating agents shall not be used.

b) Where earth conductors are looped between terminals of equipment, the

conductor shall either remain unbroken in the terminal, or shall be twisted together and ferruled or soldered to ensure that earth continuity is maintained when the conductors are removed from the terminal(s).

c) Unless otherwise indicated in the drawings, no more than one circuit shall be run

in one conduit. d) Vertical runs of wiring shall be provided with a suitable stress relieving

arrangement at intervals not exceeding 15m. e) Within wiring trunkings, each separate circuit of wiring shall be neatly strapped or

laced together and shall be so disposed as to afford easy removal. Adhesive insulating tape or similar shall not be used for binding of circuit wires.

12.9.3 Wire Markers

All wires in industrial installations, and where otherwise specified, are to be provided with closed-sleeve markers at each feeder termination point, including each leg of looped wires. The markers shall indicate the relevant distribution board and circuit number, e.g.: “DB-AP/P9” etc.


35

12.10 General Earthing 12.10.1 General

The installation shall be effectively earthed in accordance with the requirements of SANS 10142-1:2003 and the local supply authority. All metallic hot and cold water pipes and waste pipes shall be bonded with copper tape clamped by means of a brass bolt and nut and earthed. Metal roofs, gutters, and downpipes shall be bonded together and earthed.

12.10.2 Earth Continuity Conductors

a) Separate bare copper earth continuity conductors shall be run with all multi-core cables (where no earth core is incorporated), and green/yellow PVC insulated earth conductors, or bare earthwires, as specified, shall be installed with all mains circuits, sub-circuits and final circuits wired with PVC insulated conductors in conduit or trunking wireways.

b) Only one earth conductor is required per group of conductors run in one wireway

provided that such earth conductor is not less than half the cross sectional area of the largest conductor in the group (subject to a minimum are of 2,5mm²), and provided the earthing complies with the requirements of SANS 10142-1:2003. Teed off connections shall be undertaken using crimped tee-ferrules, or shall be soldered. Under no circumstances shall the common earth be broken.

c) Where practicable, common earth continuity conductors shall be run as a “ring

main”. 12.11 Luminaires

12.11.1 General

a) Luminaires shall, unless otherwise specified, be supplied by the Contractor in accordance with the Luminaire Schedule. All luminaires shall bear the SABS “S” safety mark and, where applicable, the SABS “A” approved performance mark.

b) Class A2 electronic ballasts supplied with luminaires must bear a SABS, IEC or

VDE mark. Any other alternative ballasts may be submitted for approval. Preferred ballasts are:

● Tridonic ● Vossloh Schwabe ● Philips

NOTE: No-name brands and brands of dubious quality and origin are not

acceptable. c) All luminaires shall be fitted with the appropriate lamps.

i) Unless otherwise specified, fluorescent lamps shall be “cool white”, colour

temperature 4300°K with a minimum colour rendering index (Ra) of 64. ii) Dichroic lamps shall be of the sealed type. Open reflectors will not be

permitted. iii) Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Engineer, only the following makes

of lamps will be permitted:- ● Osram ● Sylvania ● Philips ● GEC


36

c) Linear tubular fluorescent lamps shall have bi-pin end cap arrangements. The

lamp holders shall be of the telescopic spring-loaded type. d) Lenses

i) Prismatic, opal and clear lenses shall be manufactured from UV stabilised high-impact acrylic material for general luminaires.

ii) Where specified, luminaires, floodlights and lanterns shall be fitted with clear

glass or clear tempered glass lenses as required. iii) All tungsten halogen fittings shall be complete with glass lenses.

e) Streetlight and area lighting post-top lanterns shall be in accordance with the Detailed Specification and/or drawings.

Lantern ballasts shall have tappings for 95% and 100% of the nominal voltage, unless otherwise specified.

f) For ease of maintenance, luminaires and lamps in the following classes shall be

from one single manufacturer / supplier per class;

i) Fluorescent luminaires and general incandescent fittings. ii) Indoor decorative / display luminaires (downlighters, decorative spotlights

etc.) iii) Outdoor lanterns, bollards and floodlights iv) Industrial high-bay luminaires v) Operating theatre fittings vi) Medical examination lamps vii) Dark Room lights viii) Other specialised luminaires as specified (E.g.: stage lighting etc.).

12.11.2 Installation of Luminaires

a) General

Where possible, all luminaire outlets shall terminate in standard round boxes to which the fitting shall be fixed in addition to other fixings that may be required. Where conduit is run in roof spaces, or where conduits are cast into screeds and not directly into the slab, back-entry conduit boxes are to be used which shall be so installed as to be flush with the finished ceiling.

b) Mounting

i) Fluorescent fittings shall be fixed to one conduit box in the centre with two

further independent fixings either side, one sixth of the fitting length from each end of the fitting. Fittings of 300mm or wider shall be fixed with two pairs of fixings.

ii) Where fluorescent fittings are fixed in continuous rows, wiring may be carried

out from one outlet and then wired through the channels of the fittings. The entry from one channel to another shall be suitable bushed and the internal wiring shall be clipped to the insides of the channels.


37

iii) Corrosion proof and explosion proof type fluorescent luminaires shall be fixed using external stirrups or brackets. The wiring entry must be made via the gland entry arrangement using suitable multicore wiring (e.g. “Cabtyre”, PVC/PVC etc.) routed from an adjacent conduit box or Pratley type box, as appropriate. Under no circumstances shall the body of the fitting be pierced for any reason whatsoever.

iv) In surface installations to incandescent bulkhead type fittings, the conduit

shall not enter the fitting directly but shall terminate in an adjacent conduit box; one outgoing way of the conduit box being terminated in the fitting. A fixed porcelain or plastic terminal block within the conduit box and heat resisting wire, (e.g. silicon insulated), shall form the final connection to the fitting. Alternatively, the whole circuit wiring shall be heat resistant (See clause 12.9 1(a)).

v) Where luminaires are mounted onto conduit boxes in external or potentially

damp situations, a suitable neoprene gasket seal or other approved means shall be used at the junction of the fitting and the conduit box.

vi) The mounting positions of the luminaires shall be verified on Site with the

Engineer before installation commences. Fittings will normally be mounted in an even or symmetrical pattern in relation to the particular area having due consideration for architectural features, beams, ceiling tiles, etc.

vii) Where fluorescent fittings are specified to be suspended on pendants the

Contractor shall provide at least two pendants for each fitting, such pendants consisting of 20mm diameter conduit finished in white enamel for commercial and domestic installations and electrical standard light orange for industrial installations.

The wiring to the fitting shall be taken through one of these pendants. The

pendants shall be secured to the outlet box or fixing surface by means of domelids. Where the length of the pendants exceeds 0,6m. Domelids shall be of the swivel type. The domelids shall be painted to match the pendants.

viii) Luminaires shall not be mounted directly to ceiling boards and suitable

wooden inserts are to be supplied and installed by the Contractor for this purpose. Alternatively, fixings may be made into brandering where convenient.

ix) Heavy industrial high-bay luminaires, floodlights etc, shall be fixed to

substantial steel brackets or “Cabstrut” type channel or as indicated in the drawings or Detailed Specification.

x) Where specified, luminaires shall be fed via a 5 Amp socket outlet mounted

close to the fitting. The Contractor is advised to procure luminaires with suitable 3-core flexible cords with rubber clad plug-tops attached, as necessary.

c) Mounting Facilities

Where no facilities exist for supporting fittings, the Contractor shall supply and install brackets, hangers, angle irons, wooden battens inside ceiling space or other means as approved by the Engineer.

d) Fixings Fixings direct to conduit boxes shall consist of cadmium plated or sheradised steel screws screwed into the conduit box fixing lugs. Extra independent fixings into concrete or brick shall consist of suitable fibre or plastic fixing plugs and steel or brass wood screws. Wooden fixing plugs shall not be used. Fixings for fittings over 10kg in mass shall be of the self-drill anchor or expanding bolt-type. Fixings


38

into hollow blocks etc, shall consist of steel screws secured into the hollow cavity with a spring loaded toggle-nut or other approved cavity fixing device. Cartridge pin fixings shall not be used unless the prior approval of the Engineer is obtained in writing. Refer also to clause 12.17 (Fixings and supports).

12.11.3 Poles and Masts

a) Street lighting and area-lighting poles and masts shall be supplied in accordance with the Detailed Specification and/or drawings.

b) All poles, masts, outreach arms etc. shall comply fully with all relevant SANS

Specifications and Codes of Practice and shall be manufactured from:

● Galvanised Steel ● Self-Coloured fibre-glass ● Aluminium, As detailed.

c) Poles and masts shall be suitable for fixing to a concrete surface (this method

being restricted to post-top lanterns of no more than 4m height), or burying the “root” in soil.

Where buried, each pole must be provided with a suitable base-plate complete with drain hole. Baseplates shall be secured with a minimum of 2 off 20mm dia. hook bolts.

d) Spigots shall be provided to suit the specified lantern. Particular care shall be

taken to establish the exact diameter and length of the spigot or spigots required such that the luminaire fits neatly up against the shoulder formed between the pole and the spigots. Care shall be taken to avoid damage to the spigots during transport, storage and erection.

e) Galvanised poles shall be provided with a “corrosion collar” which must extend at

least 150mm below and above finished ground level. Unless otherwise stated, galvanised poles will not require painting. f) After galvanising, poles shall be stacked and transported in such a way as to

minimise mechanical damage to the zinc coating. In particular, poles shall not be stored in direct contact with the ground and if stacked on top of each other, wood spacers shall be used to prevent the formation of white rust. Poles shall be carefully handled at all times and shall not be dragged along the ground in such a way that the coating may be damaged.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any small areas of the galvanised coating which

have become damaged shall be repaired by shot blasting and zinc spraying to a nominal thickness of not less than 0,1mm. Care shall be taken to ensure that all loose flakes of coating around the area to be repaired are removed prior to zinc spraying. Any signs of substantial damage to the galvanised coating, as determined by the Engineer, will result in the pole being rejected.

h) Poles and masts shall be provided with suitable cable entries and access

openings with fixing chassis suitable for the connection of cables and the installation of MCBs. Access openings shall be provided with a cover plate of the same material as the pole. Covers shall be provided with suitable gaskets and means of fixing to the approval of the Engineer.

i) Unless otherwise specified no cable glands or gland plates are required for the

termination of PVC/SWA/PVC cables. The cable shall be brought up to a


39

convenient position adjacent to the lower section of the access opening. The outer PVC sheath shall be stripped back and the steel wire armouring pulled away from around the cables, twisted into compact tails and bonded together by means of an adequately sized line tap.

A separate earth conductor shall be taken from this line tap to the earth stud in

the pole base compartment. Phase and neutral conductors shall be jointed using shrouded line taps and the cables neatly secured to the bottom of the fixing chassis by means of saddles.

j) Poles shall be planted in the positions indicated on the drawings. They shall be

planted absolutely plumb with the outreach, where applicable, at right angles to the roadway edge. The root depth shall be as recommended by the manufacturer.

Should any pole position coincide with trees, building canopies, driveway

entrances, overhead conductors or other obstacles, an alternative position is to be confirmed with the Engineer before excavation of the pole hole.

Poles shall be carefully aligned with each other to form straight lines or smooth curves generally following the alignment of the associated roads. The planting depth shall be carefully controlled to ensure that all luminaires will be at the same height above the level of the roadway, parking area etc.

k) Care shall be taken when backfilling around the pole to ensure that compaction is even all around the pole and is to the requirements specified in sub-clause 12.5.5 f) viii). Where poles are to be planted in fill material, on ramps, etc., one pocket of dry cement shall be mixed with the backfill material before commencing backfilling and compaction. Subject to the prior approval of the Engineer, this technique shall also be applied wherever it is considered necessary to stabilise the pole due to unsuitable soils, etc. Where the Contractor feels that this situation exists, he must advise the Engineer immediately and obtain a decision.

l) Where poles are to be anchored into rock, the base of the pole shall have a reinforced concrete block cast around it. The dimensions of this block shall be approximately 1,25m x 1,25m x 0,5m and the bottom face shall be reinforced by R10 bars at 250mm centres in both horizontal axes. A Y20 bar shall be grouted into the rock for a distance of 300mm. The grouted end shall be straight while the end located in the concrete shall be provided with a hook around the reinforcing bars. Alternatively, 20mm “Rawplug” or similar duplex studs may be used in place of grouted bars.

12.12 Lighting Switches

12.12.1 General

Switches shall be of 15-20 A rating and shall comply with the requirements of SANS 60669-2-1. No switch shall be used to control more than 2000 W of incandescent, or 1500 W of discharge and fluorescent lighting.

All switch boxes shall be fitted with an earth stud.

12.12.2 Switch Types and Installation

a) Flush Switches

Flush switches with pressed steel or plastic overlapping coverplates shall be mounted into pressed steel rust-proofed boxes installed flush in the building fabric. The switch boxes shall be installed square and shall be flush with the wall


40

finish. Boxes chased into walls shall be fixed square and mortared in position prior to plaster or other finish being applied.

b) Surface Switches

Surface switches shall be of the metal-clad type. Protected dollies shall be used for all industrial applications. The switch plate and box shall have a suitable rust resistant enamel finish.

c) Architrave Switches

i) Architrave switches shall be used in partitioning mullions as required. ii) Unless otherwise specified, tapped holes for screws and outlet openings will

be provided by others. The Contractor shall co-ordinate fully with the contractor providing the holes with regard to positions and switch screw templates. Fixing screws shall be provided by the Contractor.

iii) Wiring to architrave switches may be run within the hollow mullion or other

hollow metal structural members of the partitioning, but shall be run in conduit from the lighting outlet, terminating with a bush at the point when wiring enters the hollow mullion.

iv) Where the wiring for lighting circuits is run in a ceiling channel which is

situated directly over the hollow mullion or other wire carrying member, then the wiring to switches may be taken directly into the latter without the use of conduit or lead-in tubes. Under no circumstances shall the wire pass over sharp edges and suitable provisions shall be made to shield the wiring accordingly.

d) Watertight Switches

i) Watertight switches shall be used for all external applications and in

potentially damp areas. ii) Watertight switches shall have cast alloy or UV stabilised high-impact plastic

enclosures. iii) The minimum protection rating shall be IP55.

12.12.3 Mounting Heights

a) Unless otherwise specified, switches shall generally be mounted at 1,4m above

finished floor level to the underside of the switch.

b) Where switches are located on walls near a change of wall finish, e.g. on tilted, face brick, or wood panelled dadoes, they shall be positioned so that the coverplates fall completely within one or other of the surfaces, but not on the junction line of the different finishes. The Contractor shall liaise with the relevant other trades to ensure that switches on surfaces present a neat appearance.

c) Switches in locations meant for persons in wheelchairs (paraplegic toilets etc.) shall be mounted at 1,1m above finished floor level to underside.

12.12.4 Dimmers

a) Standard Dimmers

i) Dimmer units suitable for controlling 220/230 V incandescent and fluorescent luminaires shall be of the integral controller/dimmer unit type suitable for mounting in a standard switchbox, or else in a suitable box supplied with the unit. The units shall be rated at 250 V and sized according to the load.


41

ii) Dimmer units used in conjunction with 12 V dichroic luminaire transformers shall be of the induction type.

iii) All dimmers shall be provided with a mains on-off switch and a dimmer

control knob. Multi-lever switches may be utilized where there is a combination of dimmed and non-dimmed circuits fed from the same position.

iii) The correct pre-heat transformers and lamps shall be used for all dimmable

fluorescent luminaires, in accordance with the supplier’s details. Alternatively units suitable for use with electronic fluorescent ballasts shall be used where electronic ballasts are employed.

iv) Dimmers shall be noise-free and fully suppressed for radio and fluorescent

ballast interference.

b) Remote Dimmers

Dimmers for loads larger than 1200 W are to be of the two-part type, i.e. with a local controller and a remote dimmer.

12.12.5 Photo-electric Controls

Where specified photocells shall be used to switch external lighting installations. Photo-electric switches shall be of the type comprising a photo-sensitive resistor, thermal actuator with an inherent operating delay to make it insensitive to short duration changes in light levels and a change-over switch mechanism, all housed within a tough, translucent, weather proof ultra violet stabilised cover. The operating level shall be factory preset to switch on at approximately 50 lux and off an approximately 100 lux. The response time after sudden changes in light level shall be not less than 15 seconds. Integral protection against voltage surges shall be provided. Photocells shall be positioned in such a way that they will not be affected by spill-light from the external lighting installation or by vehicle headlamps.

12.12.6 Occupancy Sensors

a) General Description

Single load 360° Dual Technology using PIR and Ultrasonic (US) sensing technology with a maximum load of 2000W and rated at AC voltage of 230V, +-10% at 50Hz within an optional Infrared (IR) Remote Controller interface.

b) Detection Range

i) PIR : 8m (Diameter) at 2.5m height

ii) US : Adjustable up to 10m x 16m (Oval Shape)

c) Type of Installation

i) Ceiling (Flush/Surface)

d) Infrared (IR) Remote Controller for Dual Technology Occupancy Sensor

i) Rated Voltage: 3V DC

12.12.7 Labeling

All switches in industrial applications, and elsewhere as specified shall be provided with a Traffolyte label screwed to the wall, or other fixed member, immediately adjacent to the switch. The label designation shall indicate the distribution board and circuit and outlet number, e.g.: “DB-AB/L4.3”.

circuit and outlet number, e.g.: “DB-AB/L4.3”.


42

12.13 Bell Pushes

Bell pushes shall be 250 V rating, even where used for low voltage bell installations. In all other respects the requirements for lighting switches given in 12.12 shall apply to bell pushes. Bell pushes shall be mounted in separate boxes to switches or other components.

12.14 Socket Outlets and Plug Tops

12.14.1 16 A Switched Socket Outlets (SSOs)

a) 16 Amp SSOs shall be 250 V rating; shuttered 2 pin and earth type complying with the requirements of SANS 164-1.

b) Outlets on circuits rated up to 20 A shall be of the normally switched type whilst

outlets on 25-32 A circuits shall be provided with a class F0 SP MCB, or where especially detailed, a DP MCB. The ratings shall be 16A unless otherwise specified.

c) Both single and twin flush wall mounting SSOs shall be housed in 100 x 100 x

50mm accessory boxes. Surface single-outlet sockets shall be housed in 83 x 119 x 50mm galvanised steel boxes. SSOs for mounting in power skirting, bench-top trunking, hospital bed-head channels etc. shall be mounted on cradles suitable for such applications. Unless otherwise required, flush wall mounting outlets shall have pressed steel coverplates finished white or ivory. Surface outlets shall be of the industrial protected-dolly type with grey pressed steel coverplates.

d) Where SSOs complying with SANS 164-1 are to be used in exposed areas, they

shall be housed in a York S15 weatherproof enclosure or equal and approved.

12.14.2 Non-Standard Socket Outlets a) Data/Electronic Equipment Outlets

i) Dedicated 16 Amp SSOs shall be similar in construction to normal SSOs but shall have flattened earth pins in the 10 o’clock or 12 o’clock position as specified. The earth socket shall be isolated from the chassis of the unit to allow for the connection of ‘clean’ earths.

Unless otherwise specified, the socket outlet plate shall be of a distinctive colouring (usually red, or as specified in the Detailed Specification). Alternatively the socket pin shrouds and switch dolly shall be of the selected colour; the latter instances usually being applied to outlets in power skirting or hospital bed-head channel etc.

ii) Where specially called for, dedicated SSOs are to be of the British Standard

square pin, 13 Amp type. Similarly to 12.4.2 (a) (i), the earth socket shall be isolated from the chassis of the unit.

Wall mounting 13 Amp SSOs shall be suitable for mounting in a standard 100 x 100 x 50mm accessory box. Surface and power skirting mounted units shall generally be as detailed for 16A SSOs (12.14.1(c)).

iii) 16 A dedicated plug tops, colour-matched to the respective plate or shrouds,

and 13 A plug tops in ivory or white plastic, complete with 5 A cartridge fuses, at the rate of 60 % of all relevant outlets shall be provided and handed to the Client at Works handover.

b) Luminaire Outlets

Where required luminaires shall be fed via a locally mounted 5A SP, N + E non-switched socket-outlet. In these instances, the luminaires shall be fitted with 3m of 3-core flex and a rubber-clad 5A plug-top.


43

12.14.3 220/240 V Plug-Tops

a) When required to be supplied by the Contractor, 13 A plug-tops shall be white or

ivory plastic. 16 A plug tops shall be white or ivory plastic for general office areas and rubber clad type for workshops, production areas, etc. or colour coded plastic for dedicated types

b) When wired, a small loop shall be made in the earth core of the flex within the

plug top so that in the event of undue stress upon the equipment flex, the earth connection will tend to remain intact even if the feed wires are pulled loose.

12.14.4 3-Phase Socket Outlets

a) Existing Installations

420 V 3-Phase socket outlets for use in existing factories etc. shall generally match the units already installed, unless otherwise specified.

b) New Installations

i) Generally multi-phase sockets shall be BICC Marachel type DS 16/30A or

32/50A TP + N + E wall mounting decontactors, or equal and approved, or as otherwise specified.

ii) Each decontactor or similar shall be supplied with a plug unit which shall be

handed to the Client upon Works completion and handover. 16 A units shall be fed with cable not exceeding 6mm² and 32 A units with cable not exceeding 10mm².

12.14.5 Mounting Heights

Unless otherwise required SSOs shall be mounted at the following heights from finished floor/surface level to the bottom of the outlet. Flush outlets, generally : 0,3 m Garages, factories and workshops : 1,4m (SP & TP units) Kitchens and tea rooms : 1,0m Above work surfaces (Kitchens : 0,2m (SP only) and Offices)

12.14.6 Labelling

Socket outlet labelling shall be as for switches, refer 12.12.5.

12.15 Miscellaneous Power Connections

12.15.1 Geysers

a) Domestic-type geysers will be supplied, installed and connected to water services by others. The Contractor shall undertake all electrical connections.

b) For wall mounted geysers, flush supply conduit shall terminate in a flush round

box conveniently close to the electrical entry to the water heater. A surface type metal clad or polycarbonate encased 30 A DP switch disconnector shall be superimposed over the conduit box and the final connection shall be made using surface galvanised conduit, painted after installation.

c) Where geysers are installed in concealed positions such as roof voids, the final

connection from the local switch disconnector may comprise PVC covered flexible steel conduit.


44

d) Unless otherwise indicated in the single line diagrams, wiring for geyser circuits not exceeding 4 kW single-phase shall be carried out with conductors and earthwire at least 2,5mm² each.

e) Connections to calorifiers and large type geysers shall be as specified.

12.15.2 Kitchen Equipment

a) Domestic Stoves

Domestic stoves will be supplied and placed in position by others. The Contractor shall provide a suitable electrical supply and final connection. A feed shall be taken to a flush mounted 60 A DP switch-disconnector positioned 300mm to one side of the stove and at a height determined by work surface, kitchen cupboards etc. From the switch-disconnector, flush conduit shall be taken to a point 450mm above floor level, and centred to the rear of the stove, terminating in a round conduit box. The final connection shall be carried out using a superimposing spout-entry conduit box and PVC covered flexible conduit for permanently connected units and via a ‘stove connector’ socket for plug-in units.

b) General Kitchen Equipment

i) Canteen kitchen equipment such as stoves, fryers etc. shall be connected up

by the Contractor. ii) Unless otherwise specified, equipment shall be fed via a local polycarbonate

encased switch-disconnector mounted at 1400mm on the wall behind the appliance. The switch-disconnector shall be single-phase DP, or 3-phase 4-pole as required. The final connection shall be taken from the switch-disconnector using flush conduit offset out of the wall at 450mm above floor level. Water-tight PVC covered flexible steel conduit shall connect directly to the end of the wall conduit and shall then connect to the particular item of equipment.

iii) Where no wall exists, a stainless steel pedestal and switch-disconnector

arrangement shall be supplied, as detailed in the Work drawings.

12.15.3 Air Conditioning Units

a) Console, ceiling and wall-mounting air conditioners (ACs) will be supplied and installed by specialist contractors.

b) The Contractor will undertake electrical and control connections to the extent

outlined in the drawings. c) Unless otherwise specified, AC units shall be fed via a locally mounted 30 A DP

switch-disconnector unit and the final connection shall comprise the 3-core flex supplied with the AC unit taken via a cord-outlet arrangement mounted on the switch-disconnector faceplate.

12.15.4 Fans

a) General Where fans are required to be supplied by the Contractor, they shall be supplied

complete with all necessary accessories as applicable, such as mounting brackets, diaphragm plates, wire guards where fan blades are liable to be touched by hand, weatherproof louvres where fans are mounted on an outside wall, etc.


45

Fans and all accessories supplied therewith, shall be bolted, screwed or secured to walls and other surfaces as required.

Holes in walls or windows will be provided by the building contractor to details to

be supplied by the Contractor. b) Connection to Lift Motor Room Fans

i) Where a lift motor room fan connection is required, the Contractor shall, in

addition to the fan, also provide and install a “close-on-rise” 20A rating thermostat, having room temperature range, which shall be mounted near the fan unless otherwise indicated.

ii) The wiring to the fan shall be taken from a SP MCB on the distribution board

through a clearly labelled local 15/20A switch disconnect and through the thermostat to the fan motor terminals.

iv) Final connections to the fan shall be carried out in flexible conduit.

c) Connection to Small Extract Fans

Where a small extract fan, such as is used in domestic kitchens toilets, etc., is specified, and when no facilities exist on the fan for conduit entry, connections may be made to the fan terminals by means of 3-core plastic-covered or “cabtyre” flexible cord, taken from a cord-outlet 15/20A switch disconnector unit in close proximity to the fan.

12.15.5 Plant and Motor Connections

a) General

Due to the many types of plant and/or motors that the Contractor may be called upon to connect up, specific details will be as described in the drawings or Detailed Specification.

b) Plant Supplies

i) Generally the Contractor will be called upon to supply and install an

incoming feeder cable to a motor control panel (MCC), or similar, supplied by others.

ii) The Contractor shall liaise and co-operate with the plant vendor/contractor

regarding program, correct location, testing – including phase rotation check, and switch-on.

iii) Where the Contractor has any doubt regarding electrical and safety aspects

of plant controls and equipment by others, he shall have the right to refuse to liven up the system until the receipt of an indemnity from the Engineer.

c) Motor Connections

i) Unless otherwise specified motors and associated machinery will be

supplied and fixed by others. The Contractor will be required to provide an electrical supply and to connect the means of disconnection, starting and to the motor terminals and accessible to the machine operator where applicable.

ii) Unless specified as being supplied by others, the Contractor shall supply

and install a padlockable, local switch disconnector for each motor. A suitable starter (which will be provided with the motor) shall be fixed and connected by the Contractor.


46

iii) Switch-disconnectors shall, unless otherwise specified, be wall mounted adjacent to the motor, or onto a suitable floor mounting pedestal or onto the framework of the machine or equipment. The switch disconnector shall be within 2,0m of the motor terminals.

iv) Unit starters shall, where possible, be mounted adjacent to the switch

disconnector provided that this position will afford easy control of the machine by the operator.

v) The final connection to a motor shall comprise a multi-core armoured cable

with a neatly strapped loop of slack at least 800mm long to allow adjustments to be made to the motor and/or its mountings. The multi-core cable shall contain an extra core for earthing purposes. The entry into the motor terminal box should preferably be from below/or alternatively from the side, but never from above.

vi) The Contractor shall ensure the correct rotation of the motor and the settings

of the starter in co-operation with the representative of the supplier of the motor.

12.15.6 Labelling

All cables, cores, switch-disconnectors and other items of control equipment shall be labelled. Labels for controls shall be affixed to a non-removable member or wall, adjacent to the item.

Refer to items 12.9.3 and 12.12.5 for general requirements.

12.16 Provisions for Ancillary Services

12.16.1 General

Where provision only for telephones and other systems of communication, fire defence, security, aerial, computer data or other services are specified, the Contractor shall supply and install all necessary conduit, wiring channel, cable tray, boards, outlet boxes, sleeves etc., as detailed.

12.16.2 Junction Boards

Where called for, junction boards for telephone and data services shall be supplied as specified. The boards are to be similar in construction and finish to flush, surface or semi-flush distribution boards, as required (See clause 12.4). Boards shall generally be 100 – 115 mm deep with an internal 15 mm softwood backing. Doors shall be secured with square-key turnbuckles and provision for padlocking. Main distribution frames (MDFs) shall generally be similar to normal junction boards but are to be 150 mm deep.

12.16.3 Cable Sleeves

a) Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the drawings, the Contractor shall

supply and install all sleeves for telephone and other service cables of sizes and in positions as detailed.

b) Where sleeves are specified to be supplied and installed by others, the

Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that such sleeves are installed in good time and in their correct positions. Suitable rustless draw wires are shall be provided in all sleeves.

12.16.4 Conduit

All conduit for telephones and other services shall be provided and installed to the same requirements as for the electrical installation, and shall be fitted with rustless


47

draw wires. Colour coding for industrial project and other installations where specified shall be in accordance with 12.7.4 (e). Each class of service shall be kept entirely segregated from any other service.

12.16.5 Outlets

a) Unless otherwise specified all outlets for telephones and other services shall consist of standard 100 x 50mm flush type pressed steel boxes generally mounted a height of 0,3m from finished floor level to bottom of box.

b) Where switch sockets or other outlets are mounted in the same room at nominally

the same height above floor, care shall be taken to ensure that the undersides of all such outlets are accurately lined up.

12.16.6 Coverplates

The Contractor shall supply and fit metal or plastic coverplates of the same material and finish to match flush switches and switched socket coverplates. A blank cradle shall be fitted in the outlet box to which the coverplate shall be screwed, allowing for proper alignment of the coverplate. Nickel or chromium plated screws shall be used to secure all blank coverplates.

12.16.7 Co-operation

The Contractor shall co-operate with the suppliers and installers of other services in providing all information required, and shall assist such other installers in the event of difficulties which they may experience with drawing in of their cables into conduit or channel provided by the Contractor and where such difficulty arises because of want of knowledge of location, blockages broken draw-wires etc.

12.17 Fixings and Supports

12.17.1 General

a) The Contractor shall be responsible for all fixings in connection with his installation, including: brackets, suspensions, clamps, bolts, screws etc, and all accessories and fixing devices to effect a substantial and proper means of fixing equipment, components, wireways, cables etc.

b) All items shall be selected to fully suit the application, due cognisance being taken of:

● Weight of equipment and fixing media (‘pullout strength’) ● Temperature and humidity ● Effect of corrosive and damp environments ● Weathering, UV degradation etc ● Electrolytic effects

c) The following details shall apply to all fixings irrespective of the various categories in which they are described.

12.17.2 Concrete and Brickwork

a) Wall Plugs

i) Fixings into concrete and brick surfaces for equipment with a maximum mass of 10kg may be undertaken with plastic or fibre ‘wall-plugs’. Under no circumstances shall wooden inserts be used.


48

ii) A masonry drill of the correct size shall be used, in conjunction with a suitable hammer drill or similar, to make holes into the brick or concrete fabric; fixings into mortar joints will not be allowed. The fixing plug length must match the threaded portion of the fixing screw; undersized plugs will not be allowed.

iii) Round or cheese headed screws of the correct diameter to match the respective plug shall be used throughout.

b) Anchor Bolts

i) Fixings into concrete and brick surfaces for equipment with a mass exceeding 10kg, or where the fixing holes are 10mm or larger, shall be undertaken using expanding anchor bolts, or by means of bolts cast into concrete.

ii) For expanding anchor fixings, holes shall be made similarly to wall-plug holes (see 12.17.2 a) ii)).

c) Channel Fixings

i) Where brackets, cable-rack support arms etc are to be fixed, the Contractor shall supply and install Cabstrut, or equal and approved, galvanised channel supports and associated clamps, cantilever arms and so forth. Surface channels for the support of various brackets, pendant studding etc shall be fixed into concrete ceilings or brick/concrete walls using anchor bolts.

ii) In instances where cast-in support channels are to be used, the Contractor shall liaise with the building/civil contractor to ensure that inserts are installed timeously on to shuttering and that all openings are protected from the ingress of vibrated concrete.

iii) Unless otherwise detailed in the Detailed Specification and/or drawings, the Contractor shall submit particulars, including sketch drawings, of proposed fixings to the Engineer for approval prior to installation. Such proposals shall be accompanied by design calculations of loadings and fixing spacings.

d) Cartridge Fixings

Shot or cartridge fixings, using fixing guns, percussion charges and fixing pins in accordance with the relevant manufacturer’s recommended methods, shall only be used with the express written permission of the Engineer. Where used, the Contractor shall comply fully with the requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Regulations and shall ensure that warning signs are placed at all entrances where such work is in progress.

12.17.3 Hollow Partitions, Hollow Blocks and Ceiling Boards

a) Fixings shall not be made using gypsum, fibre or similar ceiling boards or ceiling tiles as the supporting medium.

b) For ceiling boards, the component shall be installed to a substantially fixed conduit box. In the case of linear fluorescent luminaires or other large components, further fixings shall be made into the support brandering. Where there is no brandering conveniently located, the Contractor shall supply and install independently fixed wooden inserts.

c) Surface fixed items mounted to ceiling tiles within support tees shall be fixed similarly to the foregoing except that, with written permission of the Engineer, supplementary fixings may be made into the ceiling tee lips using approved self-tapping screws.


49

d) Fixings into hollow partitioning material, or hollow building blocks, shall be done by means of spring-loaded ‘toggle’ fixings, or, where suitable, compression type cavity fixing devices may be used.

12.17.4 Fixings on Steelwork

a) Support brackets, hangers etc shall be fabricated from galvanised angle iron or channel iron, or shall be made up using Cabstrut or equal channel and associated accessories to suit the application.

b) Brackets etc shall be fixed to the structural steelwork using purpose made galvanised beam clamps, Caddy clips or similar. Welding to structural steelwork may only be carried out with the written permission of the Engineer.

12.17.5 Painting

a) All exposed steel shall be cold galvanised.

b) Where specified, supports etc shall be primed and painted using an epoxy finish, colour: light orange, SANS 1091, ref. B26. Refer to clause 12.4.1 (h) for details of painting.

12.17.6 Adhesives

a) Under no circumstance will any adhesive material be used for any fixing with the single exception of the fixing of door gaskets.

b) The adhesive for use with gaskets shall be applied as per manufacturer’s specifications, or self adhesive gasketing material shall be used. The adhesive shall be of the silicone based type suitable for use under extreme weathering and temperature ranges between -40ºC and +70ºC.

12.18 Earthing and Lightning Protection

12.18.1 General

a) In instances where soil resistivity surveys have been carried out to determine the design of the earth electrode system/s, Tenderers shall submit their price in accordance with the Tender Documentation, including the bills of quantities where applicable.

b) Where no resistivity survey has been conducted prior to calling for tenders, prices shall be based upon a provisional design and, where applicable, a provisional bill of quantities. The final design will be based upon a subsequent soil resistivity survey.

c) All earthing and lightning protection surveys, installations and testing must be carried out by a recognised specialist. Unless the Tenderer is also the earthing specialist other Tenderers (e.g.: electrical contractors) must submit full details of their proposed specialist sub contractor.

d) This section does not include switchyard earthing. Where necessary a supplementary specification: “Standard Specification for Substation Earthing” will be issued.

12.18.2 Earth Resistance Testing

a) Soil resistivity tests shall be carried out at the proposed location of the electrode/s and following ground levelling by the civil/building contractor, where applicable.


50

b) The Contractor must give at least 48 hours notice of impending tests to the Engineer to allow him to attend and witness them at his option.

c) The tests must be carried out in accordance with SANS 10199 using a recognised method (e.g.: Wenner method) with a four terminal null balance ‘megger’ tester. A meter calibration certificate proving calibration within the last six months undertaken by a recognised testing authority must be submitted to the Engineer prior to carrying out earth readings. If there is any reason to suspect the accuracy of any instrument, the Engineer may call for confirmation testing at the Contractor's expense.

d) The result of tests, including a specification for the electrode design, shall be submitted to the Engineer within seven days. The test results in tabulated and graphical form shall be accompanied by a copy of the meter test certificate.

e) The following maximum resistances shall apply:

i) Transformers

Up to 500kVA 5 Ohms 500 - 800kVA 3 Ohms 800 - 1000kVA 2 Ohms Above 1000kVA 1 Ohm

ii) Lightning Protection

● SANS 10313, category A structures: 30 Ohms overall, subject to a maximum of 200 Ohms for any single electrode (or per SANS 10313, whichever is the lower reading).

● SANS 10313, category B & C structures: 50 Ohms overall, subject to a

maximum of 200 Ohms for any single electrode (or per SANS 10313, whichever is the lower reading).

iii) Plant Bonding – Hazardous Areas Where specified to be bonded, the electrode reading for tanks, silos etc must not exceed 7 Ohms with the electrode disconnected from any other electrode system (See also item 12.18.6).

12.18.3 Earth Electrode

a) The earth electrode shall consist of earth rods, bare copper wire, copper tape etc, or a combination of these, as specified in the drawings.

b) Earth rods shall nominally be 1500mm long, 16mm diameter extensible type steel cored, copper jacketed where the copper cladding is at least 250 microns thick molecularly bonded to the steel rod, as ‘Cadweld’, or equal and approved.

c) Mains earthing conductors (‘trench earths’) shall consist of 70mm² bare copper cable while conductors for lightning protection and static bonding shall be 50mm².

d) Trench earth conductors, as well as the tops of earth rods shall be not less than 600mm below finished ground level.

e) Earth rods shall be driven into the soil utilising a purpose made driving head in conjunction with a mechanical hammer. In hard ground and in rock, the rods shall be installed into pre-drilled holes made with an earth-drilling rig. Whilst loose soil or a soil slurry may be used to back-fill holes in hard soil, carbonaceous conductive aggregate, such as ‘Marconite’ or equal and approved, shall be used for holes bored in rock.


51

f) Rods longer than the nominal 1500mm shall be coupled using an external sleeve arrangement and the liberal application of silicon or hydrocarbon grease. Rods must butt against one another inside the coupling; gaps will not be allowed.

g) Rods, tapes and cable conductor in highly corrosive soils shall be of stainless steel, or as otherwise specified.

h) Joints in copper cable electrodes shall only be effected using an exothermic welding process as ‘Cadweld’, or equal and approved.

i) Lightning protection trench earths shall not be run directly in soil under pathways. In these instances the conductor shall be run in 75mm diameter uPVC sleeving which shall be laid under the path and at least 1000mm clear of its edges.

12.18.4 Mains Earthing

a) The earth electrode resistance for mains earthing of transformers, switchgear etc. shall be in accordance with 12.18.2 (e) (i)

b) A main earthing bar of high conductivity copper, at least 50mm x 6mm in section and 500mm long, (or as otherwise specified in the Detailed Specification and/or drawings) installed in the transformer room facing the LV side of the transformer/s shall be provided. This shall be mounted onto insulators at 500mm above finished floor level. The bar shall be pre-drilled with 12 No. M12 diameter holes for the connecting of earth leads.

c) The earth electrode cable/s and all earth bonding leads shall be connected to the bar by means of brass or stainless steel bolts, nuts, washers and lock-washers. Earth cable terminations shall comprise hydraulically crimped tinned lugs. The point of origin of each conductor must be clearly indicated by means of an embossed or punched metal tag attached to the conductor near its lug or connection point.

d) The following points shall be bonded to the earth bar with 70mm² conductor, or as otherwise specified:

i) Transformer star points (*)

ii) LV switchboard neutral bar (*)

iii) LV switchboard earth bar (*)

iv) MV switchgear

(*): Subject to the earth conductor being not less than half the cross sectional area of the of the relevant phase conductor between the transformer and the LV switchboard.

e) Minisubs shall be earthed in a similar fashion to main substations except that the earthing bar in the LV compartment shall take the place of the separate main earth bar.

12.18.5 Lightning Protection

a) Besides earth resistance testing, the Contractor shall arrange for the design of the lightning protection system, including air terminals, roof bonding, down conductors etc to be carried out by a reputable specialist. The Engineer will provide suitable drawings to the Contractor for this purpose either as transparencies or as DXF Computer Assisted Draughting (CAD) files.

b) Following submission of the design to the Engineer for comment (modification where necessary) and approval, the Contractor shall submit the final design to the SANS for approval. Transparencies of the SANS approved drawing/s shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer for record purposes prior to, or simultaneously with, the start of the installation.


52

c) Air terminals may be of various designs. As a general guide, the following basic requirements shall be complied with:

i) All conductor material shall be electrical grade aluminium alloy in accordance with the requirements of BSS 1476/H/E9 or American Standards Specification 6063. Conductors shall be installed in such a way that no part of the system shall come into contact with concrete of plaster.

ii) Circular conductors shall have a minimum cross sectional area of 50mm². Flat conductors shall be 20mm x 3mm minimum.

iii) Joints in circular conductors shall be done using a hydraulic crimping machine. Flat conductors shall be joined with either two bolts, or else two aluminium rivets of 6mm diameter.

iv) Bonding to extraneous metallic surfaces shall be done by bolting or riveting.

v) Conductors must be mounted into aluminium alloy guides which in turn are seated on a suitable barrier material (plastic or similar) and which allow free longitudinal movement of the conductor.

vi) Straight horizontal runs of conductor shall be provided with expansion loops every 30m or less.

vii) Electrically continuous metal roofs shall be used as the air termination. Where flat metallic roofs may be surrounded by non metallic parapet walls, conductors are to be installed on top of the wall and bonded to the metal roof sheeting at intervals not exceeding 20 metres.

viii) Non metallic roofing supported by steel trusses and purlins which are electrically continuous may be treated as for a complete metal construction.

ix) Where required 12mm diameter x 500mm long finials shall be installed at the outer corners of buildings of 15m to 30m in height and in addition at intervals of no more than 30m along exposed parapet walls. The finials, in turn must be bonded to the peripheral conductors.

x) Tall structures, as defined in SANS 10313, shall, where required, have 12mm diameter x 1000mm long finials. These shall be installed at an angle of 30° out from the structure and bonded to the peripheral air terminal system, all as required by the Code of Practice.

d) Down conductors shall consist of aluminium alloy run surface down the outside of buildings, or, where suitable, shall comprise structural steel columns, or reinforcement steel in reinforced concrete columns all as described in the Detailed Specification and/or installation drawings and in accordance with the Contractor’s SANS approved design.

i) Down conductor spacing shall not exceed 30 - 0,4h metres, where h = the maximum height of the structure. However the minimum separating distance need not be less than 10 metres except for tall slim structures (like chimney stacks) where a minimum of two down conductors must be installed.

ii) Large expanses of external metal wall cladding as well as external metal staircases, ductwork etc shall be bonded to ensure vertical electrical continuity and to the lightning protection system at their upper and lower extremities.

iii) Aluminium based down conductors shall terminate at 500mm above ground level where they shall be bonded to the earth electrode system. Under no circumstances shall aluminium conductor come into contact with the ground.


53

iv) The Contractor must liaise closely with the building contractor to ensure the timeous placement of cast-in threaded bonding sockets at the tops and bottoms of reinforced concrete columns.

e) Test points shall be provided where specified. These shall be either mounted near the base of the down conductor in the lower part of the wall or else contained in a small cast iron inspection chamber installed in the ground, all as detailed in the installation drawing/s and/or Detailed Specification.

12.18.6 Static Bonding

Static bonding of operating theatres, explosives magazines, petrochem installations, electronic workshops and the like fall outside the scope of this general specification and, where required, will be specified in supplementary specifications or the Detailed Specification.

12.18.7 Testing and Maintenance Manuals

Upon completion of the earthing installation, testing in accordance with the relevant SANS specification/s shall be carried out by the Contractor and the results submitted to the Engineer. The Contractor shall also supply maintenance manuals, including as-fitted and SANS approved record drawings, test certificates etc, all as outlined in clause 10.0.

12.19 Schedule of Luminaires

12.19.1 Type A: 1 x 58W open channel fluorescent luminaire with class A2 electronic ballast.

12.19.2 Type B: 2 x 58W open channel fluorescent luminaire with class A2 electronic ballast.

12.19.3 Type G:

2 x 58W corrosion proof protected fluorescent luminaire and high acrylic diffuser with class A2 electronic ballast.

12.19.4 Type N: 2 x 9 PL9 Outdoor decorative wall mounted bulkhead luminaire with class A2 electronic ballast

12.19.5 Type K1: 2 x 54W T-Bay Luminaire mild steel with a white epoxy powder coated finish, electronic control gear and T5 lamp holders, 350G aluminium reflectors with cord set.

12.19.6 Type K:

2 x 9 PL9 Decorative wall mounted bulkhead with (RED) Lens.

GROENVLEI SCHOOL ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION

SCHEDULE OF INFORMATION


54

PART 2: SCHEDULE OF INFORMATION

1. SCHEDULE OF PERSONNEL TO BE ASSIGNED TO THIS PROJECT

The Tenderer shall list below the key personnel (including first nominee and the second choice alternate), whom he proposes to employ on the contract should his offer be accepted, both at his headquarters and on the Site, to direct and for the execution of the work, together with their qualifications, experience, positions held and their nationalities.

DESIGNATION

NAME AND NATIONALITY OF:

(i) NOMINEE (ii) ALTERNATE

SUMMARY OF QUALIFICATIONS, EXPERIENCE AND PRESENT

OCCUPATION

HEAD OFFICE Partner/director

Project manager

Other key staff (give designation)

SITE OFFICE Site Agent

Site Engineer

Construction supervisor (Give designation)

Other key staff (give designation)

……………………………………………….. ………………………………. NAME OF TENDERER TENDERER’S SIGNATURE …………………………………….

DATE


55

2. SCHEDULE OF WORK CARRIED OUT BY TENDERER

The Tenderer shall list below the last five Electrical engineering contracts of a similar nature awarded to him. This information is material to the award of the Contract.

EMPLOYER

(Name, Tel No and Fax No)

CONSULTING

ENGINEER (Name, Tel No and

Fax No)

NATURE OF

WORK

VALUE OF

WORK

YEAR OF

COMPLETION


DATE


56

3. SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS

I/We hereby notify you that it is my/our intention to employ the following Sub-Contractors for work in this contract.

NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF PROPOSED

SUBCONTRACTORS

NATURE AND EXTENT OF WORK TO BE

SUBCONTRACTED

PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE WITH SUBCONTRACTOR OR RECENT WORK EXECUTED BY THE SUB-

CONTRACTOR


DATE


57

4. REGISTRATION AS AN ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR

The Tenderer must be registered as an Electrical Contractor with the Electrical Contracting Board of South Africa and must also be registered with the Workmen's Compensation Commissioner and the Unemployment Insurance Commissioner to qualify for this tender.

Tenderers must complete the following questionnaire and submit it with this tender.

a) Has the company been registered with the Electrical?

Contracting Board of South Africa YES/NO

Registration No : ..............……………………………....

Date of issue : .....……………………………..............

b) Has the company been registered with the Department of Manpower?

i) The Workmen's Compensation Commissioner YES/NO

Registration No :............…………………………......

Date of issue :…………..............………………..

ii) The Unemployment Insurance Commissioner YES/NO

Registration No :……………….……….................

Date of issue :..………..............……………….

c) Has the company been registered with, and graded by the CIDB? YES/NO

Registration No :............…………………………...... Grading :…………..............………………..

I/We certify that the above information is correct Signature :...………………….…......……….................... Name of Signatory :…....................…....…………..………........... Name of Firm Represented :................……..………………...………......... Address :…………....…......…………………….............

……………………........................................

....…………..…………………………..…........ Date :………………………………………………… NOTE: IN TERMS OF THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS

REGULATIONS FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS CLAUSE OF THE SPECIFICATION MAY RESULT IN DISQUALIFICATION AND REJECTION OF THE TENDER.


58

5. DETAILS OF INSTALLATION ELECTRICIAN I/We certify that ...........……………………................................... is a registered installation electrician in terms of the Occupational Health and Safety Act (Act 85 1994 and is permanently employed by my/our company trading as: ...........................................………………………………………………………………………........ I/We further certify that the abovementioned person will be appointed as the responsible person in charge of the installation, which person shall personally supervise the whole of the electrical works as tendered for from inception to completion inclusive of signing all commencement/completion/ cost certificates necessary as part of the Works. I/We further certify that I/We am/are fully aware of the provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Act (Act 85 1994), and that my/our company is trading as a registered electrical contracting organisation. SIGNATURE OF TENDERER

……………………..

SIGNATURE OF INSTALLATION ELECTRICIAN

……………………….

REGISTRATION NUMBER OF INSTALLATION ELECTRICIAN

…………………….

DATE

………………………..

COMPANY STAMP

NOTE

It is an offence to employ a registered single-phase installation electrician on a poly-phase installation and it may be necessary to submit a certified copy of the licence of the person to be employed on any poly-phase project.

6. DETAILS OF THE PROPOSED LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM (LPS) SUBCONTRACTOR

NAME OF THE LPS SUBCONTRACTOR : ……………………………………………………………

ADDRESS : ……………………………………………………………

PROOF OF EXPERIENCE ATTACHED? : YES: …………….

NO :…………

NAME OF TENDERER : ……………………………………………………………

TENDERER’S SIGNATURE : ……………………………………………………………..

DATE : ……………………………………………………………..


59

7. SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS OFFERED The Tenderer must complete the following schedules and submit them with the priced Bill of Quantities. The schedules will be scrutinised by the Engineer and should any material offered not comply with the requirements contained in the specification, the Electrical Sub-Contractor will be required to supply material in accordance with the contract at no additional cost. NB: Only one manufacturer's name to be inserted for each item.

Item Material Make or trade name Country of origin

1. Distribution boards

2. Circuit breakers 1P, 2P, 3P

3. Contactors 1P, 2P, 3P

4. Earth leakage relays

5. Daylight sensitive switch

6. Surface all weather isolators

7. Water tight rotary switch with and without night light switch contact.

8. 16A power skirting mounted socket outlets

9. 16A flush switched socket outlets

10. 16A surface switched socket outlets

11. 5A unswitched socket outlets

12. Luminaires

12.1 Type A

12.2 Type B

12.3 Type G

12.4 Type N

12.5 Type K

12.6 Type K1

13. PVC SWA PVC cable

NOTE: Tenderers are to note that under no circumstances may materials be installed other than offered in the above materials schedule, which has been approved and accepted by the Contractor.

Should the successful tenderer wish to supply materials other than those originally offered, prior written approval must be obtained from the Contractor before any orders are placed.


60

…………………………………. ……………………………………. NAME OF TENDERER TENDERER’S SIGNATURE

(or Company stamp)

……………………………………. DATE

GROENVLEI DECONDARY SCHOOL ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION

PREAMBLES TO BILLS OF QUANTITIES


61

PART 3: ELECTRICAL PREAMBLES TO BILL OF QUANTITIES

1. BILLS OF QUANTITIES

These Bills of Quantities contain pages numbered in the consecutive order. The Tenderer is required to check the numbers of pages and should any page be found to be missing, or in duplicate, or if any reproduction is indistinct, or if any ambiguity arises as to the meaning of any item or description, or if these Bills of Quantities contain any obvious errors, then the Tenderer must immediately inform the Engineer and have he same rectified or explained, as the case may be. No claim will afterwards be considered where the Tenderer has failed to comply with these instructions. No alteration, erasure, amendment or note is to be made in the text of these Bills of Quantities and should any such alteration, erasure, amendment or note be made by the Tenderer it will be recognised, but these Bills of Quantities as prepared by the Engineer will be adhered to.

2. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Bill of Quantities form part of and must be read in conjunction with the Specification which document contains the full descriptions of the work to be done and material and equipment to be used and unless otherwise described in the Bill of Quantities, reference should be made to the Specification for the full meaning of descriptions of work to be done and materials and equipment to be used in this service.

3. ARITHMETICAL ERRORS The tender price arithmetically corrected where necessary and not the amount stated on the form of tender shall constitute the contract price of the successful Tenderer. No error in the calculation of schedule rates which may be discovered subsequent to the submission of a tender will constitute grounds for a claim of any description. A tender that is incomplete or insufficient in any respect may result in the disqualification of such tender.

4. ALTERATIONS No alteration, erasure or addition is to be made in the text of the Bills of Quantities. Should any alteration, erasure or addition be made, it will not be recognised but the original wording of the Bills of Quantities will be adhered to

5. ADJUSTMENTS The Priced Bills of Quantities of the successful Tenderer will be checked and the Engineer reserves the right to call for adjustments to any individual price and to rectify any discrepancy whilst the total arithmetically correct tender price, as submitted, remains unaltered.

6. RESPONSIBILITY OF TENDERER

The responsibility for the accuracy of the quantities written into the Bill remains with the person who prepared the Bill. The Tenderer shall be relieved of responsibility of measuring quantities at the tender stage, and the tender sum submitted shall be in respect of the quantities set out in the Bills, although he will be required to make his assessment of items such as brackets, fixing, etc., from details stated in the Bills and shall include in the item prices for such small installation materials as are required for the complete installation in accordance with the Specification.


62

7. QUANTIFICATION OF ITEMS The successful Tenderer and the Employer or his Agent may agree that the total of any Bill or Bills, including any variations by way of additions thereto or deductions there from, represents a fair and accurate quantification of the items set out in the Bills and the parties may agree final payment on that basis. In the event of any dispute as to the quantities, then the disputed item or items shall be adjusted where necessary.

8. ORDERING OF MATERIALS These Bills of Quantities are not to be used for ordering purposes. Any orders placed by the Contractor on the basis of these Bills of Quantities shall be at his own risk.

9. VARIATIONS Variations in the scope and extent of the work included in the Bills shall be allowed to meet the Employer's requirements and shall be measured and costed at rates entered in the Bills, where appropriate, and shall form an addition to or deduction from the total Bills. Any items or variation for which rates have not been included in the Bills shall be agreed and priced as non-scheduled items in accordance with the provisions of the contract.

The rules governing the extent and costing of the variation shall be those provided for in the form of Conditions of Contract. Variations to the planning before the work has been executed shall be priced as above. Alterations to work already executed cannot necessarily be priced as above and must be reviewed on its merits. Unless a separate rate for the supply and for the installation of any item is specifically called for, the supply and installation costs of any item shall be fully included in the unit price.

10. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS

The description of each item shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be held to include making, conveying and delivering, unloading, storing, unpacking, hoisting, setting, fitting and fixing in position, cutting and waste, patterns, models and templates, plant, temporary works, return of packing, establishment charges, profit and all other obligations arising out of the conditions of contract.

11. WASTE ALLOWANCE All measurements are net, unless otherwise stated, and Tenderers must allow in the rate for wastage.

12. PROVISIONAL SUMS

All provisional sums shall be expended as directed by the Engineer and any balance remaining shall be deducted from the amount of the contract sum.

All items described as "Provisional" shall be measured as executed and paid for according to prices in the Bills of Quantities and any unexpended amounts shall be deducted from the amount of the contract sum. No work for which "Provisional" items are provided shall be commenced without written instructions from the Engineer.

13. CABLE QUANTITIES

The quantities given in the Bill for cable, cable markers, and earth wire laid with cable and excavations cannot be regarded as exact and are subject to measurement on site after completion of the service and adjustments will be made according to the unit rates given in the Bill.


63

Note: Checking of Cable Lengths Notwithstanding the fact that the lengths of cables as given in the Bills of Quantities have been measured from scaled drawings, the contractor shall check such lengths on site before ordering the cable, as he will not be paid for excess cable after the completion of the service. Any allowance for off-cuts shall be made in the unit rates. The final measurements shall be based on the net route length of the cables concerned.

14. CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS ENCOUNTERED IN THE EXCAVATIONS Materials encountered in the excavations for cable trenches, lighting standard and bollard holes generally shall, unless special provision to the contrary is made hereinafter, be classified as follows:-

a) 'Hard rock' shall mean any excavation requiring the use of explosives. b) 'Soft rock' shall mean any excavation which necessitates the use of pneumatic tools. c) 'Ordinary material' shall mean all pickable material.

In the event of any dispute regarding the classification of material, the Engineer’s decision in this connection shall be final.

Should the Subcontractor consider that any material encountered in the excavations is 'hard rock' or 'hard material', he shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. Failing such notification the excavation shall be assumed to be in 'ordinary material' and shall be measured and valued accordingly. Wherever practicable all excavation in ground other than 'hard rock' and/or 'soft rock' shall be carried out first after which levels will be taken of the exposed 'hard rock' and/or 'soft rock' and agreed upon by the Engineer and the Contractor. Where the Contractor encounters a combination of 'hard rock' and/or 'soft rock' simultaneously in a section of trench and employs explosives or pneumatic tools to remove all the various types of materials in that section of trench, the use of these methods of removal will in no way influence the Engineer's classification of the materials.

15. VALUE ADDED TAX OR OTHER LEGAL DUTIES PAYABLE All items priced in this Bill of Quantities shall exclude any tax applicable to the particular service article equipment or accessory and these net priced items will be used for normal variations on the contract. The tax value will be added at the ruling % rate to all payments and valuations i.e. net price + VAT.

16. ITEMS THAT ARE NOT RE-MEASURABLE

Unless there has been a written variation either in the form of a site instruction or an issue of a revised drawing, conduits and conductors are not re-measurable.


UNSCHEDULED RATES


64

PART 4: UNSCHEDULED RATES

Material %

Materials shall be charged at net cost, plus a percentage for profit, procuring, taking delivery and safe keeping. These costs shall be substantiated with invoices.

(i) Percentage mark-up on proven net cost (for unit cost of less than R1 000,00) ………

(ii) Percentage mark-up on proven net cost (for unit cost of above R1 000,00) ………

(ii) Handling charge for the correctly supplier materials but that have to be replaced with a different material and the material that is being replaced is to be returned to the supplier as instructed by the Engineer in writing.

………


BILLS OF QUANTITIES AND PRICE SUMMARY

GROENVLEI SECONDARY SCHOOL - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

BLOCK A - EXISTING CLASSROOMS AND ADMINISTRATION OFFICES

SUPPLY INSTALL

1,0 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

1.1 New Surface/Recess mounted distribution

boards accordance with the Specifications and

Schedule of Distribution Boards.

NOTE : All equipment to be SABS approved

and bear the SABS prformance mark

1.1.1 DB-A1, Fault Level: 6kA No. 1






Carried Forward to Next Page

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QNTY RATE AMOUNT

Page 1



SUPPLY INSTALL


2.0 MAINS CABLING & WIRING

2.1 Cables

(SANS 150) PVCSWAPVC cables drawn into

cable sleeves, installed on cable trays/ladders

or laid in open trenches including cutting and

off cuts

2.1.1 16mm2 x 4 core m 129

2.1.2 10mm2 x 3 core m 15

2.1.3 6mm2 x 3core m 23

2.1.4 2.5mm2 x 3 core m 1 Rate Only

2.2 Terminations for

2.2.1 16mm2 x 4 core No. 8

2.2.2 10mm2 x 3 core No. 2

2.2.3 6mm2 x 3core No. 2

2.3 Bare Copper Earth Wire

Wired tied to cables installed in the above

scheduled cables including terminations

2.3.1 10mm2 m 129

2.3.2 2,5mm2 m 15

2.4 Cable sleeves

Heavy duty or flexible (Kabelflex) PVC cable

sleeve laid in open trench including cutting and

joining

NOTE: Spare sleeves for future use to be

sealed at both ends

2.4.1 110mm m 1 Rate Only

2.4.2 110mm slow bends No. 1 Rate Only

2.4.3 50mm m 100

2.4.4 50mm slow bends No. 12



2.5 Trenching for Cables

Trenching of cable trenches 600mm deep x

400mm wide including backfill and compacting.

2.5.1 Earth or pickable ground m3 100

2.5.2 Soft rock requiring use of pneumatic tools m3 1 Rate Only

Brought Forward from Previous Page


Page 2



SUPPLY INSTALL


2.5.3 Hard rock requiring use of dynamite m3 1 Rate Only

2.5.4 Allow for the importing of suitable soil to be

used as either bedding layer and/or backfilling

layer (bedding to be in layer of 75mm and

backfilling in layers of 150mm)

m3 1 Rate Only

Filling obtained from excavations and/or

prescribed stock piles on site compacted to

95% Mod AASHTO density

2.5.5 Allow for the backfilling of the trenches, using

imported soil and/or selected (excavated)

material

m3 100

2.6 Cables LabellingLabel cables on both ends with numbering

beads or non-corroding straps to indicate their

connection points.

Sum 1 --------

2.7 Cable Warning Tape

Skull and Crossbones Danger Tape m 350

2.8 Cable Markers

Concrete cable markers complete with

galvanised wire fastened to cable and

aluminium marker plate. with description

No. 8

2.9 Low Voltage Earthing

Allow for bonding of the electrical installation Sum 1

2.10 Earth Spikes

Supply, delivery to site, installation of earth

spikes including all fastening materials, lugs,

etc.

2.10.1 1800mm x 16mm diameter No. 7

2.11 Power Manholes

Double skin brick 700mm deep manhole with

heavy duty cover with the following minimum

inside dimensions:

2.11.1 inside dimensions: 900mmL x 900mmW x

600mmD

No. 1



Page 3



SUPPLY INSTALL


3.0 GENERAL LIGHTING

3.1 Conduit

20mm PVC (SANS 950) conduit chased into

brickwork, cast into concrete or fixed onto

trusses including cutting, bending, saddles,

bushes, etc.

m 1203

3.2 Conduit Boxes

3.2.1 PVC round box for 20mm conduit, back or side

entry for 1, 2, 3 or 4-way chased into brickwork,

cast into concrete or fixed onto trusses

including couplings bushes, cover plates and

fixing materials

No. 181

3.2.2 Galvanised steel, 100 x 50 x 50mm box for

20mm conduit built into brickwork or cast in

concrete. (cover plates measured elsewhere)

No. 19

3.3 Equipment and Control Gear

16 Amp single lever, one way flush mounted

rocker type switch with cover plate

3.3.1 1-Lever, 1-way No. 14

3.3.2 2-Lever, 2-way No. 1 Rate Only

3.3.3 1-Lever, 1-way (Water tight) No. 3

3.3.4 1-Lever, 2-way No. 2

3.3.5 Photo-cell No. 6

3.3.6 5A switchless socket outlets for light fittings No. 1 Rate Only

3.4 Conductors

PVC insulated single core copper conductors

drawn into conduit or laid into wiring channels.

3.4.1 2,5mm² PVC black and red m 3800

3.4.2 2,5mm² yellow /green m 1900



Page 4



SUPPLY INSTALL


4.0 LUMINAIRES

Luminaires must be delivered with lamps

packed separately. For Types, see "Schedule

of Luminaires".

4.1 Type B No. 38

4.2 Type N No. 38



Page 5



SUPPLY INSTALL


5.0 SMALL POWER

5.1 Hot dip galvanised wiring channel

Cabstrut hot deep galvanised channel with

cover including propriety suspension hangers

splices, end caps and joints.

5.1.1 P2000 channel including Metal cover, splices

and hangers

m 1 Rate Only

5.1.2 P2000 DB outlet No. 1 Rate Only

5.1.3 P2000 End cap No. 1 Rate Only

5.1.4 P2000 90 bends No. 1 Rate Only

5.1.5 P2000 T piece No. 1 Rate Only

5.1.6 P2000 Crossover Radiused No. 1 Rate Only

5.2 Power Skirting

5.2.1 Metal two compartments with SABS mark.

Compartments utilisation to be as follows:

m 35

- The top for electrical wiring

- The bottom for data cabling

5.2.2 External elbow No. 16

5.2.3 Internal elbow No. 16

5.2.4 End cap No. 10

5.2.5 Flat Elbow No. 1 Rate Only

5.2.6 Flat tee No. 1 Rate Only

5.3 Conduit

PVC (SANS 950) conduit chased into



bushes, wastage, etc.

5.3.1 20mm m 420


5.4 Conduit Boxes





fixing materials

No. 117




No 116




No 1

5.5 Galvanised SANS Approved Conduit

Supply, delivery to site, installation of conduit

on surface, in ceiling void, chased into or cast

into concrete works and/or brickwork, including

bushes, locknuts, couplings, saddles, etc.

5.5.1 20 mm diameter conduit m 20



Page 6



SUPPLY INSTALL


5.6 Conductors

The supply and installation of PVC insulated

stranded single core copper conductors drawn

into conduits and ducting

5.6.1 2.5mm2

PVC black and red m 4250

5.6.2 2.5mm2

PVC insulated green/yellow earth wire m 2125


5.7.1 Power skirting mounted 16 Amp 3pin switched

socket outlets including clips and covers

5.7.1.1 Standard socket outlet No. 32

5.7.1.2 Dedicated socket outlet No. 32

5.7.2 Flush wall mounted 16 Amp 3-pin switched

socket outlet with cover plate

5.7.2.1 1x 16A Single and 1x 6A socket outlet No. 20

5.7.2.2 2x 16A Double socket outlet No. 1

5.7.3 Surface mounted 16 Amp 3-pin switched

socket outlet with cover plate in ceiling voids

5.7.3.1 Standard single socket outlet No. 1 Rate Only

5.7.3.2 Dedicated single socket outlet No. 1 Rate Only

5.7.4 Indoor surface mounted isolators for hot water

cylinders in ceiling void including box

5.7.4.1 20A - 32A DP No. 1

5.7.4.2 20A - 32A TP No. 1 Rate Only

5.7.5 Outdoor surface mounted isolators for

airconditioners including box

5.7.5.1 20A - 32A DP No. 5

5.7.5.2 20A - 32A TP No. 1 Rate Only



Page 7



SUPPLY INSTALL


6.0 TELEPHONE AND DATA SYSTEM

WIREWAYS

6.1 Double skin brick 700mm deep manhole with


inside dimensions: 450mm x 450mm

No. 1 Rate Only

6.2 Surface mounted distribution board with

architrave, 10mm thick soft wood back board

(plywood or shutter board) and hinged door:

6.2.1 600mm x 600mm No. 2 Rate Only


6.3 Cable sleeves

Flexible (Kabelflex) PVC cable sleeves laid in

open trench including cutting, backfilling and

compacting.

6.3.1 110mm m 1

6.4 Cable Tray

6.4.1 Cabstrut 150mm wide medium duty hot dipped

galvanised welded wire mesh cable tray

including splices clamps, hold down saddles

and suspension materials installed in ceiling

voids.

m 1 Rate Only

6.4.2 90 degrees Horizontal elbow No. 1 Rate Only

6.4.3 Tee piece No. 1 Rate Only

6.4.4 Four way crossover No. 1 Rate Only

6.4.5 Cooper B-Line drop out fittings No. 1 Rate Only

6.4.6 Cooper B-Line cable drop out No. 1 Rate Only

6.4.7 Cooper B-Line conduit connector No. 1 Rate Only

6.5 Conduit





6.5.1 25mm conduit m 1 Rate Only

6.6 Conduit Accessories & Boxes

6.6.1 PVC round box for 25mm and 32mm conduit,

back or side entry for 1, 2, 3 or 4-way chased

into brickwork, cast into concrete or fixed onto

trusses including couplings bushes, cover

plates and fixing materials

No. 1 Rate Only

6.7 Galvanised steel draw wires drawn into

conduit(1.6mm)

m 1 Rate Only

6.8 Power skirting sockets

6.8.1 Data RJ88 No. 4

6.8.2 Data RJ45 No. 4



Page 8



SUPPLY INSTALL


7.0 SUNDRY ITEMS

7.1 Public Address Installation Sum 1 --------- --------- 25 000,00

7.2 Profit and attendance on item 7.1 above % 1

7.3 Allow for testing, balancing and commissioning

the whole of the electrical installation as laid

down in the specification and for re-testing as

may be required after the making good of all

defective work to the satisfaction of the Client

and the Engineer.

Sum 1

7.4 Provision of Certificates of Compliance for the

Electrical Installation.

Sum 1

7.5 Provision for the drawings showing all cable

routes, conduit routes, draw boxes and

positions of outlets, etc.

Sum 1



Page 9



SUPPLY INSTALL


8.0 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

8.1 Carryout the required earth resistivity tests /

surveys on site, final design for the proposed

earthing system and completion of the LPS

Risk Assesment. All to be submitted to

Engineer for approval.

Sum 1

8.2 1,5m long Cadweld type copper electrodes

driven into the ground 500 mm BGL

No. 26

8.3 35mm² insulated copper earth conductor from

earth electrode to inspection box connection

m 39

8.4 Complete termination arrangement of the

35mm² insulated copper earth conductors to

earth electrode.

No. 26



the 8mm round Alumium conductor including bi

metal lugs and inspection box.

No. 26

8.6 8mm round aluminium conductor from roof m 65

8.7 Complete termination of 8mm round aluminium

conductor to roof sheeting

No. 26

8.8 Bonding of metal drainage down pipes and

items.

Sum 1

8.9 25mm diameter Bosal surface to the wall as

indicated on the drawing.

m 91

8.10 Soft Excavation for earth conductor 500mm

deep.m

3 5

8.11 Lightning Protection Sundries Sum 1

8.12 Testing

8.12.1 Supply and testing apparatus and testing in

accordance with SANS Code.

Sum 1

8.12.2 Testing of joint continuity Sum 1

8.12.3 Testing of Lightning Protection System Sum 1

8.12.4 Testing of Earthing Points Sum 1

8.12.5 Soil Resistivity Test and Report Sum 1


TOTAL CARRIED FORWARD TO FINAL SUMMARY - SECTION 1

Page 10


BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BLOCK

SUPPLY INSTALL







1.1.1 Outdoor surface mounted isolator including box

1.1.2 20A - 32A DP No. 1



Page 11



SUPPLY INSTALL



2.1 Cables




off cuts

2.1.1 6mm2 x 3 core m 35


2.2.1 6mm2 x 3 core No. 2




2.3.1 2,5mm2 m 35

2.4 Cable sleeves



joining


sealed at both ends



2.4.3 50mm m 20


32mm m 1 Rate Only


2.4.6











m3 1 Rate Only



Page 12



SUPPLY INSTALL







material

m3 9



connection points.

Sum 1 --------



2.8 Cable Markers




No. 1



2.10 Earth Spikes



etc.




Page 13



SUPPLY INSTALL



3.1 Conduit




bushes, etc.

m 286

3.2 Conduit Boxes





fixing materials

No. 16




No. 2




3.3.1 1-Lever, 1-way No. 2



3.3.4 1-Lever, 2-way No. 2



3.4 Conductors







Page 14



SUPPLY INSTALL


4.0 LUMINAIRES



of Luminaires".

4.1 Type A No. 8

4.2 Type N No. 10



Page 15



SUPPLY INSTALL


5.0 SMALL POWER






and hangers

m 1 Rate Only






5.2 Power Skirting



m 1 Rate Only



5.2.2 External elbow No. 1 Rate Only

5.2.3 Internal elbow No. 1 Rate Only

5.2.4 End cap No. 1 Rate Only



5.3 Conduit







5.4 Conduit Boxes





fixing materials

No. 1 Rate Only




No 1 Rate Only




No 1 Rate Only






5.5.1 20 mm diameter conduit m 1 Rate Only



Page 16



SUPPLY INSTALL


5.6 Conductors




5.6.1 2.5mm2

PVC black and red m 1 Rate Only

5.6.2 2.5mm2

PVC insulated green/yellow earth wire m 1 Rate Only




5.7.1.1 Standard socket outlet No. 1 Rate Only

5.7.1.2 Dedicated socket outlet No. 1 Rate Only



5.7.2.1 1x 16A Single and 1x 6A socket outlet No. 1 Rate Only

5.7.2.2 2x 16A Double socket outlet No. 1 Rate Only







5.7.4.1 20A - 32A DP No. 1

5.7.4.2 20A - 32A TP No. 1 Rate Only



5.7.5.1 20A - 32A DP No. 1

5.7.5.2 20A - 32A TP No. 1 Rate Only



Page 17



SUPPLY INSTALL



WIREWAYS




No. 1 Rate Only






6.3 Cable sleeves



compacting.


6.4 Cable Tray





voids.

m 1 Rate Only







6.5 Conduit












No. 1 Rate Only


conduit(1.6mm)

m 1 Rate Only



Page 18



SUPPLY INSTALL


7.0 SUNDRY ITEMS






and the Engineer.

Sum 1

7.1.1 Provision of Certificates of Compliance for the


Sum 1




Sum 1



Page 19



SUPPLY INSTALL








Sum 1



No. 4



m 6



earth electrode.

No. 4





No. 4

8.6 8mm round aluminium conductor from roof

termination to inspection box

m 10



No. 4


items.

Sum 1



m 14


deep.m

3 1


8.12 Testing



Sum 1







Page 20


BLOCK C - EXISTING NUTRITION BLOCK

SUPPLY INSTALL







1.1.1 DB-C, Fault Level: 10kA No. 1



Page 21



SUPPLY INSTALL



2.1 Cables




off cuts

2.1.1 150mm2 x 4 core m 60

2.1.4 25mm2 x 4 core m 60


2.2.1 150mm2 x 4 core No. 2

2.2.2 25mm2 x 4 core No. 2




2.3.1 50mm2 m 60

2.3.2 16mm3 m 60

2.4 Cable sleeves



joining


sealed at both ends



2.4.3 50mm m 60














m3 1 Rate Only



Page 22



SUPPLY INSTALL







material

m3 40



connection points.

Sum 1 --------



2.8 Cable Markers




No. 2



2.10 Earth Spikes



etc.




Page 23



SUPPLY INSTALL



3.1 Conduit




bushes, etc.

m 823

3.2 Conduit Boxes





fixing materials

No. 40




No. 31




3.3.1 1-Lever, 1-way No. 13



3.3.4 1-Lever, 2-way No. 8



3.4 Conductors







Page 24



SUPPLY INSTALL


4.0 BILL NO. 5: LUMINAIRES



of Luminaires".

4.1 Type B No. 22

4.2 Type N No. 18

4.3 Type G No. 6

4.4 Type K No. 2



Page 25



SUPPLY INSTALL


5.0 BILL NO. 6: SMALL POWER






and hangers

m 1 Rate Only






5.2 Power Skirting



m 1 Rate Only








5.3 Conduit





5.3.1 20mm m 360


5.4 Conduit Boxes





fixing materials

No. 21




No 5




No 14








Page 26



SUPPLY INSTALL


5.5.1 20 mm diameter conduit m 1 Rate Only

5.6 Conductors




5.6.1 2.5mm2


5.6.2 2.5mm2

















5.7.4.1 20A - 32A DP No. 1

5.7.4.2 20A - 32A TP No. 1 Rate Only



5.7.5.1 20A - 32A DP No. 2

5.7.5.2 20A - 32A TP No. 1 Rate Only

5.7.6 Isolators complete with metl/PVC enclosures.

The installation rate shall also include the

removal and storge of existing Isolators.

5.7.6.1 60 Amp double pole surface mounted weather

proof isolator complete.

No. 4



No. 5



Page 27



SUPPLY INSTALL



WIREWAYS




No. 1 Rate Only






6.3 Cable sleeves



compacting.


6.4 Cable Tray





voids.

m 1 Rate Only







6.5 Conduit












No. 1 Rate Only


conduit(1.6mm)

m 1 Rate Only


6.8.1 Data RJ88 No. 4

6.8.2 Data RJ45 No. 4



Page 28



SUPPLY INSTALL


7.0 SUNDRY ITEMS






and the Engineer.

Sum 1



Sum 1




Sum 1



Page 29



SUPPLY INSTALL








Sum 1



No. 7



m 11



earth electrode.

No. 7





No. 7




No. 7


items.

Sum 1



m 25


deep.m

3 1


8.12 Testing



Sum 1







Page 30


BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOMS, STAFF ROOMS AND ABLUTIONS

SUPPLY INSTALL







1.1.1 DB-D, Fault Level: 6kA No. 1



Page 31



SUPPLY INSTALL



2.1 Cables




off cuts

2.1.1 25mm2 x 4 core m 35

2.1.2 10mm2 x 4 core m 50

2.1.3 6mm2 x 3core m 23



2.2.1 25mm2 x 4 core No. 2

2.2.2 10mm2 x 4 core No. 2

2.2.3 6mm2 x 3 core No. 2




2.3.1 16mm2 m 35

2.3.2 10mm2 m 50

2.4 Cable sleeves



joining


sealed at both ends



2.4.3 50mm m 70










Page 32



SUPPLY INSTALL








m3 1 Rate Only






material

m3 40



connection points.

Sum 1 --------



2.8 Cable Markers




No. 3



2.10 Earth Spikes



etc.




Page 33



SUPPLY INSTALL



3.1 Conduit




bushes, etc.

m 671

3.2 Conduit Boxes





fixing materials

No. 38




No. 7




3.3.1 1-Lever, 1-way No. 4



3.3.4 1-Lever, 2-way No. 2



3.4 Conductors





-



Page 34



SUPPLY INSTALL


-

4.0 LUMINAIRES



of Luminaires".

4.1 Type A No. 8

4.2 Type B No. 18

4.3 Type N No. 17



Page 35



SUPPLY INSTALL


5.0 SMALL POWER






and hangers

m 1 Rate Only






5.2 Power Skirting



m 10



5.2.2 External elbow No. 10

5.2.3 Internal elbow No. 10

5.2.4 End cap No. 5



5.3 Conduit





5.3.1 20mm m 300


5.4 Conduit Boxes





fixing materials

No. 18




No 17




No 1



Page 36



SUPPLY INSTALL








5.6 Conductors




5.6.1 2.5mm2


5.6.2 2.5mm2





5.7.1.1 Standard socket outlet No. 2

5.7.1.2 Dedicated socket outlet No. 2











5.7.4.1 20A - 32A DP No. 1

5.7.4.2 20A - 32A TP No. 1 Rate Only



5.7.5.1 20A - 32A DP No. 2

5.7.5.2 20A - 32A TP No. 1 Rate Only



Page 37



SUPPLY INSTALL



WIREWAYS




No. 1 Rate Only






6.3 Cable sleeves



compacting.


6.4 Cable Tray





voids.

m 1 Rate Only







6.5 Conduit












No. 1 Rate Only


conduit(1.6mm)

m 1 Rate Only


6.8.1 Data RJ88 No. 1

6.8.2 Data RJ45 No. 1



Page 38



SUPPLY INSTALL


7.0 SUNDRY ITEMS






and the Engineer.

Sum 1



Sum 1




Sum 1



Page 39



SUPPLY INSTALL








Sum 1



No. 10



m 9



earth electrode.

No. 6





No. 6




No. 6


items.

Sum 1



m 21


deep.m

3 2


8.12 Testing



Sum 1







Page 40


BLOCK F - PUMP HOUSE

SUPPLY INSTALL







1.1.1 DB-F, Fault Level: 10kA No. 1



Page 41



SUPPLY INSTALL



2.1 Cables




off cuts

2.1.1 16mm2 x 4 core m 20

2.1.2 6mm2 x 3core m 15



2.2.1 16mm2 x 4 core No. 4

2.2.2 16mm2 x 4 core No. 2




2.3.1 10mm2 m 20

2.4 Cable sleeves



joining


sealed at both ends



2.4.3 50mm m 30




Page 42



SUPPLY INSTALL




2.5 Trenching for CablesTrenching of cable trenches 600mm deep x









m3 1 Rate Only






material

m3 5



connection points.

Sum 1 --------



2.8 Cable Markers




No. 1



2.10 Earth Spikes



etc.




Page 43



SUPPLY INSTALL



3.1 Conduit




bushes, etc.

m 85

3.2 Conduit Boxes





fixing materials

No. 6




No. 2




3.3.1 1-Lever, 1-way No. 1






3.4 Conductors







Page 44



SUPPLY INSTALL


4.0 LUMINAIRES



of Luminaires".

4.1 Type G No. 1

4.2 Type N No. 8



Page 45



SUPPLY INSTALL


5.0 SMALL POWER






and hangers

m 1 Rate Only






5.2 Power Skirting



m 1 Rate Only








5.3 Conduit





5.3.1 20mm m 85


5.4 Conduit Boxes





fixing materials

No. 5




No 3




No 1



Page 46



SUPPLY INSTALL








5.6 Conductors




5.6.1 2.5mm2


5.6.2 2.5mm2









5.7.2.1 1x 16A Single and 1x 6A socket outlet No. 1 Rate Only








5.7.4.1 20A - 32A DP No. 1 Rate Only

5.7.4.2 20A - 32A TP No. 1 Rate Only

5.7.5 Isolators complete with metl/PVC enclosures.

The installation rate shall also include the

removal and storge of existing Isolators.



No. 2



No. 2



Page 47



SUPPLY INSTALL



WIREWAYS




No. 1 Rate Only






6.3 Cable sleeves



compacting.


6.4 Cable Tray





voids.

m 1 Rate Only







6.5 Conduit












No. 1 Rate Only


conduit(1.6mm)

m 1 Rate Only


6.8.1 Data RJ88 No. 1 Rate Only

6.8.2 Data RJ45 No. 1 Rate Only



Page 48



SUPPLY INSTALL


7.0 SUNDRY ITEMS






and the Engineer.

Sum 1



Sum 1




Sum 1



Page 49



SUPPLY INSTALL








Sum 1



No. 2



m 3



earth electrode.

No. 2





No. 2




No. 2


items.

Sum 1



m 7


deep.m

3 1


8.12 Testing



Sum 1







Page 50


EXTERNAL RETICULATION

SUPPLY INSTALL

1,0 DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT






1.1.1 EDK 1, Fault Level: 15kA No. 1

1.1.2 EDK-2, Fault Level: 6kA No. 1

2.1 Cables



or laid in open trenches including cutting and off

cuts

2.1.1 95mm2 x 4 core m 210

2.1.2 50mm2 x 4 core m 93


2.2.1 95mm2 x 4 core No. 8

50mm2 x 4 core No. 2




2.3.1 50mm2 m 210

2.3.2 16mm2 m 93











m3 1 Rate Only



95% Mod AASHTO density2.5.5 Allow for the backfilling of the trenches, using


material

m3 50

2.6 Cables Labelling

Label cables on both ends with numbering


connection points.

Sum 1 --------

AMOUNT


ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QNTY RATE

Page 51


EXTERNAL RETICULATION

SUPPLY INSTALL

AMOUNTITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QNTY RATE



2.8 Cable Markers




No. 8



2.10 Earth Spikes



etc.


2.11 Power Manholes

Double skin brick 700mm deep manhole with 2.11.1 inside dimensions: 900mmL x 900mmW x

600mmD

No. 1

3.0 Electricity Upgrade

% 1

3.1 Eskom Electricity Connection Fee Sum 1 --------- --------- 250 000,00

3.2 Profit and attendance on item 3.1 above % 1



Page 52

Price Summary Page

FINAL SUMMARY

SECTION DESCRIPTION TOTAL AMOUNT

1 BLOCK A - EXISTING CLASSROOMS AND ADMINISTRATION OFFICES

2 BLOCK B - EXISTING ABLUTION BLOCK

3 BLOCK C - EXISTING NUTRITION BLOCK

4 BLOCK D - NEW CLASSROOMS, STAFF ROOMS AND ABLUTIONS

5 BLOCK F - PUMP HOUSE

6 EXTERNAL RETICULATION

TOTAL EXCLUDING VAT TO BE CARRIED FORWARD TO PRINCIPAL BUILDING

SUMMARY PAGE


Page 53

Detailed Technical Specification GROENVLEI SECONDARY SCHOOL - THABAZIMBI Rev. 0 Date: 03 DEC 2019

Page 1

DETAILED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

FOR THE PROPOSED

MECHANICAL & FIRE PROTECTION INSTALLATIONS

FOR

GROENVLEI SECONDARY SCHOOL - THABAZIMBI


Page 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. GENERAL SPECIFICATION ..................................................................................................................................4 1.1 GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS ..................................................................................4 1.2 PROJECT SPECIFIC GENERAL SPECIFICATION............................................................................................4 1.2.1 SCOPE OF WORK ............................................................................................................................................4 1.2.2 PROGRAMME ..................................................................................................................................................4 1.2.3 DRAWINGS ......................................................................................................................................................5 1.2.4 TRADE NAMES AND ALTERNATIVES .............................................................................................................8 2. DETAILED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION ..............................................................................................................9 2.1 Professional Requirements .............................................................................................................................9 2.2 SCOPE OF WORKS..........................................................................................................................................9 2.3 DESIGN APPROACH: HEATING VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) ...................................... 11 2.4 DESIGN APPROACH: WET SERVICES .......................................................................................................... 15 2.5 DESIGN APPROACH: FIRE PROTECTION..................................................................................................... 20 2.6 DESIGN APPROACH: LPG............................................................................................................................. 22 2.7 DESIGN APPROACH: Kitchen and laundry equipment ................................................................................. 27 2.8 ELECTRICAL, AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND MONITORING ........................................................................ 28 3. SITE DETAILS AND PLANT OPERATING CONDITIONS ...................................................................................... 33 3.1 PLANT DESIGN AMBIENT CONDITIONS ....................................................................................................... 33 3.2 INSIDE CONDITIONS REQUIRED................................................................................................................... 33 3.3 MINIMUM PLANT OPERATING CONDITIONS ................................................................................................ 33 4. SITE VISIT ........................................................................................................................................................... 34 5. TEMPORARY OFFICES....................................................................................................................................... 35 6. AREAS REQUIRING SPECIAL ATTENTION ........................................................................................................ 36 6.1 PIPING ............................................................................................................................................................ 36 6.2 FINISHING & TIDYING .................................................................................................................................... 36 6.3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS .......................................................................................................................... 36 6.4 BURGLAR BARS............................................................................................................................................ 37 6.5 PAINTING ....................................................................................................................................................... 38 6.6 OTHER SERVICES ......................................................................................................................................... 38 7. COMPLETION, GAURANTEES & MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................... 39 7.1 TESTING ........................................................................................................................................................ 39 7.2 END USER TRAINING .................................................................................................................................... 39 7.3 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS .............................................................................................. 40 7.4 COMMISSIONING PROGRAMME ................................................................................................................... 40 7.5 GUARANTEE AND MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................... 41 7.6 WARRANTIES ................................................................................................................................................ 41 7.7 DEFECTS LIABILITY ...................................................................................................................................... 42 7.8 CONTRACTOR’S FAILUIRE TO CARRY OUT INSTRUCTIONS ...................................................................... 43 8. SCHEDULE OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT ............................................................. 44 9. ANNEXURE 1 – TENDERER’S RETURNABLE SCHEDULES (Schedules to be completed in full)...................... 45 10. ANNEXURE 2 – TENDER DRAWINGS & REGISTER ....................................................................................... 56 11. ANNEXURE 3 – SOP 012 - SHOP DRAWINGS APPROVAL ............................................................................. 57


Page 3

*Compulsory: Returnable Schedules must be completed and returned with the priced BoQ.


Page 4

1. GENERAL SPECIFICATION

1.1 GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS The General Technical Specifications, which form part of these Tender Documents, are presented in a separate document. The submission of a tender will confirm that the Ventilations, Fire Protection, Wet Service Internal reticulation), LP Gas installations, and Kitchen equipment sub-Contractor (To be referred to as ‘sub-Contractor’) has read the abovementioned document.

1.2 PROJECT SPECIFIC GENERAL SPECIFICATION

1.2.1 SCOPE OF WORK

1.2.1.1 Scope of work covered under this tender shall be for the supply of the necessary equipment, transport, installation, rigging, erection, testing & commissioning and handing over to the client in an operating condition of the systems as described hereunder. The actual extent of work vis-à-vis the distribution system shall be as indicated in the Tender drawings, bill of quantities and this detailed technical specification. 1.2.1.2 Minor Builder’s Work has been included in this contract as enabling works for the installations. All other work, as later herein specified as being specifically excluded from this contract, shall be carried out by others in accordance with the details provided by The Engineer or the sub-Contractor as applicable and as provided herein.

1.2.2 PROGRAMME

* Please note: The dates below are indicative only and tenderers shall be provided with a construction programme.

1.2.2.1 The Installations are to be implemented to a programme defined in conjunction with the client body and distributed to all concerned parties including the sub-Contractor. 1.2.2.2 The entire Installations must be commissioned, tested and Taken Over by the Employer. 1.2.2.3 The sub-Contractor will be notified of the success of his Tender within TWENTY-EIGHT days after the Tender closing date. Thereupon the sub-Contractor shall IMMEDIATELY put the work in hand, notwithstanding the fact that no official Subcontract will by this time have been entered into. During the period prior to the signing of an official sub-Contract, but during which the work must in terms of the above be proceeded with, the work will be administered by the Mechanical Engineer as if, in fact, such document had already been in force.


Page 5

1.2.2.4 The sub-Contractor shall be required within TWO WEEKS after acceptance of his Tender, submit to The Engineer for his approval a Programme showing the order in which the Works will be executed. Such Programme shall show the times for the preparation of all drawings, ordering and delivery times promised by the suppliers for all manufactured items, installation times and the programmed dates for testing and commissioning the Plant.

1.2.2.5 The Programme shall be prepared in consultation with the Principal Contractor and the execution of the Works shall be programmed so as to keep pace with the Building Programme. The sub-Contractor shall submit TWO copies of his Programme to The Engineer for approval and after approval by The Engineer in writing the sub-Contractor shall supply copies to the Principal Contractor. After submission to and approval by The Engineer of such Programme, the sub-Contractor shall adhere to the order of procedure and method stated therein unless he obtains the written permission of The Engineer to vary such order or method. The submission to and approval by The Engineer of such Programme shall not relieve the sub-Contractor of any of his duties or responsibilities under the sub-Contract.

1.2.2.6 The times required for the submission of Drawings, pursuant to Clauses 1.2.2.4 and 1.2.2.5 hereof, are as follows:

Builder’s Work Drawings within TWO WEEKS

Shop Drawings and Equipment Submittals within ONE WEEK.

1.2.3 DRAWINGS

1.2.3.1 Document Transmittal The Dropbox Document Transmittal platform is a formal process used by this Project to transmit documents to other Project Engineers and Sub-contractors. The Engineer shall officially issue Construction Drawings, Site instruction, Technical specifications, Payment certificates and Drawing Registers through this online portal. Since this platform is a contractual document transmittal platform, the upload of an email notification to the recipient shall serve as receipt of the documents described in the drawing transmittal notification.

Other forms of transmittals may be used and shall be approved by the Project Managers. These forms may be file transfer platforms such as Skydrive, Accellion, e-mail, CD delivery/collection, etc.


Page 6

1.2.3.2 Tender Drawings

The following drawings have been issued with this Tender; kindly refer to Tender Drawing Register.

1.2.3.3 Architectural and Structural Drawings

The sub-Contractor shall ensure that he is in possession of all information required for the installation of the Works and shall, if necessary, obtain copies of all relevant Architectural and Structural Drawings from the Architect and Structural Engineer.

1.2.3.4 Builder’s Work Drawings

All Builder’s Work and work to be carried out by others in accordance with the Specification has been indicated on the Tender Drawings. The sub-Contractor shall check, approve, add to or alter such drawings as may be necessary to suit the Plant offered by him, and accepted by The Engineer, within the time stipulated in Clause 1.2.2.6 hereof from date of acceptance of his Tender and shall submit to The Engineer in duplicate any revision which shall be made to such Drawings. Such Builder’s Work Drawings shall indicate the location and extent of all foundations, bases, openings, timber frames and all other Builder’s Work and the capacities and/or dimensions of all electrical and condensate water drain points and dimensions for all water drainage connections and any other work to be provided by others for the Works, as detailed in this Specification. The Drawings shall be drawn to scale and in sufficient detail to enable the Builder to execute the work without any misunderstanding. Within a reasonable period after receiving such Drawings, The Engineer shall signify his approval, or otherwise, and one signed copy of the approved Drawing shall be returned to the sub-Contractor. When approved, the following number of copies of each such Drawing shall be delivered to each of the following:

Quantity Surveyor 1 copy Principal Contractor/ Project Manager 2 copies Architect 1 copy Structural Engineer 1 copy Electrical Engineer 1 copy


Page 7

1.2.3.5 Shop Drawings

The sub-Contractor shall submit to The Engineer, for approval within the time stipulated in Clause 1.2.2.6 hereof duplicate copies of all Shop Drawings as required for the manufacture and installation of the Works or as The Engineer may reasonably require. All Shop Drawings for work outside of plantrooms shall be drawn to a scale of not smaller than one in twenty-five. All details shall be drawn to a scale to show the detail required. Within a reasonable period after receiving such Drawings, The Engineer shall signify his approval, or otherwise, in writing and one signed copy of each approved Drawing shall be returned to the sub-Contractor. The sub-Contractor shall not, unless otherwise directed by The Engineer, in writing, commence with any work prior to the approval of the relative Shop Drawings. Work installed prior to the approval of Shop Drawings shall be liable to rejection by The Engineer and removal and/or replacement by the sub-Contractor, at his cost, if it is considered by The Engineer to deviate from the Specification. Drawings approved as above described shall not be departed from except as authorized by The Engineer. The approval shall be limited to check conformity with the design requirements and shall not relieve the Tenderer of responsibility for Co-ordination or Installation fit. For particular information required on shop drawings, please refer to Annexure 6, Standard Operating Procedure (SOP 012) for shop drawing approvals, included in these Technical Specifications. The Engineer shall have the right at all reasonable times, to inspect at the factory of the sub-Contractor, all Drawings of any portion of the Works.

1.2.3.6 Mistakes in Drawings

Any expense resulting from an error or omission in or from delay in delivery of the drawings, shall be borne by the sub-Contractor. The sub-Contractor shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors, or omissions in the Drawings and other particulars supplied by him, whether such Drawings and particulars have been approved by The Engineer or not, provided that such discrepancies, errors, or omissions are not due to inaccurate information or particulars furnished in writing to the sub-Contractor by The Engineer or the Architect. The Employer shall be responsible for Drawings and information supplied in writing by The Engineer or the Architect and for the details of special work by either of them.


Page 8

1.2.4 TRADE NAMES AND ALTERNATIVES

1.2.4.1 No trade names are mentioned in these documents. Contractors are required to propose equipment supplied by reputable manufacturers. The equipment supplied remains the responsibility of the contractor until warranties/ guaranties are met in full (by the contractor and his preferred equipment supplier).

1.2.4.2 The tenderer is advised to offer the installation strictly in accordance with this Technical Specifications. Equipment offered shall be taken to fulfill the requirements of the Tender drawings, BoQ, General Technical Specification and this Detailed Technical Specification.

1.2.4.3 All equipment or material which the sub-Contractor represents, to be of the required quality and characteristics for the purpose intended, shall be permitted subject to all of the following requirements.

i) It is not the intent of these Specifications to have the sub-Contractor seek acceptance from The Engineer for the various interchangeable items of different manufacturers that are offered by the sub-Contractor. It is the intent of these Specifications that alternative materials for major items of equipment, herein specified, be acceptable to The Engineer.

ii) The burden of proof as to the quality and suitability of proposed equipment shall be upon the sub-Contractor and the sub-Contractor shall furnish all information necessary as required by The Engineer at no additional cost to the Employer.

iii) There shall be no substitution for any accepted equipment, materials, component, design, or fabrication unless and until the proposed substitute has received written acceptance of The Engineer. The Engineer may require the removal of any substitute or unaccepted item which is installed by the sub-Contractor without the written acceptance of The Engineer. All financial benefits accruing from the substitute equipment, materials, components, design, or fabrication shall be for the sub-Contractor’s cost.

iv) Where use of the sub-Contractor’s proposed materials or equipment involves redesign of or changes to other parts of the work, the cost and the time required to affect such redesign or changes shall be considered in evaluating the suitability of the proposed materials or equipment. No additional cost will be paid by the Employer as a result of the sub-Contractor's proposed materials or equipment.

v) No test or action relating to the acceptance of substitute materials shall be made until the request for substitutions is made in writing by the sub-Contractor, accompanied by the complete data as to the equality of the materials proposed. Such request shall be in ample time to permit approval without delaying the work.

vi) Whenever classifications, rating, or other certification by a body, such as UL, NEMA, or SABS, is part of the Specification for any material, Proposals for use of alternative materials shall be accompanied by reports from the listed or equivalent independent testing laboratory indicating compliance with Specification requirements.

vii) The sub-Contractor shall reasonably demonstrate that an adequate supply of materials, repair parts, and specialties of its own design and manufacture, as well as materials, repair parts, and the specialty parts of the Suppliers, will be available promptly as the need by The Engineer may arise.

viii) The cost of all testing required to prove the quality of the material proposed shall be borne by the sub-Contractor.

1.2.4.4 It shall be understood that specifying materials, components, and/or equipment in this Specification shall not relieve the sub-Contractor from its responsibility to produce the product in accordance with the Contractual requirements.

1.2.4.5 The sub-Contractor shall submit data showing that the proposed materials or equipment meets the requirements stipulated in the Specifications.


Page 9

2. DETAILED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

2.1 PROFESSIONAL REQUIREMENTS To ensure acceptable standards of delivery all tenders must comply with the following criteria:-

1. The bidder must be registered with the Contractor’s Industry Development Board (CIDB) in the Mechanical Engineering (ME) category

2. Proof of registration with professional body / bodies e.g.: a. Electrical Contractors Board (ECB), b. SARACCA (South African Refrigeration and Air-conditioning Contractors

Association, 3. SAQCC for Fire extinguishers, Fire hose reels, LPG and Fire detection, 4. Trained Plumber: Trade test Certificate.

if a prospective bidder is compliant to specific ISO standards, proof of such certification needs to be provided, e.g. Management System Standards (ISO 9001, ISO 14001), Occupational Health And Safety Management Standard (ISO 18001 / OHSAS 18001), etc. (this is however a non-mandatory requirement). Further membership of any other technical governing bodies or applicable institutes may be provided.

2.2 SCOPE OF WORKS

2.2.1 Ventilations Installations:

Mechanical Ventilation shall be provided to the following areas:

All toilet areas without openable windows, or toilet without a proper ventilation

Where, for the purposes of natural ventilation, a room is provided with an opening or openings, every such opening shall be either an opening or door in an external wall, an opening in the ceiling or at the top of an internal wall, connected directly to a vertical ventilating flue. 2.2.2 HVAC Installations:

The building components to be air-conditioned and ventilated are as follows:

Block A Block B

2.2.3 Wet Services Installations:

The proposed Wet Services installation shall only be for the internal domestic & sewer reticulation.

Excluded from this scope are: Bulk sewer disposal Irrigation Storm water including roof drains

The building components to be receive new plumbing and drainage installations are as follows:


Page 10

All ablution areas, Kitchens and Store Rooms,

The water heating equipment, pipe work and reticulation system installation shall comprise of the following: a) Hot Water Generation: Heat pumps Hot water storage tank complete safety valves, vacuum breakers and all accessories and

mounting brackets Pipe work as per drawings supplying hot water to all buildings, valves, bends, reducers,

insulation, supports, etc. Complete electrical power and control panels for the safe operation of the equipment

(power supply by others). Pipe work as per drawings traps, bends, reducers, supports, etc.

The sub-Contractor shall ensure that he is conversant with the layouts of the building and of other services before he commences with any work on these buildings. Any challenges that the sub-Contractor may experience during the contract period must be timeously discussed with The Engineer. All the work shall be carried out in full conformance with these project specifications.

2.2.4 Fire Protection Installations:

The general fire protection measures to the development shall consist mainly of the following:

Adequate fire tender and emergency vehicle access routes, ensuring free access for fire tenders,

Adequate water supplies for firefighting purposes, Pillar type site hydrants at intervals to cover all buildings,

2.2.5 LPG Installations:

The installation of a container(s), complete with all associated equipment and appliances and any subsequent repair or modifications to the installation, shall be carried out by a registered installer qualified to the appropriate grade (domestic or commercial grade).

2.2.6 Kitchen and laundry equipment Installations:

The installation of kitchen equipment, complete with all associated equipment and appliances and any subsequent repair or modifications to the installation.


Page 11

2.3 DESIGN APPROACH: HEATING VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)

2.3.1 Ventilated Areas

Ablution Areas & Store Rooms The ablutions and store rooms without openable windows shall be ventilated by mechanical extract systems. Ducted fan systems shall extract foul air and discharge it outside, to the atmosphere at high level. Extraction shall be at a rate of 20 air changes per hour for ablutions and 6 air changes per hour for store rooms. No heating or cooling has been allowed for. Kitchens Extraction shall be at a rate of 10 air changes per hour for kitchens/ kitchenettes. No heating or cooling has been allowed for. Smoking Rooms N/A Parking basements N/A Ventilation Standards (SANS 10400-O:2011) The design indoor environmental conditions are as follows:

VENTILATION STANDARDS

Ablution facilities 20 Air changes per hour

Kitchens 10 Air changes per hour

Storage facilities 6 Air changes per hour

Offices & other Seating 7.5liters/person/second

All materials, equipment brand names, equipment sizes/ capacities shall be strictly to the Engineer’s approval. The installation of non-approved equipment shall result in rejection of the installations and neither the Client nor the Engineer shall be responsible for any material/ financial losses incurred by the contractor.

2.3.2 Design Codes for HVAC Installations

Units shall be designed and constructed to meet the following standards: Unless otherwise specified further in this specification, the following standard specifications (Including amendments) of the organizations indicated shall form part of this specification. a) SABS 0140-1978; Identification colour marking b) SABS 0139-1981; The prevention, automatic detection and extinguishing of fire in buildings.


Page 12

c) SABS 0173-1980; The installation, testing and balancing of air-conditioning duct work. d) SABS 193-1972; Fire dampers. e) SABS 1238-1979; Air-conditioning ductwork. f) SABS 1424-1987; Filters for air-conditioning and general ventilation. g) ANSI/ASHRAE 51, ASHRAE 15, ASHRAE 52.1 & EN779 h) ANSI Standard 221.47 i) CGA, ETLC, CSA or UL/ULC certified for prewired equipment j) NRCA Standard for Roof Curbs k) NFPA 90A for flame and smoke spread for adhesives l) ASHRAE 90.1 - Standard for energy efficient design of new buildings. m) ARI Standard 410 n) HVAC equipment shall be designed to conform to ASHRAE 15 (latest revision). o) SANS 1850:2014 - Restaurant Association of South Africa

2.3.3 Air Distribution

a) Ductwork (General Technical Specification)

All duct systems shall be constructed of galvanized sheet metal, or as deemed appropriate by The Engineer based on the application requirements. No fiberglass duct board shall be permitted.

All medium- and high-pressure ductwork systems shall be pressure-tested and installed in accordance with the current SMACNA standards.

All ductwork shall be externally insulated except where mentioned. Where possible, all air terminal connections shall be hard-connected with sheet metal

ductwork. If flexible ductwork is used, no flexible duct extension shall be more than 1.5 meters in length.

All HVAC equipment shall be isolated from the ductwork system with flexible duct connectors to minimize the transmittance of vibration.

Air terminal devices such as grilles, registers, and diffusers shall be balanced at duct branch dampers and at terminal face.

The entire air distribution system shall be balanced to supply the air quantities as required in various zones and rooms to maintain the specified room conditions. The final balancing of air quantity through each grille or diffuser shall be recorded and submitted to The Engineer for approval.

Flexible ducting shall be externally insulated where insulation of rigid sheetmetal ductwork is called for in the Tender drawings, BoQ or Technical specification.

The use of the ceiling void as a return air plenum shall not be permitted. Also, plastic egg crate grilles will not be accepted.

Ducting from the Package Rooftop Units located under the coffered slab shall have clear penetrations through the coffered slab.

b) Fire Dampers (refer to clause 19 of the General Technical Specification) Combination fire/smoke control dampers complying with SABS 193 and NFPA 90A

are required in the positions indicated on the Tender drawings. The dampers shall be UL (underwriters Laboratories) or SABS certified with proven

low leakage in the closed position. Dampers shall be actuated by fusible link, electrical solenoid or pneumatic means as

specified in the Supplementary Specification. Fire dampers shall be flanged both sides and access panels shall be provided in the

ducting at each fire damper on the upstream side. Each fire damper shall be clearly marked as per clause 4 of SABS 193. Fire dampers shall have at least a 2-hour resistance rating when tested in accordance

with SABS 193. Insulating fire dampers shall be fitted where indicated on the Tender drawings. The open or closed status of the damper shall be clearly indicated outside the casing

for inspection purposes. Dampers shall be sized so that the nominal free air area when in the open position is


Page 13

not less than the connected duct free air area. Dampers shall be installed so as to form part of a continuous barrier to passage of fire

when in a closed position. Where a fire damper cannot be fitted immediately adjacent to the firewall, the section of ducting between damper and wall shall be of at least the same metal thickness and fire rating as the damper casing.

Dampers shall be self-supporting in case of duct destruction due to heat. Care shall be exercised that the frame be set so that the closing device will be accessible.

Suitable hand openings with tightly fitted covers shall be provided to make dampers accessible for inspection and maintenance

c) Sound Attenuation (refer to clause 20 of the General Technical Specification)

Purpose made attenuators shall be used where necessary on supply, return and exhaust systems to ensure that the noise levels specified are achieved.


Page 14

d) SARACCA table to be used for duct manufacturing and installation


Page 15

2.4 DESIGN APPROACH: WET SERVICES

2.4.1 Design Codes for Wet Services Installations

Installations shall be designed and constructed to meet the following standards: Unless otherwise specified further in this specification, the following standard specifications (Including amendments) of the organizations indicated shall form part of this specification. p) SANS 10252-1:2016 Water Supply and Drainage of Buildings - Part 1: Water supply installations

for buildings q) SANS 10252-2: 1993 Water Supply and Drainage of Buildings - Part 2: Drainage installations for

buildings r) SANS 460:2011 Plain-ended solid drawn copper tubes for

potable water s) SANS 62 – 1 : 2013 Pipes suitable for threading and of nominal size not exceeding 150 mm t) SABS 0140-1978; Identification colour marking u) CGA, ETLC, CSA or UL/ULC certified for prewired equipment v) SANS 1848, Geyser drip trays. w) SANS 1849, Butterfly valves for general purposes. x) SANS 1733, WC flushing systems (low-flushing capacity) that operate with flushing cisterns. y) SANS 1808-5, Water supply and distribution system components – Part 5: Flexible connectors. z) SANS 1808-9, Water supply and distribution system components – Part 9: Metering taps and

valves (metallic bodies). aa) SANS 1808-10, Water supply and distribution system components – Part 10: Copper alloy check

valves (spring-loaded). bb) SANS 1808-15, Water supply and distribution system components – Part 15: Mechanical

backflow-prevention devices. cc) SANS 1808-16, Water supply and distribution system components – Part 16: Drinking fountain

taps. dd) SANS 1808-24, Water supply and distribution system components – Part 24: Gas-operated

water heaters. ee) SANS 1808-30, Water supply and distribution system components – Part 30: Laboratory water

taps. ff) SANS 1808-35, Water supply and distribution system components – Part 35: Electronically

operated taps and valves. gg) SANS 1808-37, Water supply and distribution system components – Part 37: Single-control

mixer taps (plastics). hh) SANS 1808-44, Water supply and distribution system components – Part 44: Pipe saddles. ii) SANS 1808-58, Water supply and distribution system components – Part 58: In-line strainers. jj) SANS 1808-66, Water supply and distribution system components – Part 66: Demand type water

taps.

kk) NFPA 90A for flame and smoke spread for adhesives

2.4.2 Wet Services Installations

THE PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS SERVING BUILDING SHALL BE INACCORDANCE WITH SANS 10252-1, SANS 10252-2 & SANS 10254:2016 THE HOT AND COLD WATER EQUIPMENT, PIPE WORK AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMINSTALLATION SHALL COMPRISE OF THE FOLLOWING:


Page 16

• Hot water storage tanks, complete with safety valves, vacuum breakers and all accessories and mounting brackets, • Pipe work as per drawings supplying hot and cold water to all buildings, valves, bends, reducers, insulation, supports, etc. • Complete electrical power and control panels for the safe operation of the equipment (power supply by others). • Pipe work as per drawings removing soil and waste water from all buildings, traps, bends, reducers, supports, etc. The contractor shall ensure that he is conversant with the layouts of the building and of other services before he commences with any work on these buildings. Any problems that the contractor may experience during the contract period must be timeously discussed with the consulting engineer. There shall be a check valves on the fire main which shall prevent the boosted pressure from affecting the water reticulation system, under normal conditions. In addition the pressure reducing valve on the water main shall also prevent the boosted pressure from affecting the water reticulation system. Should these two valves fail, the piping shall still be able to handle the boosted pressure safely and without damage. All the work shall be carried out in full conformance with these project specifications. Workmanship and equipment shall be of the best quality and standard.

2.4.3 Drainage

a) Material And Gradients

The following material should be used for the different pipes:

i. Underground drain pipes –uPVC SABS 791, ii. Surface pipes:

Soil stacks and vent pipes - uPVC SABS 791, Waste pipes - uPVC SABS 791, Anti-siphon pipes - uPVC. The use of uPVC surface pipes is subject to

certain conditions and the engineer must be consulted on this matter.

b) Installation Of Drains Where any drain is constructed adjacent to or under or through a structural part of any building, adequate measures must be taken to ensure that the trench in which such drain is laid in no way impairs the stability of such building or the stability of any other building or interferes with or affects any existing services. Any drain shall be of such strength, having regard to the manner in which it is bedded or supported, so that the maximum loads and forces to which it may normally be subjected will be sustained by it and it shall where necessary be protected against damage. The requirements contained above shall be deemed to be satisfied if either of the following is complied with:

i. The minimum cover over the outside of the drain is not less than 300 mm or ii. Precast or cast-in-situ concrete slabs are placed over the drain, isolated from

the crown of the pipe by a soil cushion not less than 100 mm thick and such slabs are wide enough and strong enough to prevent excessive superimposed loads being transferred directly to the pipes.

Any drain shall;

Be laid in a straight line between any points where changes of direction or gradients occur.

Be laid with approved flexible joints which will permit joint movement to take place throughout the life of the drainage installation.


Page 17

Withstand root penetration and not deteriorate when in contact with sewage or water, and will not cause any obstruction in the interior of such drain.

Be laid at a minimum gradient of 1:60 for 100 ∅ and 1:100 for 150 ∅ pipes. However the Project Manager may in his discretion permit gradients less than those specified above.

Where the gradient exceeds 1:5 it must be provided with anchor blocks which must securely fix such drain in place.

Where any portion of a drain passes under any building such portion shall:

Be of uPVC SABS 791, Be laid without change of direction or gradient. Not be provided inside such building with any means of access for cleaning.

Where any portion of a drain passes through a building such portion shall be:

Be of uPVC SABS 791, Supported throughout its length without restricting thermal movement and such

support must be securely attached to the building. So placed that any junction, bend or any point of access into it is readily

accessible. Where any drain has a branch drain connected to it, such connection shall:-

be by means of a junction fitting which shall not be a saddle junction. Enable the flow from such branch drain to enter the drain obliquely in the

direction of flow so that the included angle between the axes of the two drains does not exceed 45°.

c) Inspection Chambers (IC) And Manholes (MH) Inspection chambers or manholes should be provided:

at a position 1,20m within the boundary of the property, except in the case of individual houses where cleaning and inspection eye must be provided;

at the junction of a branch to a main drain where three or more soil fittings join the branch line;

where a main collecting drain changes direction and/or gradient; at both ends of a long flat grade; at both sides of a building under which it is necessary for a sewer to pass and at distances of 75m for a 100mm and 100m for a 150mm drain.

Inspection eyes should be provided:

at all junctions (except those of vent pipes) and bends in the drainage system; within 0,5m downstream of each cleaning eye; above and below each vertical or sloping ramp and Above each ramp to an inspection chamber.

d) Cleaning Eye (CE) Cleaning eyes should be provided:

above ground at each junction and bend of all soil and waste pipes; underground at not more than 25m for a 100mm drain; at the head of each branch drain longer than 3m; at a distance of 1,2m within the boundary of a single house and at each ramp.

2.4.4 Hot &cold and water supplies

Water piping systems shall follow the routes indicated on the relevant Drawings. Piping shall be arranged to maintain sufficient headroom, keep access ways unobstructed and not interfere with


Page 18

maintenance and adjustment of valves and equipment. The system shall be complete in all details and provide for all central valves and accessories necessary for satisfactory operation. Where pipe sizes are not indicated on the Drawings, pipes shall be sized for a maximum water velocity of 2.5 m/s within the Plant Areas/ Pump Station and a maximum of 2 m/s for piping extending between the Plant Areas/ Pump Station and the fire hydrants and fire hose reels. All copper alloy components in contact with potable water shall comply with the minimum standard when tested in accordance with SANS 6509. The maximum penetration shall not exceed250μm. The copper requirements deemed to be acceptable:

Copper tubes recommended in SANS 460 for the design conditions, solders, fluxes and the method of soldering described in SANS 460 and the manufacturer’s

instructions, copper-based fittings for copper tubes that comply with the requirements of SANS

10671,orSANS 1067-2, as relevant Class O and class 1 copper tubing shall not be bent or formed in any manner during installation

or installed underground. Copper tubing should be free from carbon residues in the bore where the supply water can

support localized pitting corrosion.

Pipe-work within the buildings shall be class 1 or 2 copper with capillary solder fittings & thermally insulated and where installed in wall wrapped with brown plumbing paper. Thermally insulation shall be accordance to SANS 10252-1:2016 Edition 3.1.

Piping systems manufactured from polyethylene shall comply with the requirements of SANS 4427-1, SANS 4427-2, SANS 4427-3 and SANS 4427-5, and piping systems manufactured from polypropylene shall comply with the requirements in SANS 15874-1, SANS 15874-2, SANS 15874-3 and SANS 15874-5. The working pressure (for cold water temperatures exceeding 20 °C) of polyethylene and polypropylene pipes shall be rated in accordance with the requirements in SANS 4427-1, SANS 4427-2, SANS 4427-3 and SANS 4427-5, and SANS 15874-1, SANS 15874-2, SANS 15874-3 and SANS 15874-5, respectively. All SANS standards for plastic polymer piping system for hot and cold water supplies are approvedfor use inside buildings only. All plastics pipes used in hot and cold water installations near external doorways and windows, shall be protected from sunlight. Unlike metal pipes (steel and copper) that have generic pipe and fitting standards, thermoplastic pipe systems are required to be installed using the fittings and tools that are tested and approved as a complete system, The use of pipes, fittings and tools from other manufacturers or suppliers, that are not the same as the approved system, shall not be acceptable. Plastics pipes or fittings should not be laid beneath areas where spillage of oils, fuels, creosote or other hydrocarbons is likely to take place, unless such pipes or fittings are laid inside an impermeable sleeve or duct.

2.4.5 Hot Water Generation

e) Technical Requirements

All requirements laid down by the local authority and SANS 10252-1 & SANS 10252-2

must be strictly adhered to. All material used must be at least of SANS Standard and to carry the mark where

applicable.

f) Hot Water Storage Tanks ( solar geyser storage tank c/w a backup direct Electric)

Industrial hot water storage tanks. Tank capacity which comply to the stated capacity in the Tender Drawings and BoQ

(Horizontal & Vertical storage cylinder), must be constructed from mild steel with wall thickness to ensure a standard working pressure of 400kPa, test pressure of 600kPa


Page 19

and added strength. Quality joints should be obtained via double seam welding internally and externally.

Internal tank protection should be provided using Sigmarite or Phenolne 1205 coatings or glass flake epoxy with a ±5 year guarantee. Tanks shall be shot blasted before coating.

Quality control wet sponge and Pin-hole testing shall be carried out on internal tank protection coatings to ensure performance.

Externally coated with red oxide, 50mm IW24 fibre glass lagging and 0.6mm galvanized cladding.

A circulation pump shall be installed to ensure water circulation (Not required). Water storage tanks must be supplied complete with a water to water copper coil. Water storage tanks must be supplied complete with steam to water heat exchanger. The water storage tanks must be fitted with back-up electrical element for use when

the heat pump and steam generation systems are not available. Electrical control boards shall be manufactured to SANS 10142 – ‘The Wiring of

Premises' and include silicon wiring, industrial type dual safety thermostats and special shunt facility. A standard nickel plate copper element should be incorporated.

Hot refrigerant gas, Steam calorifiers, etc, shall be similar or equal to those of the mild steel type manufactured by Royles, with capacities and ratings as indicated on the drawings. All water spaces and exterior mild steel shall be hot dip galvanised or corrosion protected as specified.

g) Hot Water Pipework

The sub-Contractor shall supply and install all hot water piping between the solar

geyser units and the hot water tanks only. The wet services sub-Contractor shall reticulate the water from the tanks to the facilities.

All pipe work to be installed in compliance with manufacturers’ specifications and SANS 10252-1 & SANS10252-2 Codes of Practice. Provision must be made for thermal expansion and the proper anchoring thereof.

All pipe runs should be flushed, fastened and pressure tested, prior to the application of any terminal fittings.

Hot water tanks to be installed in strict compliance with SANS 10252-1 and SANS 10254.

Colour coding for working pressure ratings of functional control and safety valves shall be as per table 8, pg 49 of SANS 10252-1: 2016.

All piping passing through wall or under floor should be sleeved with a sleeve of internal diameter of at least 15mm plus the outside nominal diameter of such portion. The sub-Contractorshould provide for the expansion in pipework above ground.

The sub-Contractor is referred to clause 9, SANS 10252-1 for the procedure to clean, inspection, testing and disinfection.

h) Water Pipework

Water piping systems shall follow the routes indicated on the relevant Tender drawings. Piping shall be arranged to maintain sufficient headroom, keep access ways unobstructed and not interfere with maintenance and adjustment of valves and equipment. The system shall be complete in all details and provide for all central valves and accessories necessary for satisfactory operation. Long radius bends shall be used wherever possible, elbows only being permissible where limited space dictates their use. Reductions in pipe sizes shall be effected with reducing sockets, bushing reducers not being permissible. Threaded fittings shall be malleable iron to B.S.S. 143 or wrought steel to B.S.S. 1740:1971 as relevant. Welded fittings shall be genuine butt-weld fittings, to ASTM A234 GR.WPB-Dimensions to BS1640 or ASA B16.9 it not being permissible to weld threaded fittings.


Page 20

2.5 DESIGN APPROACH: FIRE PROTECTION

2.5.1 Design Codes for Fire Protection Service Installations

Units shall be designed and constructed to meet the following standards: Unless otherwise specified further in this specification, the following standard specifications (Including amendments) of the organizations indicated shall form part of this specification. The installations shall comply in all aspects of the Fire Rational Design as approved by Local Authority. The following National Acts/Regulations, Codes of Practice and approval bodies will also be applicable.

a) Local Municipality b) The National Building Regulations (Act 103 of 1977) c) SANS 10400 Application of National Building Regulations. d) Occupational Safety Act. e) SANS 10287- Automatic Sprinkler Protection. f) SANS 10142 – The Wiring of Premises g) Local Authority Water Requirements h) CGA, ETLC, CSA or UL/ULC certified for prewired equipment

2.5.2 Fire Hose Reels and Hydrants

The Fire Hydrants and Hose Reels will require booster pumps and tanks. The booster pumps are to be electrical pumps with an emergency power supply. Pumps will be supplied complete with control panels, stop/start arrangements, controllers, flow sensors, pipes, fittings and a pressure vessel/expansion tank. Pump arrangement will be duty and standby (two pumps) in parallel. Jockey pump will be required and Storage tank capacity will be a minimum of 114 m3. Minimum pump rating will be 22 l/s @ 400kPa to at the most remote Fire Hydrant and 2 Hose Reels. The Fire Protection sub-Contractor is to cost into the tender BoQ, the equipment and all the reticulation as per Tender drawings. The minimum water mains take-off pipe diameter shall be 32mm and 80mm for water supplied feeding a single Hose Reel and Hydrant respectively. The entire Fire Reticulation shall be capable of holding a pressure of 50% more than the working pressure of the System with a minimum Test Pressure of 1800kPa. Testing shall be conducted with a required 20liters/second at a pressure no less than 350kPa at the most remote Fire Hydrant. Glycerine filled Pressure Gauge Siphon and Stopcock shall be provided on the Hydrants. 2-off Hose Reels shall be simultaneously tested to a compliance flow of 0.5liters/second each at a minimum pressure of 350kPa. All Hose reels shall comply with the SABS 543 - 1973 and are to be of the Non-swing Rotary pattern type, each nozzle shall be provided with not more than 30 metres of Hose, no less than 20 mm internal diameter and fitted with a nozzle of 6,35 mm orifice diameter. All externally fitted fire hose reels must be provided with whether proof protection. Minimum requirement of open back hose reel cabinet or UV stabilised synthetic covers.

Fire hydrants to be 65mm standard instantaneous coupling heads with hand wheel valves. 100mm high volume hydrant will be located at the main booster point connected to a 100mm riser and equipped with a 100mm “Stortz Coupling” as approved by the Local Authority. Sample equipment will be required for approval before installation.


Page 21

2.5.3 Fire Hose Reels and Hydrants All fire extinguishers provided will comply and display the SABS 810, SABS 889, SABS 1151 and serviceable in accordance with SABS 0105. A rational design has been approved for the placement and amount of Fire Hose reels and Hydrants within the site. Extinguisher required for this application will be 4.5 kg DCP, 9 kg DCP and 10 kg CO² type extinguisher with backing boards. All externally fitted fire extinguishers must be provided with whether proof protection. Minimum requirement of open back hose reel cabinet or UV stabilised synthetic covers. Dry Chemical Powder extinguishers to contain at least 40% MAP powder. Mobile fire units to comply with SABS 810, SABS 889, SABS 1151. Sample equipment will be required for approval before installation.


Page 22

2.6 DESIGN APPROACH: LPG

2.6.1 DESIGN STANDARDS AND APPROVALS

Units shall be designed and constructed to meet the following standards: Unless otherwise specified further in this specification, the following standard specifications (Including amendments) of the organizations indicated shall form part of this specification. The installations shall comply in all aspects of the LP Gas Design as approved by Local Authority. The following National Acts/Regulations, Codes of Practice and approval bodies will also be applicable.

i) Local Municipality j) The National Building Regulations (Act 103 of 1977) k) SANS 10400 Application of National Building Regulations. l) Occupational Safety Act. m) SANS 10087-1:2008 - The handling, storage, distribution and maintenance of liquefied petroleum

gas in domestic, commercial, and industrial installations. n) SANS 10142 – The Wiring of Premises

2.6.2 LP GAS EQUIPMENT : GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

The installation of a container(s), complete with all associated equipment and appliances and any subsequent repair or modifications to the installation, shall be carried out by a registered installer qualified to the appropriate grade (domestic or commercial grade). The storage of containers shall be in accordance with SANS 10087-3 or SANS 10087-7. NOTE: This requirement does not include the replacement of containers. Each container shall be located in an upright position with the valve uppermost, and shall be so placed on a firm level base that there can be no danger of the container tilting or falling over. Containers shall be so located in an accessible position that

a. full and empty containers can be changed easily, b. they can be disconnected and removed quickly in case of an emergency, and c. the container valve can be easily operated.

In the selection of a location for containers, the following locations shall be avoided:

a. any position in which the containers are likely to cause obstruction, to become damaged or to be exposed to conditions likely to affect their safety;

b. any position that is subject to extremes of temperature (excluding natural elements); c. any position near corrosive or readily combustible substances; and d. any position adjacent to cellars, drains, hollows, etc., where escaping gas might collect.

2.6.3 Outdoor location of LP Gas Tanks Containers shall be located on a firm, clean, well-drained and level base. The area surrounding a container shall be kept clear of combustible materials, for example, weeds, dry grass, paper and waste. Containers shall be located and protected against tampering by unauthorized persons and also damage and interference by, for example, animals and vehicles. Containers shall be located at least:

a. 1 m away from any opening (into a building) that is below the level of the container valve, i.e. doors, windows and airbricks,

b. 2 m away from any drain, pit or manhole, c. 3 m away from the property boundary, unless the boundary has a firewall, in which case the

containers could be next to the firewall, and where there are only two containers, the boundary distance can be reduced to 1 m, and


Page 23

d. 3 m away from any opening (or window) directly above the containers, unless a non-combustible roof (see SANS 10400) is installed between the containers and the opening (or window). However, containers may be placed within the 3 m safety distance provided that the requirements given in 5.2.3.7 are complied with.

All installations shall be fitted with signage indicating no smoking, no naked lights, no unauthorized entry and no cellular phones allowed, i.e. the appropriate pictograms PV 1, PV 2, PV 3 and PV 27 as given in SANS 1186-1. Where cylinder installations are located adjacent to or directly under the roof covering of a building that is of thatched construction or other combustible material, the local authority concerned shall be consulted in terms of the location and placement of the gas containers. In the case of single cylinder connections, where the LPG regulator is fitted into the cylinder valve, a flexible hose shall be attached to the regulator outlet. The free end of the hose shall be fitted onto a hose nozzle which itself shall be affixed to a wall adjacent to the cylinder by means of a holder bat. Where the regulator is affixed to the wall by means of a bracket, the gas supply between the cylinder and the regulator shall be by means of an LPG pigtail with a bull nose fitting at one end, and a threaded connection at the other end to fit the regulator inlet. In the case of multi-cylinder connections, where cylinders are connected by means of a changeover valve, the regulator and changeover switch shall be wall mounted, with the gas supply from each cylinder being by means of individual pigtails. Glazing may be allowed where the window frames are constructed from metal and the total size of the glazing does not exceed 1 m². Glazing shall be of wire woven glass not larger than 450 mm × 450 mm per pane. Such windows shall not be openable. Where more than two containers are used in an installation, the containers shall be connected into a manifold system. A changeover device connected to one container on each side shall not be deemed to be a manifold, however, the safety distances shall still apply. The containers shall be connected to the manifold system by one of the following methods:

a. on a single branch, up to ten containers of size up to and including 113 L (48 kg) with a maximum of 20 cylinders per installation; or

b. on a single branch, up to three containers of size up to and including 500 L (196 kg) with a maximum of 6 containers per installation. NOTE For filling ratios, see SANS 10087-7.

2.6.4 Appliances

General Appliances with a consumption rate that does not exceed 10 kg/h shall comply with the requirements of SANS 1539. Installation of appliances Fixed appliances shall be installed by a registered installer. When siting an appliance, due regard shall be paid to convenience in use, to protection from draughts and damage, and to the layout of the gas piping system. Pipe runs shall be as neat, tidy and as short as possible. Pressure regulators shall be of an approved type. Low-pressure regulators shall comply with SANS 1237. Appliances shall be installed on a firm and level base (this is especially important in the case of refrigerators which require checking with a spirit level during installation). A table or shelf used as a support for an appliance shall be large enough to accommodate the appliance and, unless the support has edges that are flanged upwards, shall provide margins that are wide enough to prevent the appliance from slipping off the support. All appliance supports (including floors, walls and ceilings) shall be strong enough to carry the appliance(s) and all superimposed loads.


Page 24

Appliances shall be connected to the pipework of an installation in a way that will eliminate undue strain on the pipework and fittings and, if rigid connections are used, the appliances shall also be so rigidly fixed that they are not capable of being moved after their installation. If an appliance needs to be moved for cleaning etc., it shall be connected to the pipework by means of flexible tubing or hose. To prevent the hose or tubing from being ruptured or torn from its mountings, the appliance shall have a restraining mechanism of a length that is shorter than the hose or tube. Tubing and hoses shall comply with the appropriate requirements given in SANS 1539. Appliances shall be installed in such a way as to avoid draughts that are strong enough to extinguish the burners when they are set on "low" flame. Appliances shall not be installed in small, confined spaces that are poorly ventilated. Gas burners require an unrestricted supply of fresh air and when a cooking appliance is being built in, the supply of fresh air for combustion shall not be impeded. Provision shall be made for any accumulations of unburnt gas to disperse safely, and also for the free escape of products of combustion. Where gas appliances that require back ventilation are installed against a wall, there shall be a gap of at least 50 mm between the appliance and the wall. NOTE: For the testing of adjustment of burners, In any bathroom in which a conventional gas water heater (geyser) is installed, the heater shall be flued to the outside and provision shall be made to ensure permanent ventilation. NOTE: The manufacturer's operating instructions should be observed. Vent-free space heaters shall not be installed in separately enclosed bathrooms. Appliances shall be so sited in a room that there is no danger that they could set fire to furnishings (for example, a gas stove shall not be positioned immediately below a combustible shelf or in a position where curtains could be near its cooking top). Where combustible or ignitable material near an appliance is liable to attain ignition temperature or to be exposed to heat damage, provision shall be made to protect such material. The material can be protected by mounting an insulating non-combustible material between the appliance and the combustible material so as to provide an air space of width at least 15 mm. Where built-in kitchen equipment is used, the surfaces of adjacent structures in contact with an appliance shall be of materials that will not deteriorate at temperatures of up to 150 °C. If several appliances are connected to a system, those with the highest rate of gas consumption should be placed nearest to the gas supply point. Alternatively, the supply point should be brought as close as possible to the high-intake appliance(s). A water heater should be placed conveniently close to the sink or bath that it serves and, to minimize loss of heat, the run of hot-water piping should be kept as short as possible. Hotplates that are open underneath shall not be placed on any combustible surface. Alternatively, a combustible surface shall be protected from the heat of the burners. 6.2.13 Lighting appliances shall not be installed in positions likely to cause overheating of walls and ceilings, and deflector plates shall be used where necessary. 2.6.5 Provision for ventilation The incorrect installation or use of LPG appliances in buildings can give rise to a variety of hazardous conditions, such as a build-up of unburnt gas, a high concentration of carbon monoxide and the depletion of oxygen. The provision of ventilation is therefore of vital importance and in this regard special notice shall be taken of the warnings and recommendations given in the use and installation brochures supplied with the appliance. Ventilation provisions and requirements can also be found in SANS 1539.


Page 25

If the room or space in which a vent-free space heater is to be installed is such that the total heat input rating of the vent-free heater plus any other gas, solid fuel or paraffin appliances in the room, if present, is greater than 0,37 MJ/m3 of the room volume, then permanent ventilation shall be supplied to the room. Where permanent ventilation is required, the minimum cross-sectional area shall be 13 cm² /MJ of the total appliance(s) rated heat input. In determining the room volume to be used by calculating the allowable heat input to comply with the above requirements, adjoining rooms or spaces may be added to the room volume of the room in which the appliance is to be installed, providing that the access to the adjoining room or space is permanently open. Where vent-free heaters are installed in a bedroom, permanent ventilation shall be supplied to the outside atmosphere, regardless of the room size. 2.6.6 Piping, fittings and other components Materials The following pipes and fittings are recommended for general use in installations:

a. solid drawn copper tube with copper or copper alloy fittings; b. un-galvanized seamless mild steel tube with mild steel fittings; c. stainless steel piping with associated fittings; d. brass fittings that are protected against seasonal cracking; e. high density polyethylene (HDPE) pipes and fittings (only to be used for gas in the vapour

phase and where the pipes are buried); f. flexible tubing and hose; and g. Composite pressure pipe.

2.6.7 Valves Valves are intended for shutting off the gas supply to (or in) a gas supply line. The valves and valve seats shall be compatible with LPG and certified for use with LPG.

a. Emergency shut-off valves Emergency shut-off valves shall be accessible and unobstructed at all times and should be placed as close as possible to where the main gas pipe enters the building. An emergency shut-off valve may be used as an isolation valve on a single appliance installation. It may be placed inside or outside of the building.

b. Isolating valves

Every fixed appliance shall be equipped with an isolating valve to isolate the individual appliance from the system.

2.6.8 Fixed pipe system The size of a pipe system should be determined by the maximum gas consumption rate of the appliance(s) to be connected (due regard being given to any potential simultaneous demand) and should be large enough to carry the maximum gas flow without excessive pressure loss in the line. Figures 6 to 14 are examples of how the gas pipeline can be connected.


Page 26

Regulators

a. First-stage regulator

A first-stage regulator delivering an intermediate pressure is normally required where gas draw-off points in an installation are a considerable distance (usually over 9 m) from the container position and the gas demand is heavy. The pressure regulator at the container position is set to deliver at a pressure higher than the appliance operating pressure. This regulator shall be fitted outside of the building as close as possible to the gas supply.

b. Second-stage regulator

A second-stage regulator shall be installed between the first-stage regulator and the appliance. This second-stage regulator may be installed inside a building, however, if it has a pressure relief valve for gas release, it shall be piped to the outside of the building. The breather hole in a regulator casing does not need to be piped to the outside.

c. Single-stage regulator

For a gas installation under 9 m, a single-stage regulator will suffice. These regulators shall not be installed inside the building unless they are fitted direct to a gas container.

2.6.9 Installation and layout of pipework

The following requirements shall be considered and applied in addition to any similar specific details that might be introduced by the installer:

a. HDPE pipes shall be used for the conveyance of LPG vapour only, and shall be buried; b. composite pipe is subject to the following requirements:

i. usage above ground is allowed subject to the pipe being protected from direct sunlight;

ii. when embedded in walls or floors, no joints shall be allowed in the embedded sections;

iii. no joints are allowed in pipe sections passing through cavity walls; iv. use in ceilings is restricted v. contact with solvents shall be avoided; and vi. the pipe shall not be closer than 150 mm to any heat source; vii. the pipe shall not be used for liquid supply installations; viii. the maximum supply pressure shall not exceed 150 kPa; ix. the pipe shall not be used as a pigtail or connected directly to a cylinder or appliances

such as fireplaces or where the appliance needs to be moved on a regular basis; x. The crimp shall be compatible with the fitting and pipe and shall be in accordance

with the manufacturer’s instructions. NOTE: The preferred type of crimp style for use in South Africa is the “U” type.

c. schedule 80 steel pipes may, for sizes up to and including 80 mm, be threaded; d. Schedule 40 steel pipes may, for sizes up to and including 32 mm, together with all attached

fittings, be threaded for vapour application only. For sizes above 32 mm, pipes shall be joined only by welding;

e. for liquid applications up to and including 25 mm, nominal bore (NB) pipe shall be schedule 80 steel pipe

f. Where electrical cables are being run on the same wall, gas pipes shall be at least 150 mm apart from the electrical cables and other electrical apparatus. This excludes electric cables in appliances; and

g. When threaded connections are used, only taper threads (male and female) shall be allowed.


Page 27

2.7 DESIGN APPROACH: KITCHEN AND LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT Kitchen equipment schedule shall be as per manufacture specifications.


Page 28

2.8 ELECTRICAL, AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND MONITORING

a) Electrical

All electrical work shall be done in accordance with the latest wiring regulations and SABS codes.

The sub-Contractor will be responsible for:

i. The supply and installation of all the field wiring, control and switchboards associated with his installation.

ii. The supply and installation of all cable trays and conduits required to undertake the

field wiring

iii. Supplying and installing the required equipment for the control panels specified.

iv. The wiring from a local isolator (provided by the Electrical Contractor) to a 24 hour fan station, or through the stop/start station to such fan from this isolator. The stop/start station is to be supplied and installed by the (Mechanical and Fire) sub-Contractor.

v. The supply and installation of any control equipment, such as individual thermostats

that are required, including all wiring to and from such equipment.

vi. Providing a Certificate of Electrical Compliance to the Mechanical Consultant on completion of the mechanical and Fire protection electrical works.

In addition, the sub-Contractor will be responsible for:

i. The supply and installation of the main incoming supply cable/s to each air conditioning board, and for making off of these cables to the incoming side of the main isolator.

ii. The provision of a separately protected electrical supply to each independent split

system AC unit, geyser, hydroboil, etc.

iii. For the provision of specific conduits to be cast into concrete columns or slabs. These are to be detailed by the sub-Contractors on his Builders Work drawings and given to the electrician so that they may be installed.


Page 29

b) Automatic Controls and Monitoring Only specified HVAC equipment shall be Building Management System (BMS) compatible and/or be linked to controllers/ schedule timers to be installed in an area to be agreed upon by the Client/ End User. The control of the inside temperature shall be by means of remote sensors with the adjustment controllers being of the wall mounted hard wired type. The controllers shall be handed over to the Manager soon after the installation has been tested and commissioned. Microprocessor controller shall be mounted in the electrical panel located on the unit. The unit will be provided with all necessary temperature, pressure sensors, filter switches and wiring for complete temperature controls and economizer operation.

Each Multi-Tenant Zoned Hideaway Unit (HAU) shall have a return air sensor and/or a number of averaging sensors as indicated on the BoQ. The sensors shall give input data to the AHU’s controller which in turn shall be monitored via BMS. The room setpoint shall be adjustable through the BMS, however, the control office/Centre Management shall be able to adjust the setpoint +/- 4ºC. Thereafter, the BMS shall require a password for any further adjustments to the set point temperature. Provide an interface between the unit controls and the BMS. The BMS protocol shall be Modbus and the following Input/output functions shall be possible for all Package units and Hideaway units.

1. ALARM: Common Alarm ‘Faulty Air Conditioner’ 2. MONITOR (OUTPUT) ON / OFF 3. CONTROL ON/OFF remote switching Scheduled 7 Day scheduled timer (ON/OFF) Temperature change would be an advantage but not mandatory

Where systems are specified as being maintained "under fire conditions" all wiring will be suitable for the temperatures to be encountered.

c) General Electrical installations Standards

i) Conduit and Accessories The conduit and conduit accessories shall comply fully with the applicable SABS specifications as set out below and the conduit shall bear the mark of approval of the South African Bureau of Standards. Screwed metallic conduit and accessories: SABS 1065, parts 1and 2. Plain-end metallic conduit and accessories: SABS 1065, parts 1 and 2. Non-metallic conduit and accessories: SABS 950.

All conduit fittings except couplings shall be of the inspection type. Where cast metal conduit accessories are used, these shall be of malleable iron. Zinc base fittings will not be allowed. Bushes used for metallic conduit shall be brass and shall be provided in addition to locknuts at all points where the conduit terminates at switchboards, switch-boxes, draw-boxes, etc. Draw-boxes are to be provided in accordance with the Wiring Code and wherever necessary to facilitate easy wiring.


Page 30

The conduit used shall have an external diameter of 25mm. In all other instances the sizes of conduit shall be in accordance with the “Wiring Code” for the specified number and size of conductors. Only one manufactured type of conduit and conduit accessories will be permitted throughout the installation. Running joints in screwed conduit are to be avoided as far as possible and all conduit systems shall be set or bent to the required angles. The use of normal bends must be kept to a minimum with exception of larger diameter conduits where the uses of such bends are essential. All metallic conduits shall be manufactured of mild steel with a minimum thickness of 1.2mm for plain-end conduit and 1,5mm in respect of screwed conduit.

ii) Conduit in Roof Spaces

Conduit in roof spaces shall be installed parallel or at right angles to the roof members and shall be secured at intervals not exceeding 1,5m by means of saddles screwed to the roof timbers, Nails or crampets will not be allowed. Where non-metallic conduit has been specified for a particular service, the conduit shall be supported and fixed with saddles with a maximum spacing of 450mm. The Contractor shall supply and install all additional supporting timbers in the roof space as required. Under flat roofs, in false ceilings or where there is less than 0,9m of clearance, or should the ceilings be insulated with glass wool or other insulating material, the conduit shall be installed in such a manner as to allow for all wiring to be executed from below the ceilings. Conduit runs from distribution boards shall, where possible, terminate in fabricated sheet steel draw-boxes installed directly above or in close proximity to the boards.

iii) Surface Mounted Conduit

Wherever possible, the conduit installation is to be concealed in the building work, however, where unavoidable or otherwise specified under Part 2 of the specification, conduit installed on the surface must be plumbed or leveled and only straight lengths shall be used. The use of inspection bends is to be avoided and instead the conduit shall be set uniformly and inspection couplings used where necessary. No threads will be permitted to show when the conduit installation is complete, except where running couplings have been employed. Running couplings are only to be used where unavoidable, and shall be fitted with sliced couplings as a lock-nut. Conduit is to be run on approved spaced saddles rigidly secured to the walls, Alternatively, fittings, tees, boxes, couplings etc., are to be cut into the surface to allow the conduit to fit flush against the surface, Conduit is to be bedded into any wall irregularities to avoid gaps between the surface and the conduit. Crossing of conduits is to be avoided, however, should it be necessary purpose-made metal boxes are to be provided at the junction. The finish of the boxes and positioning shall be in keeping with the general layout. Where several conduits are installed side by side, they shall be evenly spaced and grouped under one purpose-made saddle.


Page 31

Distribution boards, draw-boxes, industrial switches and socket outlets etc. shall be neatly recessed into the surface to avoid double sets. In situations where there are no ceilings the conduits are to be run along the wall plates and the beams.

Painting of surface conduit shall match the colour of the adjacent wall finishes. Only approved plugging materials such as aluminium inserts, fibre plugs, plastic plugs, etc. and round-head screws shall be used for fixing saddles, switches, socket outlets, etc. to walls, wood plugs and the plugging in joints in brick walls are not acceptable.

iv) Conduit in Concrete Slabs

In order not to delay building operations the Contractor must ensure that all conduits and other electrical equipment which are to be cast in the concrete columns and slabs are installed in good time. The Contractor shall have a Representative in attendance at all times when the casting of concrete takes place. Draw-boxes, expansion joint boxes and round conduit boxes are to be provided where necessary Sharp bends of any nature will not be allowed in concrete slabs. Draw and/or inspection boxes shall be grouped under one common cover plate, and must preferably be installed in passages or male toilets. All boxes, etc., are to be securely fixed to the shuttering to prevent displacement when concrete is cast. The conduit shall be supported and secured at regular intervals and installed as close as possible to the neutral axis of concrete slabs and/or beams. Before any concrete slab is cast, all conduit droppers to switchboards shall be neatly spaced and rigidly fixed.

v) Wiring Except where otherwise specified in this specification, wiring shall be carried out in conduit throughout. Only one circuit per conduit will be permitted. No wiring shall be drawn into conduit until the conduit installation has been completed and all conduit ends provided with bushes. All conduits to be clear of moisture and debris before wiring is commenced. The wiring of the installation shall be carried out in accordance with the "Wiring Code". Further to the requirements concerning the installation of earth conductors to certain light points as set out in the "Wiring Code" it is a specific requirement of this document that where plain-end metallic conduit or non-metallic conduit has been used, earth conductors must be provided and drawn into the conduit with the main conductors to all points, including all luminaires and switches throughout the installation. Wiring for lighting circuits is to be carried out with 1,5mm2 conductors and a 2,5mm2 earth conductor. For socket outlet circuits the wiring shall comprise 2,5mm2 conductors and a 2,5mm2 earth conductor. The loop-in system shall be followed throughout, and no joints of any description will be permitted. The wiring shall be done in PVC insulated 600/1000 V grade cable to SABS 150.


Page 32

Where cable ends connect onto switches, luminaires etc., the end strands must be neatly and tightly twisted together and firmly secured. Cutting away of wire strands of any cable will not be allowed.


Page 33

3. SITE DETAILS AND PLANT OPERATING CONDITIONS

The following conditions have been used for the design of the replacement HVAC systems.

3.1 PLANT DESIGN AMBIENT CONDITIONS Altitude 1028m m (Thabazimbi)

Outside Design Conditions Summer 34°Cdb and 21°Cwb

(Air ‘Onto’ Condenser) Winter 5°Cdb

Return Air (Air ‘Onto’ Evaporator) 24oCdb / 16oCwb

Electrical Supply 240 volt, 1 phase 50 cycle

380 volt, 3 phase 50 cycle, 4 wire

3.2 INSIDE CONDITIONS REQUIRED

AIR-CONDITIONED AREAS: Temperatures Summer *22.5°Cdb

Winter 20°C db

Relative Humidity 30% - 60% RH

*NOTE: Heat load Calculations have been done and unit capacities selected by The Engineer. These are available to the contractor if required.

The above temperatures are those at which the majority of people are considered to be

comfortable, as indicated on a Comfort Chart. The relative humidity would not be actively controlled but would be indirectly controlled within the comfort range as a result of the design and selection of the cooling plant. The temperatures would be controlled within a tolerance of ± 1.5°C, i.e. maximum temperature = 25.0 °Cdb.

3.3 MINIMUM PLANT OPERATING CONDITIONS

All plant items will be suitable for operation in the environment in which they are to be located. As a minimum, all plant, motors, starters and ancillary equipment etc. will be suitable for operation at full capacity under the following conditions:

Height above sea level not exceeding 100m; Air cooling at an average temperature over 24 hours not exceeding 45°C dry bulb; Maximum conditions of 45°C dry bulb and 50 %relative humidity; Minimum conditions of -10°C dry bulb and 100 % relative humidity; Protection of all equipment exposed to atmosphere/ambient to EN 60529 - IP 65.


Page 34

4. SITE VISIT

Bidders shall be requested to visit the site before bidding, so as to acquaint themselves with prevailing conditions and dimensions. A COMPULSORY SITE VISIT IS REQUIRED.


Page 35

5. TEMPORARY OFFICES

The sub-Contractor need not provide offices for the Resident Engineer. In the absence of any specific requirements, the Engineer requires merely that the sub-Contractor have suitable offices on site in which site meetings may be held.


Page 36

6. AREAS REQUIRING SPECIAL ATTENTION

6.1 PIPING

6.1.1 Interconnecting Piping

The sub-Contractor is to allow for all interconnecting piping to be carried out in quality copper tubing in imperial sizes. All piping is to be clean and capped to prevent ingress of dirt. Soft drawn piping may be used in sized up to 15mm OD. The Engineer may require sample welds to be cut out to ascertain that this requirement has been complied with. A nitrogen regulator is to be used for this purpose. Oxygen regulators are not allowed, and direct connection of piping to the nitrogen cylinder is not allowed. Should defects be found, then further samples may be requested by the Engineer. The cost of rectifying defective piping installation will be for the sub-Contractors’ account.

6.1.2 Fitting and Valves

All bends and elbows are to be of long radius type. Allowance for expansion of piping is to be made as per the Engineer’s General Specification. All fitting and valves are to be soldered joints.

6.2 FINISHING & TIDYING

Progressive and systematic finishing and tidying will form an essential part of this contract. Under no circumstances shall spoil, rubble, materials, equipment or unfinished operations be allowed to accumulate unnecessarily and in the event of this occurring the Engineer shall have the right to withhold payment for as long as necessary in respect of the relevant works in the area(s) concerned.

6.3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS

a) Construction shall be carried out in accordance with the Expanded Public Works

Programme (EPWP) guidelines that are aimed at infrastructure and services development coupled with creation of employment and skills training.

b) Labour-based or labour-intensive construction may be defined as the economically efficient employment of as much labour as is technically feasible to a produce as high a standard of construction as demanded by the specification and allowed by the funding available. In other words, projects based on labour-intensive principles aim at devoting the highest feasible proportion of projects costs to unskilled, semi-skilled and skilled labour without jeopardizing the technical quality of the product demanded by the specification.

c) Labour-based methods of construction result in the creation of a significant increase in employment opportunities per unit of expenditure. The intensive employment of labour achieves value for money through innovative techniques of work and management. In particular (i) as far as possible, payment of wages for labour is related to production output: a reasonable “task” is set, upon completion of which the labourer may go home and (ii) employment is either on a daily/casual/temporary basis or in the form of a short-term monthly contract. It is useful to think of labour-based methods as the effective substitution of labour for equipment in construction. This is done in such a way that there is neither an increase in economic cost nor a decrease in quality.

d) The following regulations must be adhered to so as to ensure that the construction methods used are labour-intensive.


Page 37

i. The remuneration to local labour for hourly-rated employees and/or daily-based work shall be in accordance with the prevailing gazetted rates.

ii. The name, identification number, task performed and hours worked per day for each labourer shall be recorded by the sub-Contractor. These records shall be submitted to the Engineer together with each payment certificate.

e) Bidders are encouraged to utilize the services of locally based sub-Contractors.

6.4 BURGLAR BARS

Burglar bars shall be installed at each external ventilation exhaust louvre which penetrates the facade of the complex.

The bars shall not be less than 15mm round bars, spaced at 125mm centres in both directions and welded into a frame. They are to be hot dipped galvanized after manufacture.

The burglar bar frame should be built into the masonry structures. Alternatively they can be bolted into the masonry structure (independent of any connecting ductwork) and the bolt heads tack welded to ensure they cannot be easily removed. The area of the tack weld is to be touched up with cold galvanizing paint.

A written confirmation that all openings in all the air conditioning and ventilation systems have been protected by the specified burglar bars will be required from the air conditioning sub-Contractor. This certificate is to be provided at the beneficial occupation stage.


Page 38

6.5 PAINTING

The installation shall be painted in accordance with an approved colour code. Such painting shall be only necessary to those items which would normally be visible when serviced, all mild steel or other components which would otherwise suffer corrosion if unpainted, however, shall be painted with two coats of rust-proof paint whether such components are normally visible or note. Items which are factory painted need not be repainted other than any making good which may be necessary. All plants requiring painting shall be correctly prepared and painted with two coats of enamel gloss after one coast of suitable rust-proof primer and an undercoat.

6.6 OTHER SERVICES

6.6.1 Smoke Control

In the event of a fire alarm, all ventilation fans shall be stopped by means of a fire relay provided by the sub-Contractor. The Smoke Detection Contractor shall allow for bringing the necessary wiring into the (HVAC) sub-Contractor’s and Electrical Contractor’s (small units) electrical panels, and connecting to potential free contacts.


Page 39

7. COMPLETION, GAURANTEES & MAINTENANCE

7.1 TESTING

A Testing and Commissioning Notice shall be sent out to the Engineer accompanied with the test procedure 2 weeks prior to the scheduled Testing and Commissioning date. All Equipment used for Testing and Commissioning shall have a Valid Calibration Certificate which must be placed on the test report. On completion, the installation shall be balanced, set and tested to establish the capacity and performance of the plant. All such tests shall be recorded and typed copies of all test recordings shall be included within the operating manuals later specified herein. The test reports shall set out the procedure, data and instrument readings obtained as compared with the required capacities and the manufacturer’s name plate rating where applicable. Additional refrigerant and oil quantities must be considered and approved by the Equipment supplier before installation by sub-Contractor. Refrigerant pipe sizes must also be considered for compensation due to pressure drop due to length of pipe runs & bends and approved by the equipment supplier prior to installation. All this data and approvals must be forwarded to the Engineer. All performance figures obtained during testing and commissioning must be within +-10% of the specified performance figures given in the Tender drawings and Technical specification The Package Rooftop equipment shall be factory run tested for a minimum of eight hours to ensure proper operation.

7.2 END USER TRAINING

Upon completion of all works and all tests, the contractor shall furnish necessary operator’s labor and helpers for operating the entire installation for a period not less than two weeks of ten hours each to enable the owner’s staff get acquainted with the operation of the system. During this period the contractor shall train the owners personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all equipment installed.


Page 40

7.3 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS Three instruction manuals shall be provided for the new equipment. Each manual shall comprise of the following sections, bound in a vinyl plastic covered folder with the name of the project typewritten on a card inserted into a clear plastic covered cardholder on the front cover and spine and shall be handed to the Client on completion of the installation. • Index • Description of Systems and Equipment (as installed) • Operation of Equipment (as installed) • Plant and equipment (a schedule list of all major plants to include

description, make, model number and supplier’s name and address). • Commissioning Data (Signed off by Engineer) • Inspection and Maintenance Instructions (in schedule form setting out

each item of the plant, the description and frequency of maintenance operations required).

• Operating Instructions (Plant running checklist and frequency of servicing,

Safety precautions to be taken, Manual and automatic operation, Operator's duties, Lubricating oils and service instructions, Pre-start checklist for each system, Starting and stopping procedures)

• Spare Parts (list of spare parts to be supplied, as later specified herein, with

detailed description of each part, make, model and part number and supplier’s name and address)

• Descriptive literature (for all items of plant and equipment) • As-Built drawings in hardcopy and Autocad 2010 version electronic

format (of plant as installed to include plant layout drawings, control and wiring diagrams and schematic piping diagrams).

7.4 COMMISSIONING PROGRAMME

The sub-Contractor shall adhere to the Client’s programme for the installation, but shall ensure that his commissioning programme makes allowance for the following requirements:

i. The blow-out of all supply air ducts for the various air conditioning and ventilation

systems, shall be completed no later than 1 (one) week before Beneficial Occupation Date.

ii. At the date of Beneficial Occupation, ALL systems shall be operating and the air

conditioning system is fully operational, balanced, tested, commissioned, approved by The Engineer and handed over by that date.


Page 41

7.5 GUARANTEE AND MAINTENANCE

The entire air conditioning and ventilation installation shall be subject to a guarantee and servicing of 12 months from the Beneficial Occupation date, or from the date of the Taking-Over certificate as state below.

Expendables such as filters and refrigerant for the maintenance period must be included in the contract price. Oils and other such minor expendables shall also be included. The sub-Contractor shall be entirely responsible for carrying out regular inspections at intervals not greater than 1 month. A detailed inspection and service log book with check sheets showing all functions to be carried out at each inspection and service, is to be kept on site for all service activity and must be countersigned by a manager or facilities personnel as client representative. The equipment shall be services and maintained in strict accordance to the equipment manufacturer’s recommended intervals and service item list. The sub-Contractor shall draw-up and submit the INSPECTION & SERVICE SCHEDULE to the Engineer for their approval. The Service Schedule shall include for regularity of maintenance, service items at those intervals and recommended spare parts list. This schedule must be submitted 2 months before equipment handover and approved by the Engineer latest 3 weeks before scheduled handover of installations. .

7.6 WARRANTIES

7.6.1 Taking-Over Certificate

When the whole of the Works have been substantially completed and have satisfactorily passed any Tests on Completion prescribed by the Contract, the sub-Contractor may give a notice to that effect to The Engineer, with a copy to the Employer, accompanied by a written undertaking to finish with due expedition any outstanding work during the Defects Liability Period. Such notice and undertaking shall be deemed to be a request by the sub-Contractor for The Engineer to issue a Taking-Over Certificate in respect of the Works. The Engineer shall, within 21 days of the date of delivery of such notice, either issue to the sub-Contractor with a copy to the Employer, a Taking-Over Certificate, stating the date on which, in his opinion, the Works were substantially completed in accordance with the Contract, or give instructions in writing to the sub-Contractor specifying all the work which, in The Engineer’s opinion, is required to be done by the sub-Contractor before the issue of such Certificate. The Engineer shall also notify the sub-Contractor of any defects in the Works affecting substantial completion that may appear after such instructions and before completion of the Works specified therein. The sub-Contractor shall be entitled to receive such Taking-Over Certificate within 21 days of completion, to the satisfaction of the Architect, of the Works so specified and remedying any defects so notified.

7.6.2 Taking Over of Sections or Parts

Similarly, in accordance with the procedure set out in Sub-Clause 7.1, the sub-Contractor may request and The Engineer shall issue a Taking-Over Certificate in respect of:

a) any substantial part of the Permanent Works which has been both completed to the satisfaction of

The Engineer and, otherwise than as provided for in the Contract, occupied or used by the Employer, or

b) any part of the Permanent Works which the Employer has elected to occupy or use prior to completion (where such prior occupation or use is not provided for in the Contract or has not been agreed by the sub-Contractor as a temporary measure).


Page 42

7.6.3 Substantial Completion of Parts

If any part of the Permanent Works has been substantially completed and has satisfactorily passed any Tests on Completion prescribed by the Contract, The Engineer may issue a Taking-Over Certificate in respect of that part of the Permanent Works before completion of the whole of the Works and, upon the issue of such Certificate, the sub-Contractor shall be deemed to have undertaken to complete with due expedition any outstanding work in that part of the Permanent Works during the Defects Liability Period. 7.6.4 Surfaces Requiring Reinstatement

Provided that a Taking-Over Certificate given in respect of any Section or part of the Permanent Works before completion of the whole of the Works shall not be deemed to certify completion of any ground, roof or surfaces requiring reinstatement unless such Taking-Over Certificate shall expressly so state.

7.7 DEFECTS LIABILITY

7.7.1 Defects Liability Period

In these Conditions the expression "Defects Liability Period" shall mean the defects liability period calculated from:

a) the date of completion of the Works certified by The Engineer in accordance with Clause 8, or b) in the event of more than one certificate having been issued by The Engineer under Clause 8, the

respective dates so certified, and in relation to the Defects Liability Period the expression "the Works" shall be construed accordingly. The defects liability period for this contract shall however be not less than 12 calendar months from the date of certification by The Engineer.

7.7.2 Completion of Outstanding Work and Remedying Defects

During the Defects liability period, the sub-Contractor shall:

a) complete any minor works, if any, outstanding on the date stated in the Taking-Over Certificate as

soon as practicable after such date, and b) execute all such work of amendment, reconstruction, and Remedying defects, shrinkages or other

faults as The Engineer may, during the Defects Liability Period or within 14 days after its expiration, as a result of an inspection made by or on behalf of The Engineer prior to its expiration, instruct the sub-Contractor to execute. The expiration of the Defects Liability Period shall not exonerate the sub-Contractor from any further liabilities arising at Law.

7.7.3 Cost of Remedying Defects

All work referred to in Sub-Clause 7.7.2 shall be executed by the sub-Contractor at his own cost if the necessity thereof is, in the opinion of the Architect, due to:

a) the use of materials, Plant or workmanship not in accordance with the Contract, b) where the sub-Contractor is responsible for the design of part of the Permanent Works, any fault in

such design, or c) the neglect or failure on the part of the sub-Contractor to comply with any obligation, expressed or

implied, on the sub-Contractor's part under the Contract,

If, in the opinion of The Engineer, such necessity is due to any other cause, he shall determine an addition to the Contract Price and shall notify the sub-Contractor accordingly, with a copy to the Employer.


Page 43

7.8 CONTRACTOR’S FAILUIRE TO CARRY OUT INSTRUCTIONS

In case of default on the part of the sub-Contractor in carrying out such instruction within a reasonable time, the Employer shall be entitled to employ and pay other persons to carry out the same and if such work is work which, in the opinion of The Engineer, the sub-Contractor was liable to do at his own cost under the Contract, then all costs consequent thereon or incidental thereto shall, after due consultation with the Employer and the sub-Contractor, be determined by The Engineer and shall be recoverable from the sub-Contractor by the Employer, and may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due or to become due to the sub-Contractor and The Engineer shall notify the sub-Contractor accordingly, with a copy to the Employer.


Page 44

8. SCHEDULE OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT

8.1 VENTILATION FANS

Refer to BoQ and Tender drawings

8.2 WET SERVICES Refer to BoQ and Tender drawings

8.3 FIRE PROTECTION SERVICES Refer to BoQ and Tender drawings

8.4 LP GAS SERVICES Refer to BoQ and Tender drawings

8.5 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT Refer to BoQ and Tender drawings

8.6 REFRIGERATION SERVICES Refer to BoQ and Tender drawings

* Note – Overload protection to be provided by the Air-conditioning sub-Contractor to all fans.


Page 45

9. ANNEXURE 1 – TENDERER’S RETURNABLE SCHEDULES (SCHEDULES TO BE COMPLETED IN FULL)

IMPORTANT NOTE: If it is intended to sub-contract more than 25% of the work, the BBBEE rating of the sub-contractor must be equal or better than that of the bidding contractor.


Page 46

SCHEDULE A: DETAILS OF CONTRACTOR AND/ OR HVAC SUB-CONTRACTOR

Details on this page MUST be completed fully. Incomplete forms shall render the offer invalid. (N/A to be stated if not applicable).

Requirement Response

Registered name of company/enterprise

CIPRO Registration number

VAT registration number

UIF registration number

Official telephone number ( )

Official fax number ( )

E-mail Address

Physical Address

Code

Official Postal Address

Code

Dire

ctor

/ M

embe

r (1

) Full Names and Surname

Position in company/ enterprise

ID No.

Income Tax No.

Dire

ctor

/ M

embe

r (2



ID No.

Income Tax No.

Dire

ctor

/ M

embe

r (3



ID No.

Income Tax No.

SIGNED ON BEHALF OF TENDERER: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Page 47

SCHEDULE B: DEVIATIONS AND QUALIFICATIONS BY TENDERER The Tenderer shall record any deviations or qualifications to the requirements of the tender documents in this Returnable Schedule. Alternatively, a tenderer may state such deviations and qualifications in a covering letter attached to his tender and reference such letter in this schedule. If no deviations or qualifications are made, the schedule hereunder is to be marked NIL and signed by the Tenderer.

PAGE CLAUSE OR ITEM DEVIATION OR QUALIFICATION

Number of sheets appended by the tenderer to this Schedule ....................... (If nil, enter NIL). SIGNED ON BEHALF OF TENDERER: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Page 48

SCHEDULE C: RECORD OF ADDENDA TO TENDER DOCUMENTS

We confirm that the following communications received from the Employer before the submission of this tender offer, amending the tender documents, have been taken into account in this tender offer:

Date Title or Details

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

Attach additional pages if more space is required.

Signed

Date

Name

Position

Tenderer


Page 49

SCHEDULE D: REFERENCES AND VITAL INFORMATION 1. CLIENT REFERENCES OF CURRENT AND PREVIOUS CONTRACTS

Please provide references from three clients with similar requirements as SIOC community development trust (one reference may be from an SIOC community development trust). These references are to demonstrate your ability to fulfil EMM’s requirements and your ability to maintain satisfied customers.

(Please mark blocks with ‘x’ where appropriate)

Name of Client/Company (1)

Contract period (in months) Ongoing Completed

Value of Contract (per month)

Type of business rendered

Contact

Full Name

Tel no. Alternative Tel no.

Fax no. E-mail





Contact

Full Name


Fax no. E-mail





Contact

Full Name


Fax no. E-mail


Page 50

2. LIST OF CURRENT/PREVIOUS SUPPLIERS - CONTRACTOR AND/ OR HVAC SUB-CONTRACTOR

Name of Supplier/Company (1)

Description of Commodity

Value of commodities supplied (per month)

R

Contact

Full Name

Tel no. ( ) Alternative Tel no.

Fax no. ( ) E-mail




R

Contact

Full Name


Fax no. ( ) E-mail




R

Contact

Full Name


Fax no. ( ) E-mail


Page 51


Page 52

SCHEDULE E: DETAILS OF CONTRACTOR AND/ OR HVAC SUB-CONTRACTOR’S WORKSHOP FACILITIES, PLANT & EQUIPMENTS

The tenderer shall state below what workshop facilities will be available for this Contract. .............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. Address of Workshop .......................................................................................................... .............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. Number of Artisans Normally Employed by Firm ...............................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................... Number of Technically Qualified Persons Employed .......................................................................................... SIGNED ON BEHALF OF TENDERER: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..


Page 53

SCHEDULE F: SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED SPECIALISTS SERVICE PROVIDERS OR ALTERNATIVES Proposed Sub-contractors We notify you that it is our intention to employ the following Sub-contractors for normal work in this contract. Acceptance of this tender shall not be construed as approval of all or any of the listed subcontractors. Should any of the subcontractors not be approved subsequent to acceptance of the tender, this shall in no way invalidate this tender, and the tendered unit rates for the various items of work shall remain final and binding, even in the event of a subcontractor not listed below being approved by the Engineer.

SUB-CONTRACTORS

Category/type Sub-contractor Name/Address/Contact Person/Phone/Fax/Details Of Organisation/Firm Experience

Items of work (pay items) to be undertaken by the Subcontractor

Estimated Cost of Work (Rand)

TOTAL (Excluding VAT)

Number of sheets appended by the tenderer to this Schedule ....................... (If nil, enter NIL). SIGNED ON BEHALF OF TENDERER: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Page 54

SCHEDULE G: DETAILS OF CONTRACTOR AND/ OR HVAC SUB-CONTRACTOR’S PROPOSED SITE MANAGER/ SUPERVISOR’S EXPERIENCE FOR THIS CONTRACT Tenderers shall set out in the Schedule hereunder details of the Site Manager’s experience in work of a similar nature to that for which their Tender is submitted. Failure to complete this Schedule may result in the Tender not being considered.

SITE

MANAGER/SUPERVISOR

NAME: ………………………………………………………NQF LEVEL…………

CONTRACT & CLIENT

NATURE OF WORK

POSITION

HELD

VALUE OF

WORK

YEAR

COMPLETED

Number of sheets appended by the tenderer to this Schedule ....................... (If nil, enter NIL). SIGNED ON BEHALF OF THE TENDERER: …………………………………….


Page 55

SCHEDULE H: REGISTRATION WITH RELEVANT PROFESSIONAL BODIES/ INSTITUTIONS See section 2.1, page 9 (Professional Requirements) Name of Company/ Person Professional Body Registration No. Date Joined

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

SIGNED ON BEHALF OF THE TENDERER: …………………………………….


Page 56

10. ANNEXURE 2 – TENDER DRAWINGS & REGISTER


Page 57

11. ANNEXURE 3 – SOP 012 - SHOP DRAWINGS APPROVAL

Rev 3 uncontrolled document SOP012 Page 1 of 9

Revision No. : 3 Date last updated : Jan 25, 2016

Date created : March 5, 2011 Document No. : SOP 012

NAME SIGN DATE

Prepared by:

N Munyika Jan 25, 2016

File Location:\Online Quality Folder\SOP 012 – Shop Drawings Approval Rev3.docx

ENGINEERING DESIGN SHOP DRAWING APPROVAL PROCEDURES

SOP 012 Rev 3 Uncontrolled Document Page 2 of 9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................................... 3

2.0 PURPOSE ............................................................................................................... 3

3.0 RESPONSIBILITY ................................................................................................... 4

4.0 PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS ................................................................. 4

4.1 Applicable Standards ............................................................................................ 4

4.2 Specific Requirements .......................................................................................... 5

4.2.1 Drawing Software ............................................................................................... 5

4.2.2 Drawing Units ..................................................................................................... 5

4.2.3 Language............................................................................................................. 5

4.2.4 Information to be included on Shop Drawings ................................................. 5

4.3 Submittal of shop drawings .................................................................................. 6

4.3.1 Drawing Sizes ..................................................................................................... 8

4.3.2 Drawing Scales ................................................................................................... 8

4.3.3 Dimensioning ...................................................................................................... 8

5.0 DESIGN CHANGE REQUESTS .............................................................................. 9 TABLE OF FIGURES Figure 1: Standard “A” Series Drawing Sizes ........................................................................................... 8 Figure 2: Preferred Drawing Scales ......................................................................................................... 8


1.0 DEFINITIONS In these guidelines, the following terms have the following definitions and are italicized in the text: The Engineer An Engineer or a subordinate whose operational control and conduct is in line with a recognised Quality Management System and is directly supervised by an ECSA Registered Professional Engineer within the office of the consultant. Final Design drawings Design drawings signed off by a professional engineer from the office of the consultant, which reflect the original system design before the generation and submission of Shop Drawings for the building project. Shop drawings Drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts, brochures and other data intended to illustrate details of a portion of the work which are provided to the office of the consultant for approval before procurement and/or fabrication. Fabrication or Detail drawings Drawings produced to provide all information necessary for shop personnel to fabricate and/or assemble items. As-Built drawings Design drawings of in-situ installations with as much information and detail as was supplied in the consultant’s Final Design Drawings. These as-built drawings are to be signed off by a professional engineer from the office of the consultant, which reflect design changes made during the construction of the building project. 2.0 PURPOSE Shop drawings are prepared to provide information which assists in confirmation of the intent of the design, equipment performance as specified in the tender documents (Drawings, BoQ & Technical Specification) and to provide suppliers, fabricators or manufacturers with information which assists them in making the required components. A contractor shall prepare clearly detailed and project specific shop drawings as called for by the contract documents or as the Engineer may reasonably request. Shop drawings are prepared by fabricators, suppliers, equipment manufacturers, sub-contractors and contractors or by others retained by these parties. Shop drawings are prepared following a review of the drawings, specifications and contract documents supplied by the office of the consultant – and other project consultants as may be applicable. Shop drawings may be required to be submitted at any stage of the project and shall always be requested for any design change request to scope of installations.


3.0 RESPONSIBILITY Administrators of the Standard Operating Procedures are responsible for monitoring the implementation of the Standards and ensuring adherence to the Standards. Any proposed changes to this Standard must be reviewed by the consultant’s Quality Management Reviewer for Final approval.

4.0 PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS

4.1 Applicable Standards Unless otherwise specified further in the tender documents, the standards below shall form part of the requirement for equipment performance and installations’ benchmark. 4.1.1 Local Municipality as advised by the Engineer 4.1.2 ASIB Automatic Sprinkler Inspection Bureau (Pty) Ltd 4.1.3 SANS 10 287- Automatic Sprinkler Protection 4.1.4 SANS 10 400 Application of National Building Regulations. 4.1.5 Occupational Safety Act 4.1.6 ASIB 11th Addition Rules (latest revision) 4.1.7 SABS 10 139-1981; The prevention, automatic detection and extinguishing of

fire in buildings 4.1.8 SABS 1125-1977; Room air conditioners 4.1.9 SABS 10 173-1980; The installation, testing and balancing of air-conditioning

duct work 4.1.10 SABS 1238-1979; Air-conditioning ductwork. 4.1.11 SABS 1424-1987; Filters for air-conditioning and general ventilation. 4.1.12 ANSI/ASHRAE 51, ASHRAE 90.1, ASHRAE 15, ASHRAE 52.1 & EN779 (latest

revision) 4.1.13 ANSI Standard 221.47 4.1.14 ARI Standard 410 4.1.15 SABS 0147-1992; Refrigerating systems including plants associated with air

conditioning systems 4.1.16 NRCA Standard for Roof Curbs 4.1.17 SABS 193-1972; Fire dampers. 4.1.18 EN 12101 - Smoke and heat control systems 4.1.19 NFPA 90A for flame and smoke spread for adhesives 4.1.20 SABS 0140-1978; Identification colour marking CGA, ETLC, CSA or UL/ULC

certified for prewired equipment 4.1.21 SANS 10 142 – The Wiring of Premises 4.1.22 CGA, ETLC, CSA or UL/ULC certified for prewired equipment 4.1.23 SANS 10252-2(SABS 0252-2)


4.2 Specific Requirements 4.2.1 Drawing Software

The most current version of AutoCAD is preferred to be used, whilst earlier versions are acceptable to 2007. Earlier versions tend to have compatibility issues with later versions. All drawings shall be submitted in 2010 editable .dwg and .pdf file formats.

4.2.2 Drawing Units

All drawings will conform to SI units (Systems International).

4.2.3 Language All notes, comments and text will be in the English language (UK Standard). All instructions on a drawing shall be in the imperative tense i.e.: ducting to be insulated, 150mm high steel plinths to be provided for axial fans.

4.2.4 Information to be included on Shop Drawings

4.2.4.1 Shop drawings must make reference to the appropriate design drawings produced by the Engineer by indicating drawing number(s) and revision

number(s) and the appropriate section of the specification.

4.2.4.2 Shop drawings must include the following information:

1. The original date of issue

2. The dates of all applicable revisions;

3. The project title;

4. Where applicable, the project address;

5. The project number;

6. Wherever applicable, the name(s) of the:

i) Contractor(s),

ii) Sub-contractor(s),

iii) Supplier(s),

iv) Manufacturer(s), and

v) Separate detailer(s);

7. The sequence number for each shop drawing;

8. Identifications of all products and materials; 9. Relation to adjacent structures or materials; 10. Clearly-identified field dimensions; and 11. Applicable standards – such as a By Laws, SANS, ASHRAE, ASIB, BS, EN,

etc


4.2.4.3 When the manufacturer's standard schematic drawings, catalogue sheets, diagrams, schedules, performance charts, illustrations and other standard descriptive data are submitted as shop drawings, the contractor is to, where applicable:

1. Delete information which is not applicable to the project; 2. Supplement standard information where necessary to provide additional

information applicable to the project; 3. Show dimensions and clearances required; 4. Show performance characteristics and capacities; and 5. Show wiring diagrams and controls.

4.2.4.4 Shop drawings provided for equipment must use the abbreviations used

in the specifications from the Engineer and, where applicable, include the following:

1. Manufacturer identification;

2. Model number;

3. Installation arrangement;

4. Material sizes;

5. Construction details;

6. Dimensions;

7. Weight;

8. Operating characteristics as they relate to the use of application;

9. Operating performance curves;

10. IP Rating of equipment

11. Performance curves with clearly-indicated performance range(s);

12. Equipment efficiency;

13. Duty cycles;

14. Motor duty cycles;

15. Electrical classification;

16. Electrical data and characteristics;

17. Electrical wiring schematics & control logic;

18. Approvals;

19. Sound levels; and

20. Vibration levels if applicable.

The information above is typically available from the equipment manufacturer on request and is incumbent on the contractor to ensure this is presented to the Engineer for approval. Failure to request for approval of deviation from specification contained in BoQ and/or Technical specification, and/or Project Drawings, and/or Standards (as per Point 4.1 above), shall not absolve the contractor of the requirement to comply and the costs to remedy such shall be borne by the contractor.

4.3 Submittal of shop drawings

The Engineer may only accept Shop Drawings for review that the Contractor has reviewed and approved. Prior to submission to the Engineer, a Contractor is to review and approve all shop drawings. By this review and approval, the Contractor represents that it has determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalogue numbers and similar data, and that it has checked and coordinated each Shop Drawing with the requirements of the work and


the contract documents. The contractor is to indicate its review and approval by including the date and the signature of a responsible person on each Shop drawing. The Engineer may require that Shop Drawings be accompanied by a transmittal letter showing date, project title, project number, the contractor's or supplier's address, and the sequence number of each Shop Drawing submitted. Shop Drawings can be submitted in electronic format, in the form of prints as The Engineer or the Project’s Technical Specification may direct. The format in which Shop Drawings are to be submitted may be established at the start of the Project, however this document outlines the minimum standards required. Similarly the format in which Shop Drawings can be returned as having been reviewed or marked up may be established at the start of the Project. At the time of submission, the Contractor is to notify the Engineer in writing of any deviations in the Shop Drawings from the requirements of the contract documents. The Contractor will forward the Shop Drawings to the appropriate members of the Consulting Firm’s team for review. In performing his or her review, The Engineer will only review for conformity to the design concept and for general arrangement. Unless a deviation on the Shop Drawings has been previously approved in writing by the Engineer, such a review by The Engineer does not relieve the contractor from its responsibility for any and all errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings or from its responsibility for meeting all the requirements contained in the contract documents. The Engineer must sign the Shop Drawings and include appropriate wording to indicate the nature of the review, and that the Shop Drawings were reviewed for general conformance only to the design concept and for general arrangement. Unless otherwise directed by The Engineer, a contractor is to make all changes to the Shop Drawings which The Engineer may require to be consistent with the contract documents and resubmit the Shop Drawings. When resubmitting the Shop

Drawings, a contractor is to notify The Engineer in writing of any revisions other than those requested by The Engineer. Equipment wiring and control diagrams are also to be submitted for review by the Engineer, but the approval does not relieve the contractor of the requirement for the correct switching, control logic and associated safeties with such equipment as per Standards stipulated under section


4.3.1 Drawing Sizes

Width (mm) Length (mm)A4 210 297A3 297 420A2 420 594A1 594 841A0 841 1189

DIMENSIONSSTANDARD SIZE

Figure 1: Standard “A” Series Drawing Sizes Long drawings, where necessary for piping, wiring/circuit diagrams, cable run diagrams, etc. shall be prepared with widths equal to the widths of “A” series sheets, as required.

4.3.2 Drawing Scales The requirements of scale settings are as follow:

When using model space, the design must always be full size, i.e. active scale = 1:1.

In the case of non-dimensional drawings such as diagrammatic drawings, the viewport must be scaled to suit the drawing sheet. Different vertical and horizontal scales may be chosen in order to exaggerate a profile or to clarify thin layers of a section.

1:1 1:2 1:51:10 1:20 1:251:100 1:200 1:50

1:1000 1:2000 1:500

PREFERRED SCALES

Figure 2: Preferred Drawing Scales

4.3.3 Dimensioning

All detailed dimensions shall be in millimeters and must be of the filled head arrow type.

All notes must have a leader pointing at the detail referred to.

Co-ordinates shall be stated in meters to 3 decimal places.

Dimensioning must be done whilst in model space, and NOT in an active viewport. Dimensions are not to be exploded.


5.0 DESIGN CHANGE REQUESTS

A Design Change Request (DCR) is the only way to materially change the design after Shop Drawing Approval. This Standard Operating Procedure (Document No.: SOP 012) and a DCR form (Document No.: IFQ 042 - Design Change Request) is always to be e-mailed to the project team for clarity of process in design changes requested or found due to change in layouts (i.e. architectural ceiling or floor layouts and clashes with other services) The purpose of a DCR is to give clarity on the impact the change may cause on 1) Overall installation costs, 2) Mechanical & Electrical interfaces (weight, size, power supply, etc.), 3) Get a costing for the change if any, and 4) Who is responsible the costs for the change if any. Complete DCR’s are to be submitted by hard copy or e-mailed to the project Engineer (refer to project specific contact register and organogram). Cost Account holders include for Tenants (Tenant Account), Main Contractor, Subcontractor, Variation Order / Scope Creep (Addition to Subcontractor scope) and Value Engineering (Reduction to subcontractor scope). Design approval may only be signed off by the Engineer whilst cost approval shall be signed by the following:

1. The Engineer (Mechanical, Electrical & Fire Consultant) 2. Project QS and/or Principal Agent (mostly Project Manager) 3. Tenant 4. Main Contractor

Material Changes are:

1. Change in equipment or material quantities (i.e. sprinkler heads, water mains, diffusers, 2. Relocation of units and/or clash avoidance (i.e. coordination on site) 3. Scope change (i.e. change in space usage/size/layout resulting in

equipment/reticulation change in size and specification) 4. Value Engineering (i.e. equipment or material change to save costs)

Note: Alternative equipment, qualifications and omissions must be handled at Tender or shop drawing submission. These must be clearly set out by the contractor and signed off by the Engineer.

GROENVLEI SECONDARY SCHOOL: FIRE PROTECTION BOQ Rev 0

.

ITEM NO DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY SUPPLY INSTALL AMOUNT

SCHEDULE 1 :

1 PRELIMINARY & GENERAL ITEMS

1,001 Clearance of Rubbish Item Included in General P&Gs

1,002 Retention Interest Item Included in General P&Gs

1,003 Site Establishment & Clearance Item Included in General P&Gs

1,004 Scaffolding Item Included in General P&Gs

1,005 Tests and Inspections Item Included in General P&Gs

1,006 Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Manuals Item Included in General P&Gs

1,007 As-built Drawings Item Included in General P&Gs

1,008 12 Months Guarantee and Maintenance Item Included in General P&Gs

1,009 Programming of the Work Item Included in General P&Gs

1,010 Testing, Balancing & Commissioning Item Included in General P&Gs

1,011 Equipment Submissions Item Included in General P&Gs

1,012 Contract Drawings Item Included in General P&Gs

1,013 Equipment Labels Item Included in General P&Gs

1,014 Water & Power for commissioning If JBCC Document Item Included in General P&Gs

Any additional items of preliminary nature that the tenderer may wish to add to comply

with requirements of the specification and/or bill of quantities.

(To be listed hereunder by the Tenderer)

i Item Included in General P&Gs

ii Item Included in General P&Gs

Sub-contractors to be present at all site meeting at least on a two weekly basis and more

frequently as buildings become ready/ available for installations.

1,015 Provisional sum for construction Changes Prov Included in General P&Gs

1,016 Contractor's overhead and profit on Item 1.015 % Included in General P&Gs

CARRIED TO FINAL SUMMARY

Page 1 of 7



SCHEDULE 2 :External works

2 FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT & EMERGENCY EVACUATION

CYLINDRICAL WATER STORAGE TANKS

TANKS: THE SUPPLY INSTALLATION AND FULL COMMISSIONING OF TANKS

2,001Supply/ Intall a Fire storage tank complete with pipe work and commissioning of tanks.1 x

CYLINDRICAL TANK, total effective capacity including free board 114m³ 1,00

2,002 60Amps, 3 Phase power supply for welding of tanks on site

2,003 Cubic Tanks Prefered instead of welding

PUMPS: THE SUPPLY INSTALLATION AND FULL COMMISSIONING OF PUMPS

ELECTRICAL MOTOR DRIVEN PUMP

2,001Supply, install, test and commission Electric motor driven fire pump suitable for automatic

operation consisting of the following (as per specification)No. 2,00

2,002

End suction Vertical centrifugal pump type, fire pump complete with 22l/s at a total head of

4.5 Bar. including by pass arrangement for periodical testing of the working of the pump

set as required, strainer on suction side and pressure gauge on delivery side etc. The

pump shall be provided with mechanical seals.

2,003

Squirel cage A.C induction motor suitable for operation on 415V, 3 Phase 50Hz A.C

supply and of minimum 100 kW for the above pump with flexible coupling as per

specification

2,004 All coupling of pump and motor should be covered with safety guard

2,005 Jockey Pump: 1.5 L/s @ 4.5 Bar Jockey Electrically driven No. 1,00

PUMP ROOM

PUMPHOUSE PIPEWORK & ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

2,006 All pumphouse pipework and necessary valves as per tender drawings and specification Item 1,00

2,007All electrical panels, cabling, safeties, switches, etc for electrical pump, jockey pump and

any other equipment housed within the pump houseItem 1,00

FIRE HYDRANT MAINS

2,008

Supply and installation of main reticulation uPVC CLASS 16 pipe work including all pipe

work, fittings, hangers, klambons, fixing equipment , trencing,Laying and

backfilling,painting as per specification and tender drawings. Size 110mm

m 940,00

,

2,009


work, fittings, hangers, klambons, fixing equipment ,trencing,Laying and backfilling,painting

as per specification and tender drawings. painting as per specification and tender

drawings. Size 75mm

m 58,00

,

2,010




drawings. Size 50mm

m 120,00

,

2,011


work, fittings, hangers, klambons, fixing equipment , trencing,Laying and

backfilling,painting as per specification and tender drawings. painting as per specification

and tender drawings. Size 40mm

m 75,00

,

2,012




drawings. Size 32mm

m 54,00

,

FIXED HYDRANTS & HOSE REELS

FIRE HYDRANTS, HOSE COUPLINGS, CONNECTORS, BRANCH PIPE, AND NOZZLE

FITTINGS SHALL CONFORM TO SANS 1128

2,013

High Volume Hydrant: 100mm Diameter high volume Pillar Type Fire Hydrant with

standard Instantaneous coupling supplied and fitted as per specification and tender

drawings.

No 1,00

2,014Twin Booster Hydrant: 65mm Diameter Pillar Type Fire Hydrant with twin booster

connection c/w blank cap, with pressure guage on riser and painted as per specifications.No 1,00

2,015

25mm Dia Fire Hose Reels SANS approved and supplied and fitted including, stop

valves,hose reel base, clamps,nozzle brackets,fixing brackets,etc including length of 30m

connecting pipe per reel as per the specification and tender drawings.

No 9,00

2,016Supply delivery and fitment of 100mm non-return valve and two gate valves as per tender

specification and drawings. No 1,00

2,017 Fire Hose Reel Cabinet No 9,00

HAND-HELD PORTABLE FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT

2,015Normal Hydrants: 65mm Standard instantaneous coupling with wheel valves supplied and

fitted as per the specification and tender drawings, including valves and pressure gauge.No 7,00


Page 2 of 7



SCHEDULE 2 :External works


FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT & EMERGENCY EVACUATION

2,016

F4, Size:190mm x 570mm (h x w) double sided Photoluminescent sign with back plate

framed in natural anodised aluminium. Supply and Install with steel wire and ceiling tee

hook/onto Mild steel bracket at 3.0meters from finished floor level/mechanically mounted

onto wall/fixture

No. 12,00

2,017

F18/F21, Size:190mm x 380mm (h x w) double sided Photoluminescent sign framed in

natural anodised aluminium.Supply and Install with steel wire and ceiling tee hook/onto

Mild steel bracket at 3.0meters from finished floor level/mechanically mounted onto

wall/fixture

No. 7,00

2,018

Emergency Assembly Point (Custom sign to industry standards) Size:1000mm x 1000mm

(h x w), three sided vinyl sign without back plate (0.8) and mild steel frame of square

tubing (30 x 30mm) mounted onto Diameter 80mm pole. Bottom of sign to be at least 2.4m

from finishe floor level and mounted with 4 M10 rawl bolts. Supply and Install the entire

scope.

No. 2,00

Carried Forward to Summary Page

Page 3 of 7



SCHEDULE 3 : Block A


,

3,001

Supply and installation of main reticulation GALVANISED STEEL pipe work including all

pipe work, fittings, hangers, klambons, fixing equipment , painting as per specification and

tender drawings. Size 50mm

m 14,00

3,002




m 17,00

3,003




m 10,00




3,004




No 4,00



3,006

Supply and install fire extinguishers SANS approved. Complete with meranti backing

boards,steel bases,mounting brackets and wall anchors as per the tender drawings or

detailed specifications. 5 kg CO2

No 1,00

3,007



detailed specifications. 4.5 kg DCP

No 8,00

3,008Fire Extinguishers Cabinet for 5 kg CO2, Fire cabinets must be of a glass fibre with clear

polycarbonate lids.No 1,00

3,009

E3, Size:190mm x 380mm (h x w) double sided Photoluminescent sign with back plate

framed in natural anodised aluminium frame. Supply and Install with steel wire and ceiling

tee hook/onto Mild steel bracket at 3.0meters from finished floor level/mechanically

mounted onto wall/fixture

No. 1,00

3,01


natural anodised aluminium. Supply and Install with steel wire and ceiling tee hook/onto


wall/fixture

No. 4,00

3,011




onto wall/fixture

No. 4,00

3,012

F13, Size:190mm x 380mm (h x w) double sided Photoluminescent sign without back plate

and framed in natural anodised aluminium. Supply and Install with steel wire and ceiling



No. 8,00


Page 4 of 7



SCHEDULE 4 : Block C


4,001




m 6,00

4,002




No 3,00



4,004



detailed specifications. 5 kg CO2

No 4,00

4,005




No 6,00

4,006Fire Extinguishers Cabinet for 5 kg CO2, Fire cabinets must be of a glass fibre with clear

polycarbonate lids.No 4,00

4,007 Fire Blanket 1.8 x 1.8 m No 3,00

4,008

E1/E2, Size:190mm x 380mm (h x w) double sided Photoluminescent sign framed in

natural anodised aluminium.Supply and Install with steel wire and ceiling tee hook/onto


wall/fixture

No. 1,00

4,009

E3, Size:190mm x 380mm (h x w) double sided Photoluminescent sign with back plate

framed in natural anodised aluminium frame. Supply and Install with steel wire and ceiling



No. 4,00

4,01




wall/fixture

No. 3,00

4,011




onto wall/fixture

No. 3,00

4,012





No. 2,00

4,013

F35, Size:190mm x 190mm (h x w) double sided Photoluminescent sign framed in natural

anodised aluminium frame. Supply and Install with steel wire and ceiling tee hook OR

mechanically mounted onto wall/fixture at lift shafts

No. 3,00


Page 5 of 7



SCHEDULE 5 : Block D


5,001




m 24,00

5,002




m 20,00




5,003




No 2,00



5,005




No 4,00

5,006




wall/fixture

No. 2,00

5,007




onto wall/fixture

No. 2,00

5,008





No. 4,00


Page 6 of 7


ITEM NO DESCRIPTION Page RATE

SCHEDULE 7 :

Schedule FINAL SUMMARY AMOUNT

No

1 PRELIMINARY & GENERAL ITEMS Page Included in General P&Gs

2 SCHEDULE 2 :External works Page 3,00

3 SCHEDULE 3 : Block A Page 4,00

4 SCHEDULE 4 : Block C Page 5,00

5 SCHEDULE 5 : Block D Page 6,00

TOTAL (Excluding Vat) CARRIED TO MECHANICAL INSTALLATION SUMMARY

Page 7 of 7

GROENVLEI SECONDARY SCHOOL HVAC BOQ - REV 2

.


SCHEDULE 1 :


1,001 Clearance of Rubbish Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,002 Retention Interest Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,003 Site Establishment & Clearance Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,004 Scaffolding Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,005 Performance Guarantee Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,006 Payment Guarantee Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,007 Staff Organisation Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,008 Progress for Measurement Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,009 Attendance for Measurement Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,010 Tests and Inspections Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,011 Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Manuals Item 3 Included in General P&Gs

1,012 As-built Drawings Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,013 12 Months Guarantee and Maintenance Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,014 Programming of the Work Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,015 Testing, Balancing & Commissioning Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,016 Equipment Submissions Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,017 Contract Drawings Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,018 Contract Management Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,019 Office Administration Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,020 Truck Trips Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,021 Van and Car Trips Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,022 Rigging and Crane Hire Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,023 Spares as Specified Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,024 Equipment Labels Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,025 Overtime and Acceleration Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,026 Out of Town costs & Accommodation Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,027 Water & Power for commissioning If JBCC Document Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

Any additional items of preliminary nature that the tenderer may wish to add to

comply with requirements of the specification and/or bill of quantities.


i Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

ii Item 1 Included in General P&Gs

Sub-contractors to be present at all site meeting at least on a two weekly basis

and more frequently as buildings become ready/ available for installations.

1,028 Provisional sum for construction Changes Prov 1 Included in General P&Gs

1,029 Contractor's overhead and profit on Item 1.028 % 10 Included in General P&Gs

CARRIED TO FINAL SUMMARY R

Page 1 of 6



SCHEDULE 2 :

BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMS

2 NEW HVAC INSTALLATIONS: EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES

`

Ceilling Cassette Split Units

Ceiling Cassette unit capacity to be based on Cooling On Coil

temperatures of 27°C (db) and 19°C (wb)

2,001

Supply and install CEILING CASSETTE SPLIT UNIT - 3,6kW cooling & 3,6kW

heating. Firmly support indoor units with support brackets and steel rods, from

roof trusses/ slab (soffit) & walls as per industry best practice. Power source :

1PH,220-240V/50Hz.

No 3

2,002




1PH,220-240V/50Hz.

No 2

Remote Controllers

2,003Hard wired remote controller, c/w on board temperature sensor, installed at

1500mm AFFL inside offices spaces No 5

Pipe Fittings

CCUs

2,004soft drawn refrigerant piping for liquid and gas lines, from BC1.8 to MSU'S. Gas

line-12.7mm to 22,2mm flare and liquid line-6.35mm to 9,52mm flare.m 55

Refrigerant Charge

2,005Prepare unit for refrigerant charge and charge with refrigerant, R410A, as per

manufacturer's recommendation & tender specifications and test for leaks Item 1

Condensate drainage piping sets c/w Long p-trap. Pipe Sets, including

chasing in walls, core drilling and making good afterwards

2,006Indoor Unit Drain piping to connect into the nearest Main drain piping. Outside

Dia-50mm.m 40

Condensate Main drainage fittings

2,007 bends No 25

2,008 TRF No

2,009 Tees No 3

Decorative Trunking

2,010Supply and install PVC decorative trunking to conceal refrigerant/ condensate

drain piping & electrical cabling inside building.m 90

Electrical Wiring c/w perforated cable trays, brackets supported from the

concrete slab/ soffit: Isolator to be provided by electrician at most 1000mm

away from the air conditioning unit's condenser/ Fresh Air Handling Unit/

Fan

2,011

Electrical and control wiring of air-conditioning units from isolator provided by

electrician to unit's electrical panel. Wiring to be done by qualified master

electrician.

Item 1

FAF01

CIRCULAR & SPIRAL DUCTING

2,012 Dia. 250 m 1

Transformations - Supply and Install

2,013 400 x 400 to Dia 315 No. 1

2,014 Dia 315 to Dia 250 No. 1

AIR DIFFUSION

Supply air diffusers - Metal, white epoxy coated - Supply and Install

2,015 Dia. 250 supply air diffusers (Rickard CCD type) No 1

Diffuser & Disc Valve Clamps - Supply and Install

2,016 250mm diam clamps No 2

Balancing Damper - Supply and Install

Single blade damper with flynut lockable quadrant riveted onto the damper duct

piece. Damper length should be at least 15% longer than the damper height.

2,017 Dia. 250 butterfly damper No 1

External Weather Louvres, Discharge Cowls, Burglar Bars & Wire Mesh

Screens - Supply and Install

2,018400 x 400 neck size, weather louvre complete with wire mesh screens & burglar

bars No 1


Page 2 of 6



SCHEDULE 2 :

BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMS

NEW HVAC INSTALLATIONS: EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES


FAF02


2,019 Dia. 150 m 13

2,020 Dia. 100 m 3


2,021 150 x 150 to Dia 200 No. 1

2,022 Dia 200 to Dia 150 No. 1

90° Bends - Supply and Install

2,023 Dia. 150 No. 1

Spigots - Supply and Install

2,024 Dia. 100 No 3

Stop Ends - Supply and Install

2,025 Dia. 150 No 1

AIR DIFFUSION

Supply air Disc Valves - Metal, white epoxy coated - Supply and Install

2,026 Dia. 100 supply air disc valve (Rickard type) No 3










bars No 1

EXTRACT AIR FANS - SUPPLY AND INSTALL

Centrifugal, Axial & inline tube Fans complete with feet, flanges and support

brackets and spring mounts/ Anti vibration mountings - Supply and Install

2,030Dia. 200 Inline tube fan for 0.060m³/s, 350 Pa total Pressure, 0.41 kW (400V,

50Hz)No 1

2,031 Dia. 315 Axial fan for 0.24m³/s, 350 Pa total Pressure, 0.41 kW (400V, 50Hz) No 1

Sound Attenuators complete with support brackets - Supply and Install

2,032 Sound Attenuators to suit Dia. 200 Fan No 2


Electrical and Electronic Connections - Supply and Install

2,034 Electrical starter/isolator with overload protection, wired to fan and to isolator No 2

2,035Electrical cabling and wiring of fans (all cabling and wiring measured as one item

per fan)Item 1


Page 3 of 6



SCHEDULE 3:

BLOCK C - KITCHEN EXTRACTION


EAF01


3,001 Dia. 900 m 11


3,002 Dia. 900 to Dia. 560 No. 2



3,003 Dia. 900 Discharge Cowls complete with wire mesh screens & burglar bars No 2




3,004Dia. 560 Inline tube fan for 3,880m³/s, 450 Pa total Pressure, 0.41 kW (400V,

50Hz)No 1






per fan)Item 1


Page 4 of 6



SCHEDULE 4:

BLOCK D - STAFF ROOM


`

Ceilling Cassette Split Units

Ceiling Cassette unit capacity to be based on Cooling On Coil

temperatures of 27°C (db) and 19°C (wb)

4,001




1PH,220-240V/50Hz.

No 2

Remote Controllers

4,002Hard wired remote controller, c/w on board temperature sensor, installed at

1500mm AFFL inside offices spaces No 2

Pipe Fittings

CCUs

4,003soft drawn refrigerant piping for liquid and gas lines, from BC1.8 to MSU'S. Gas

line-12.7mm to 22,2mm flare and liquid line-6.35mm to 9,52mm flare.m 20

Refrigerant Charge

4,004Prepare unit for refrigerant charge and charge with refrigerant, R410A, as per

manufacturer's recommendation & tender specifications and test for leaks Item 1

Condensate drainage piping sets c/w Long p-trap. Pipe Sets, including

chasing in walls, core drilling and making good afterwards

4,005Indoor Unit Drain piping to connect into the nearest Main drain piping. Outside

Dia-50mm.m 25

Condensate Main drainage fittings

4,006 bends No 8

4,007 TRF No 1

4,008 Tees No 1

Decorative Trunking

4,009Supply and install PVC decorative trunking to conceal refrigerant/ condensate

drain piping & electrical cabling inside building.m 35

Electrical Wiring c/w perforated cable trays, brackets supported from the

concrete slab/ soffit: Isolator to be provided by electrician at most 1000mm

away from the air conditioning unit's condenser/ Fresh Air Handling Unit/

Fan

4,010

Electrical and control wiring of air-conditioning units from isolator provided by

electrician to unit's electrical panel. Wiring to be done by qualified master

electrician.

Item 1

FAF01


4,011 Dia. 250 m 1


4,012 400 x 400 to Dia 315 No. 1

4,013 Dia 315 to Dia 250 No. 1

AIR DIFFUSION

Supply air diffusers - Metal, white epoxy coated - Supply and Install

4,014 Dia. 250 supply air diffusers (Rickard CCD type) No 1










bars No 1




4,018 Dia. 315 Axial fan for 0.28m³/s, 350 Pa total Pressure, 0.41 kW (400V, 50Hz) No 1






per fan)Item 1


Page 5 of 6


ITEM NO DESCRIPTION SUPPLY INSTALL

SCHEDULE 4:


No

1 PRELIMINARY & GENERAL ITEMS Page -1- Included in General P&Gs

2 BLOCK A - ADMIN & CLASSROOMS Page -2-

3 BLOCK C - KITCHEN EXTRACTION Page -2-

4 BLOCK D - STAFF ROOM Page -2-

TOTAL (Excluding Vat) CARRIED TO MECHANICAL INSTALLATION

SUMMARY

Page 6 of 6

19-P47 - Groenvlei Secondary School - Thabazimbi Internal Wet-Services


SCHEDULE 1 :

1,000 PRELIMINARY & GENERAL ITEMS

1,001 Site Establishment & Clearance Item 1 Included in Gen. P&Gs

1,002 Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Manuals Item 3 Included in Gen. P&Gs

1,003 As-built Drawings Item 3 Included in Gen. P&Gs

1,004 12 Months Guarantee and Maintenance Item 1 Included in Gen. P&Gs

1,005 Testing, Balancing & Commissioning Item 1 Included in Gen. P&Gs

1,006 Health and safety Item 1 Included in Gen. P&Gs

1,007 Security on site Item 1 Included in Gen. P&Gs

1,008 Water & Power for commissioning If JBCC Document Item 1 Included in Gen. P&Gs




i Item 1 Included in Gen. P&Gs

ii Item 1 Included in Gen. P&Gs




Page 1 of 19



SCHEDULE 2 :

2 BLOCK A

Upvc Piping

Pipework to include for all bracketing, anchor points and electofusion couplings,

expansion joints, required to meet the HDPE installation requirements. Bracketing

to allow for all eventualitites inc. fixing to walls, soffits and in ceiling space

irrespective of lengths of rods required.

2,001 50mm Diameter pipes m 18


HDPE pipe and fittings as before described laid in trenches on imported bedding

as per HDPE recommendations including all excavations, filling and compaction

to 93% Modasho all in normal ground not exceeding 1m deep

Extra over HDPE Piping for fittings

2,003 40mm x 45° bend No 3

2,004 40 x 1¼" male adapter No 3

2,005 40 x 32 rubber collar No 3

2,006 40mm expansion socket including fixed point bracket No 3

2,007 50mm x 45° bend No 3

2,008 50mm x 40mm x 45° reducing junction No 3

2,009 50mm inspection pipe No 6

2,01 110mm x 90° bend No 8

2,011 110mm x 45° bend No 4

2,012 110mm x 45° equal junction No 4


2,014 110mm rodding eye No 3


Page 2 of 19



SCHEDULE 2 :

BLOCK A


inspection chamber: A chamber not deeper than 1 m and of such dimensions that

permanent access may be obtained to a drain without a person's being required to

enter into such chamber.

ventilation pipe; vent pipe: A pipe, other than a discharge pipe, that leads to the

open air at its highest point and that provides ventilation throughout a drainage

installation for the purpose of preventing the destruction of water seals.

Supply and install vent Pipe complete with vent valve as per drawing:

2,015 Dia.100 m 14

Extra over HDPE Piping for fittings (Cont'd)

2,016 110mm PVC gully trap and joint to HDPE piping No 3

2,017 110mm pan Connector No 4

2,018 110m Moisture seal No 4

Floor Drains and Traps - Stainless Steel/ Other

2,019 Bottle trap with urinal grating No 1

2,02 50 x 40mm reseal "P" or "S" trap No 4

2,021 Wash Basin trap comprising wavin HEP20 waterless trap and tundish with 32mm inlet elbow and 50mm x 2" female to female iron pvc connector added there to at outletNo 3

Waste Unions etc

Fat traps

Stainless steel drain channel

2,022 Design 300 W x 200 Depth channel to accormodate steel drain channel By Others

SUNDRIES

2,023Allow for successful testing of systems in sections during construction, each to be

witnessed and signed by the engineer's representativeItem 1

2,024 Allow for chasing brickwall for piping not exceeding 65mmØ. Make good by Contractor Item 1

2,025 PVC Sleeve n/e 75mmØ average length 250mm No 4



Page 3 of 19



SCHEDULE 2 :

BLOCK A


WATER SUPPLIES - COLD WATER

Copper Piping class 1

2,027 15mm Pipes m 18

2,028 22mm Pipes m 18

2,029 28mm Pipes m 30

2,03 35mm Pipes m 10

Extra Overcopper class 1 Piping for Capillary Fittings

2,031 15mm Fittings No 4


2,033 35mm Reducer No 1

2,034 15mm Elbow No 1


2,036 22mm Tee No 2

2,037 28mm Tee No 4

2,038 35mm Tee No 1

Backflow Prevention Devices

TAPS, VALVES, ETC

Metering of water supplies

2,039Pre-Paid water meter Dia. 35 for cold water supply. Water meters to comply with SANS

1529-9No 1

Valves

2,04 15mm diam shut-off valves No 5



CONNECTORS

Overflow and Service pipe

2,043 15mm Braided connector 300mm long No 8

HOT WATER GENERATION & STORAGE

Hydroboils and Geysers


Page 4 of 19



SCHEDULE 3 :

3 BLOCK B

Upvc Piping











3,003 40mm x 45° bend No 8




3,007 50mm x 45° bend No 4



3,01 110mm x 90° bend No 18

3,011 110mm x 45° bend No 9





Page 5 of 19



SCHEDULE 3 :

BLOCK B









3,015 Dia.100 m 14









Waste Unions etc

3,022 40mm Sink waste union No 4

3,023 POM D'Or undersized P-trap No 4


SUNDRIES







Page 6 of 19



SCHEDULE 3 :

BLOCK B




3,028 15mm Pipes m 12

3,029 22mm Pipes m 18


3,031 54mm Pipes m 24





3,035 54 x 35mm Reducer No 1

3,036 54x 35mm Reducer No 2


3,038 22mm Tee No 9

3,039 28mm Tee No 9

3,04 35mm Tee No 9

3,041 42mm Tee No 1


TAPS, VALVES, ETC



1529-9No 1

Valves




CONNECTORS






Page 7 of 19



SCHEDULE 4 :

4 BLOCK C

Upvc Piping













4,005 40mm x 45° bend No 7




4,009 50mm x 45° bend No 9





Page 8 of 19



SCHEDULE 4 :

BLOCK C









4,013 Dia.100 m 7







4,018 110mm Diameter floor drain with 100mm outlet No 3


4,02 HEP20 trap for Condensate and geyser overflow No 2

Waste Unions etc



Fat traps

4,023Supply and install external fat trap designed for 200meals/ per day. The grease volume

30m3No By Civils

4,024 Supply and install304/ 316 s/steel internal fat trap designed for 35L/min No 3


4,024 Supply and install 300 Width of stainless steel drain channel item 1


SUNDRIES






Page 9 of 19



SCHEDULE 4 :

BLOCK C




4,026 15mm Pipes m 48

4,027 22mm Pipes m 18

4,028 28mm Pipes m 12

4,029 35mm Pipes m 24








4,036 22mm Tee No 7

4,037 28mm Tee No 2

4,038 35mm Tee No 1


4,039 Vacuum Breakers to Suit No 4

TAPS, VALVES, ETC



1529-9No 2

Valves





CONNECTORS





4,0467.5 Litre Hydroboil, size 310x180x460mm high,1.5Kw,240V/1Ph/50Hz, plumbed directly

into the cold water inlet and waste water reticulation.No 3

4,047

200 Litre hot water heater ( Solar system) and storage tank, complete with 4Kw backup

electrical,circulating pump safety valves, vacuum breakers and all accessories and

mounting brackets. Geyser to be plumbed directly into the cold water inlet, hot water

supply piping and waste water reticulation.

No 2


Page 10 of 19



SCHEDULE 4 :

BLOCK C


WATER SUPPLIES - HOT WATER

Copper Class 1 Piping

4,047 15mm Pipes m 12

4,048 22mm Pipes m 60

Extra Over Copper Class 1 Piping for Capillary Fittings





4,053 22 mm Tee No 7

4,054 28 mm Tee No 2


4,055 Vacuum Breakers to Suit No 4

TAPS, VALVES, ETC

Valves



4,058 28mm diam shut-off valves No

CONNECTORS



PIPE INSULATION

Pre-formed external insulating zipped fire retarded, flexible, closed cell

Polyethylene material.

4,06 15mm Lagging around pipes m 12

4,061 22mm Lagging around pipes m 60

Extra over pipe insulation for insulation around

4,062 15mm Lagging around 20mm fittings No 16

4,063 22mm Lagging around 20mm fittings No 11


Page 11 of 19



SCHEDULE 4 :

BLOCK C


SUNDRIES

Sleeves

4,064 Sleeves for Dia. 56mm HDPE piping cast into slabs No 5

TESTING & COMMISSIONING




4,067 Color coding and directional arrows as per engineers requirements Item 1

4,068Flushing out of and sterilisation of the complete system to local bye laws and the

engineers requirements in the presence of the engineerItem 1


Page 12 of 19



SCHEDULE 5 :

5 BLOCK D

Upvc Piping













5,005 40mm x 45° bend No 12




5,009 50mm x 45° bend No 2



5,012 110mm x 90° bend No 28

5,013 110mm x 45° bend No 14


5,015 110mm x 50mm x 45°reducting junction No 1





Page 13 of 19



SCHEDULE 5 :

BLOCK D









5,019 Dia.100 m 14








5,025 110mm Diameter floor drain with 100mm outlet No 2


5,027 HEP20 trap for Condensate and geyser overflow No 2

Waste Unions etc



Fat traps



SUNDRIES







Page 14 of 19



SCHEDULE 5 :

BLOCK D




5,035 15mm Pipes m 18

5,036 22mm Pipes m 18

5,037 28mm Pipes m 12

5,038 35mm Pipes m 24

5,039 54mm Pipes m 12










5,048 54x 35mm Reducer No 2


5,05 22mm Tee No 17

5,051 28mm Tee No 6

5,052 35mm Tee No 8

5,053 42mm Tee No 3


TAPS, VALVES, ETC



1529-9No 1

Valves





CONNECTORS





5,067.5 Litre Hydroboil, size 310x180x460mm high,1.5Kw,240V/1Ph/50Hz, plumbed directly

into the cold water inlet and waste water reticulation.No 1


Page 15 of 19



SCHEDULE 6 :

6 BLOCK E

Upvc Piping













6,005 40mm x 45° bend No 4




6,009 50mm x 45° bend No 4



6,012 110mm x 90° bend No 8

6,013 110mm x 45° bend No 4


6,015 110mm x 90° equal junction No

6,016 110mm x 50mm x 45°reducting junction No


6,018 110mm stopped end cap No


6,02 110mm x 50mm reducer No

6,021 110mm x 63mm reducer No



Page 16 of 19



SCHEDULE 6 :

BLOCK E









6,023 Dia.100 m 14








Waste Unions etc

Fat traps



SUNDRIES







Page 17 of 19



SCHEDULE 7

7,000 EXTERNAL WORKS


WATER SOFTENING PLANTS

7,001 Water samples to be sent to an accredited laboratory for analysis. Item 1

7,002 Accredited laboratory recommendation report Item 1

7,003

Supply and install a Water Softening Plant consisting of an FRP vessel filled with Water

Softener (ANION) Resin, an automatic electric head for backwash etc., and a brine tank

with salt (Sodium).The resin is regenerated (by backwashing) and washed with coarse

salt (brine ) drawn out of the brine tank. The size of the Water Softening Plant depends

on the hardness level of water measure in PPM (Parts per Million) and the amount of

water needed (used) in 24 hours as per recommendations on a report.

Item 1


Page 18 of 19


ITEM NO DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY AMOUNT

SCHEDULE 8 :


No

1 PnGs Page -1- Included in Gen. P&Gs

2 BLOCK A Page -4-

3 BLOCK B Page -7-

4 BLOCK C Page -12-

5 BLOCK D Page -14-

6 EXTERNAL WORKS Item -18-

TOTAL (Excluding Vat) CARRIED TO MECHANICAL INSTALLATION SUMMARY R

Page 19 of 19

Groenvlei Secondary School - Refrigeration BOQ

.


SCHEDULE 1 :


1,001 Clearance of Rubbish Item 1 Included in Gen P&Gs

1,002 Retention Interest Item 1 Included in Gen P&Gs

1,003 Site Establishment & Clearance Item 1 Included in Gen P&Gs

1,004 Scaffolding Item 1 Included in Gen P&Gs

1,005 Tests and Inspections Item 1 Included in Gen P&Gs

1,006 Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Manuals Item 3 Included in Gen P&Gs

1,007 As-built Drawings Item 1 Included in Gen P&Gs

1,008 12 Months Guarantee and Maintenance Item 1 Included in Gen P&Gs

1,009 Programming of the Work Item 1 Included in Gen P&Gs

1,010 Testing, Balancing & Commissioning Item 1 Included in Gen P&Gs

1,011 Equipment Submissions Item 1 Included in Gen P&Gs

1,012 Contract Drawings Item 1 Included in Gen P&Gs

1,013 Equipment Labels Item 1 Included in Gen P&Gs

1,014 Water & Power for commissioning If JBCC Document Item 1 Included in Gen P&Gs




i Item 1 Included in Gen P&Gs

ii Item 1 Included in Gen P&Gs



1,015 Provisional sum for construction Changes Prov 1 Included in Gen P&Gs

1,016 Contractor's overhead and profit on Item 1.015 % 10 Included in Gen P&Gs


SCHEDULE 1 :

PRELIMINARY & GENERAL ITEMS

Page 1 of 4



SCHEDULE 2 :

2 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM INSTALLATIONS

Condensing units and Evaporators units

2,001

Supply and install Condensing and Evaporator unit with for cold rooms a capacity:

380v/1PH/50Hz,3.5 kw @ - 5℃ & 45 ℃ (Condensate ) with a design temperature + 2 ℃.

Refer to notes for additional details

No, 1

Dial Thermometer

2,002

Supply and install thermometer Dia.100mm round dial type with flush-mounted chrome-

plated or PVC housing. Mount the thermometer in a neat manner centered above each

door architrave. Thermometers must have removable covers. The thermometer

temperature range must be -40°C to +30°C approximately or nearest standard.

No, 1

Controls

2,003

Supply & install electric controller for Control of the temperature, Run non-run indication

lamps, Audible trip alarm,operating temperature and set point temperature indication

Over temperature alarm if temperature exceeds set point by 4 °C, Temperature sensor

fault indication and alarm, Keypad inputs, Set point security, Memory loss protection

No, 2

Panels

cold rooms

2,004

Supply and install cold room panels 3160x2530x2400 (h) (Walls, ceilings and doors), to

be 100mm thick polystyrene. Floor panel is not required. Insulation on walls, ceilings,

floors and doors must be of fire retardant expanded polystyrene as per SANS 1508.

No, 1

Freezer rooms

2,005

Supply and install freezer room panels 4000 x 3400 x 2700 (h) (Walls, ceilings and

doors), to be 100mm thick polystyrene. Floor panel is required. Insulation on walls,

ceilings, floors and doors must be of fire retardant expanded polystyrene as per SANS

1508.

No, 0

Doors

cold room door

2,006

supply and install cold room doors and must be of standard, robust construction and can

be either of the hinged (slam on). The clear opening must be not less than

815mm.Frame doors all round by channel section aluminum profiles, sealed and riveted

to the door panels.

No, 1

Freezer room door

2,007

supply and install freezer room doors and must be of standard, robust construction and

can be either of the hinged (slam on). The clear opening must be not less than

815mm.Frame doors all round by channel section aluminum profiles, sealed and riveted

to the door panels. Freezer room doors with heater elements of the double trace type,

rated at 20 W/m and fixed to the door frame. They must remain switched on while

cooling is in use.

No,

Floor drains, drain piping and refrigeration piping

2,008supply and install all cold/freezer rooms with floor drains in the position as indicated on

the project drawing/w floor trap, Dia.100 PVC drain line, P trap etc.No, 1

2,009supply and install Class 0 copper drain pipes of 22mm diameter for cold rooms, must be

carried from the drip-trays of cooling units to the floor drain. m 8

2,010

supply and install Class 0 copper drain pipes of 28mm diameter for freezer rooms, must

be carried from the drip-trays of cooling units to the floor drain. Cover drain pipes from

the units in freezer rooms with heater tape and insulate with “no-drip” tape.

m

2,011

Hard drawn refrigerant piping c/w all pipe fittings, insulation, dryers, sight glasses,

capillary tubes, etc, for liquid and gas lines, from Condensor to the Evaporator Unit. Gas

line - 25.4 mm and liquid line - 19.05 mm.

m 21


Page 2 of 4



SCHEDULE 2 :

2 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM INSTALLATIONS


Addional items :

2,012 650 L chest Freezer No 3

2,013 Trimmings and Smalls Item

2,014 PVC strip curtin 900mm (W) x 2000mm(H) -200mm x 2mm with galvenised rail No

2,015 4 FT light, 15m 1.5 2+E wire,single lever light switch,15m 16 x 16 trunking Item 1

NOTES:

Condensers

2,016Compressors must be of the hermetic or semi-hermetic type. Compressor protection must

be effected effected by a pressure control device.-

2,017

Condensing unit/s must be of the air-cooled type and the units must be complete with

base, liquid receiver, air-cooled condenser, pressure control, suction and discharge

service valves, electric fan and compressor.

-

2,018 Evaporators -

2,019Cooling unit/s must be of the forced air flow type. The units must be complete with

electric fan, drip tray, thermostatic expansion valve and heat exchanger. -

2,02

When cooling units are mounted from the ceiling, these must clear the back wall by the

minimum distance as recommended by the cooling unit manufacturer. The space so

provided must in any event be adequate for the servicing of the unit and must not be less

than 300mm.

-

2,021

Drip trays must be large enough to collect drip from the expansion valves and cooling

coils, and must incorporate a heater element if used for operation below 0°C. Cross

break drip trays and provide the drain in the centre of the drip tray.

-


Page 3 of 4


ITEM NO DESCRIPTION RATE

SCHEDULE 3 :


No

1 PRELIMINARY & GENERAL ITEMS Page -1- Included in Gen P&Gs

2 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM INSTALLATIONS Page -2-


Page 4 of 4

19-P47 - Groenvlei Secondary School - Thabazimbi KITCHEN EQUIPMENT Rev 0


1 SCHEDULE 1 : Kitchen Equipment

1,001 Supply and install s/s tabe 2250mm No 1

0,001 Supply and install s/s tabe 2000mm No 5

1,002 Supply and install s/s tabe1500 No 7

1,003Supply and install 1.2mm 304 s/steel single bowl sink,22 mm Hot & Cold water

connection 1200mm AFFL & 50mm waste connection- 550x550mmNo 1

1,004 Supply and install domestic stove black No 1

1,005 Supply and install 260L chest freezer No 0

1,006 Supply and install mobile s/steel crockery rack 1170 x 660 x 1715 hight, No 1

1,007

Supply and install 4 tier chrome vegetable rack 1150x500,Each corner post shall be

manufactured from type 304 stainless steel tubing and shall have die cast adjustable floor

pieces.No 4

1,008 Supply and install 3 burner boiling table (2100x600) , rating @216 000 BTU. No 1

1,009supply and install industrial gas range completed with oven, Gas rating 118000kj/hr,gas

pressure 2.7kpa and gas connection 20mm BSPNo 1

1,01Supply and install industrial electric range stove c/w oven. 18Kw,400v,3 phase neutral and

earth No 1

1,011Supply and install 15 Litre Hydroboil, size 510x290x630mm high,3Kw,240V/1Ph/50Hz,

plumbed directly into the cold water inlet and waste water reticulation.No 1

1,012

supply and install Extract canopy Cyclovent wall mounted box type, 3050x 2530, ST/ST

430, polish finish, Cyclonic impingement baffle Filter type 2100 AFFL, ST/ST fire

damper, Drip gutter + drains vapor proof fluorescent lights, high temperature silica glass,

hinged glass frame, 2-off rotary type latches and electronic type ballasts.

No 1


Page 1 of 2

19-P47 - Groenvlei Secondary School - Thabazimbi KITCHEN EQUIPMENT Rev 0

ITEM NO DESCRIPTION

SCHEDULE 2 :


No

2 SCHEDULE 1 : Kitchen Equipment Page -1-


Page 2 of 2

19-P47 - Groenvlei Secondary School - Thabazimbi LP GAS BOQ - Rev 0


SCHEDULE 1 :

1 LP GAS SYSTEM INSTALLATIONS

As per the requirements SANS 10087-1

1,001Supply and install Gas tanks with cylinder capacity and mass of 48 kg, with 13.3kw Ernegy

supply.No 4

1,002Supply & install 28mm diameter LP Gas manifold (2 x 2) c/w change over valves, safeties,

etcNo 1

1,003Supply & install 22mm diameter LP Gas manifold (2 x 2) c/w change over valves, safeties,

etcNo 0

Supply and install Class 1 copper pipes of 28mm diameter for gas reticulation c/w

manifold elbows, unions, accessories for cooking gas, etc. m 30

Supply and install Class 1 copper pipes of 22mm diameter for gas reticulation c/w

manifold elbows, unions, accessories for cooking gas, etc. m 0

Supply and install Class 1 copper pipes of 15mm diameter for gas reticulation c/w elbows,

unions, etc. m 12

1,004Supply and install Class 1 copper pipes of 8mm diameter for gas reticulation c/w elbows,

unions, etc. m 0

1,005Supply and install 8mm diameter connecting hoses, c/w clamps, fasteners, tested for LP

Gas use, etcNo 7

1,006

Supply and install gas bottle cage with dimensions not greater than

2000(W)x650(D)x1500(H). Cage to be of steel frame with heavy duty diamond, expanded

steel mesh finish, complete with locable double gate at least 1500mm wide

No 1

1,007 Supply and install gas low pressure regulators, first & second stage regulators No 1

Supply and install safety & warning signage around the gas cage as required by

regulationsItem Lot

1,008

Supply and install fire signageb: F13, Size:290mm x 580mm (h x w) double sided

Photoluminescent sign without back plate and framed in natural anodised aluminium.

Supply and Install with steel wire and ceiling tee hook/onto Mild steel bracket at 3.0meters

from finished floor level/mechanically mounted onto wall/fixture

No 1

Supply and install fire extinguishers SANS approved with backing boards as per the tender

drawings 9.0 kg DCPNo 1

Fire Extinguishers Cabinet for 5 kg DCP (300x290x750) weather proof box. No 1

Supply & Install 28mm diameter LP Gas Fire Man's isolation valves No 1

1,009 Supply & Install 22mm diameter LP Gas Fire Man's isolation valves No 0

1,01 Supply & Install 22mm diameter LP Gas isolation valves No 4

Supply & Install 15mm diameter LP Gas isolation valves No 7

Supply and install 8mm diameter LP Gas isolation valves No 0

Supply & Install 40 x 40 steel trunking to cover copperpiping m 30

PAINTING

Paint all copperpiping with C37 paint (stone colour) as per SANS 10087-1 Item Lot

Note: All LPG Material to be LPG SA Approved


Page 1 of 2

19-P47 - Groenvlei Secondary School - Thabazimbi LP GAS BOQ - Rev 0

ITEM NO DESCRIPTION RATE

SCHEDULE 2 :


No

2 LP GAS SYSTEM INSTALLATIONS Page -2-


Page 2 of 2

GROENVLEI SECONDARY SCHOOL:

PART C - MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS SUMMARY

ITEM NO DESCRIPTION

Schedule BILL SUMMARY AMOUNT

No

1 FIRE PROTECTION Sum

2 HVAC Sum

3 WET_SERVICES Sum

4 REFRIGERATION Sum

5 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT Sum

6 LP GAS Sum

TOTAL EXCLUDING VAT TO GENERAL SUMMARY R

Page 1 of 1


GENERAL SUMMARY

PART No DESCRIPTION AMOUNT

A PART A - BUILDING AND EXTERNAL WORKS R

B PART B - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS R

C PART C - MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS R

SUB TOTAL R

ADD CONTINGENCY SUMS R 800 000,00

SUB TOTAL R

ADD VAT @15% R

TOTAL INCLUDING VAT CARRIED TO FORM OF

TENDERR

1

REHABILITATION OF GROENVLEI PRIMARY SCHOOL

SITE SPECIFIC HEALTH AND SAFETY

SPECIFICATIONS

001/SIOC/2019

COMPILED BASED ON CONSTRUCTION REGULATION 2014 BY

2

SOIC

SITE SPECIFIC HEALTH AND SAFETY SPECIFICATION FOR THE REHABILITATION OF


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 Introduction and Background 1.1 Background to the Health and Safety Specification 1.2 Purpose of the Site Specific Health and Safety Specification (SSHSS) 1.3 Implementation of the Site Specific Health and Safety Specification

2.0 Site Specific Health and Safety Specification

2.1 Scope 2.2 Interpretation

2.2.1 Application

2.3 2.2.2 General

Definitions Occupational Health and Safety Provisions

2.3.1 Construction Work Permit

2.3.2 Notification of intention to Commence Construction Work

2.3.3 Preparing of Safety Plan and Safety File

2.3.4 Assignment of Contractor’s Management Team to Supervise on Site

2.3.5 Competence for contractor’s Management Team

2.3.6 Compensation of Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act

2.3.7 Occupational Health and Safety Policy

2.3.8 Health and Safety Organogram

2.3.9 Pregnancy Policy

2.3.10 HIV Policy

2.3.11 Risk Assessment

2.3.12 Health and Safety Representative(s)

2.3.13 Health and Safety Committee(s)

2.3.14 Health and Safety Training

2.3.15 General Record Keeping

2.3.16 General Inspection, Monitoring and reporting

2.3.17 Internal Audits

2.3.18 External Audits

2.3.19 Incentives

2.3.20 Penalties

2.3.21 Emergency Procedures

2.3.22 First Aid Box and First Aid Equipment

2.3.23 Accident / Incident Reporting and Investigation

2.3.24 Hazards and potential situation

2.3.25 Personal Protective Equipment and Clothing

2.3.26 Occupational Health and Safety signage

2.3.27 Permits

2.3.28 Management of Sub-contractors

2.4 Occupational Safety 2.4.1 Demolition Work 2.4.2 Excavation, Shoring, Dewatering or Drainage 2.4.3 Explosives and Blasting 2.4.4 Barricading of construction and walk way 2.4.5 Piling 2.4.6 Stalking of Materials 2.4.7 Speed Restriction and Protection 2.4.8 Hazardous Chemical Substance

3

SOIC



2.5 Plant and Machinery

2.5.1 Construction Plant 2.5.2 Vessels under Pressure (Gas Bottles including Operations) 2.5.3 Fire extinguishers and Fire Fighting Equipment 2.5.4 Hired Plant and Machinery 2.5.5 Scaffolding / Working on Heights including roof work

2.5.6 Fall Risk Position, Structures and Temporary Work 2.5.7 Lifting Machines and Tackle 2.5.8 Ladders and Ladder work 2.5.9 General Machinery 2.5.10 Portable Electrical Tools / Explosive Power Tools 2.5.11 High Voltage Electrical Equipment 2.5.12 Public Health and Safety 2.5.13 Night work 2.5.14 Construction employees Facilities 2.5.15 Transport of workers

2.6 Occupational Health 2.6.1 Provision of Medical Certificates and Medical Treatment

2.7 Traffic Accommodation 2.8 Heavy Rain, Lighting and Flooding 2.9 Cranes & Lifting Equipment’s 2.10 Lifting Tackle 2.11 Working Over or Close to Water 2.12 Welding Flame Cutting 2.13 Exposure to Poisonous Animals or Insects 2.14 Working on Inclement Weather 2.15 Cost for Health and Safety Measures During Construction Process 1 Annexure A

Requirement Form 2 Annexure B

Contractor’s Responsible persons

4

SOIC



1.0 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

1.1 Background to the Health and Safety Specification

Historically, the Construction Industry has had poor health and safety record. Due to the complex and

potential dangerous operations being undertaken, there is a risk of incidents and injuries. In many

instances poor adherence to the Occupational Health and Safety Act (OHSA) has resulted in severe

consequences for Health and Safety performances. SOIC determined that the highest health and safety

standards will prevail throughout the site and that there will be full commitment from all parties to

achieving best practices recognized internationally.

To achieve this goal SOIC has prepared and published a Site Specific Health and Safety Specification

(SSHSS) for this project. This Health and Safety Specification sets out guidelines and minimum levels of awareness and guidelines for Health and Safety. Responsibility for adherence rests with Contractors and

in particular with all employees who are encouraged to be pro-active. SOIC is committed to ensuring the

highest health and safety standards for all work undertaken on site.

The Site Specific Health and Safety Specification (SSHSS) have been prepared to include in the Tender and Contract Documents for construction work.

The employer’s personnel will be responsible for the auditing of the implementation of the Site Specific

Health and Safety Specification (SSHSS) and maintaining the document control and record systems

associated with this Site Specific Health and Safety Specification.

1.2 Purpose of the Site Specific Health and Safety Specification

The purpose of this site Specific Health and Safety Specification (SSHSS) is to comply with the duties of the Client base on construction regulation 5, to provide health and safety information about specific

project risks known by the client and the Site Specific Health and Safety Specification must be included in

the tender documents. It is also there to assist towards achieving compliance with Occupational Health

and Safety Act No. 85 of 1993 and Regulations in order to reduce incidents and injuries.

The Site Specific Health and Safety Specification (SSHSS) will be implemented during the whole

construction phases of the project.

This will also assist in ensuring that all cost related to the compliance with Occupational Health and

Safety Act No. 85 of 1993 and Regulations as well as this site specific health and safety specification are

taken into consideration at Tender stage.

Contractors as employers are fully responsible and accountable for compliance with all health

and safety requirements.

5

SOIC



This Site Specific Health and Safety Specification (SSHSS) is a performance specification to ensure that SOIC as well as bodies that enter into formal agreement with the SOIC, Consultants, Contractors, Sub- contractors, achieve an acceptable level of OHS performance.

No advice, approval of any document required by this Site Specific Health and Safety Specification

(SSHSS) such as hazard identification and risk assessments action plan or any other form of communication from SOIC shall be construe as an acceptance by SOIC of any obligation that absolves the contractor from achieving the required level of performance and compliance with legal requirements. Further, there is no acceptance of liability by SOIC may result from the contractor failing to comply with the SSHSS unless SOIC issued an instruction to any requirement, i.e. the contractor remains responsible for achieving the required performance levels.

1.3 Implementation of the Site Specific Health and Safety Specification

This SSHSS forms an integral part of the contract, and the Principal Contractor is required to make it an

integral part of their contracts with Sub-Contractors and Suppliers. It will be disseminated by SOIC to

persons responsible for the design of the infrastructure works, which will ensure that contractors shall incorporate the requirements of the SSHSS.

The contractor shall sign a Mandatory Agreement to acknowledgement that he / she has familiarized him / herself with the contents of this SSHSS and that he/ she shall comply with all his / her obligation in

respect thereof.

2.0 SITE SPECIFIC HEALTH AND SAFETY SPECIFICATION

2.1 SCOPE

This Health and Safety Specification covers the requirements for eliminating and mitigating incidents and

injuries within the Construction site of Groenvlei Secondary school.

The scope also addresses legal compliance, hazards identification and risk control, promoting a health

and safety culture amongst those working on site and affected by the activities taking place in and around

them.

6

SOIC



2.2 INTERPRETATIONS

2.2.1 Applications

This Site Specific Health and Safety Specification SSHSS contains clauses that are generally applicable

to construction and to impose proactive controls associated with activities that impact on human health

and safety as it relates to plant and machinery.

Compliance to the requirement of the Occupational Health and Safety Act is in addition to the requirement of this SSHSS and part of the contractor’s responsibility.

SOIC will monitor that the contractor/s complies with the requirements of the Occupational Health and

Safety Act No 85 of 1993 and Regulations and will advise the contractor how such compliance is achieved.

2.2.2 Definitions

For the purpose of the Site Specific Health and Safety Specification (SSHSS) the definitions, acronyms

given hereunder shall apply:

Construction work means any work in connection with

a) The construction, erection, alteration, renovation, repair, demolition or dismantling of or additional to a building or any similar structure:

b) The construction of sewer or water reticulation system or the moving of earth, clearing of

land, the making of excavation, pilling, or any similar civil engineering structure or type of work.

Construction work permit

Means a document issued in terms of construction regulation 3.

Construction Site

Means a work place where construction work is being performed.

Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment and Risk Control

Means a documented plan, which identifies hazards, assesses the risk and detailing the control measure

and safe working procedures, which are to be used to mitigate and control the occurrence of hazards and

risk during construction or operation phases.

The Act

Means the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act No. 85 of 1993)

Health and Safety is everyone’s responsibility, report Unsafe Act and Unsafe Condition to your superior immediately.

7

SOIC



Hazard

Means a source of or exposure to danger (source which may cause injury or damage to persons, or property)

Risk

Means the probability or likelihood that a hazard can result in injury or damage.

Contractor’s Responsible Person

Means any person appointed in writing by the Contractor to supervise construction work. The

appointment shall be as required by the OHSA which shall stipulate health and safety responsibilities, area of responsibility and the proposed duration of the project.

Chief Executive Officer In relation to a body corporate or an enterprise conducted by the state, means the person who is

responsible for the overall management and control of the business of such body corporate or enterprise.

Danger Means anything, which may cause injury or damage to a person or property.

Employee Means, subject to the provisions of Subsection (2), any person who is employed by or works for any employer and who receives or is entitle to receive any remuneration or who works under the direction or supervision of an employer or any other person.

Employer Means, subject to the provisions of Subsection (2), any person who employ or provides work for any

person or remunerates that person or expressly or tacitly undertakes to remunerates him, but exclude a

labour broker as defined in section1 (1) of the Labour Relation Act, 1953(Act No. 28 of 1956).

Healthy Means free from illness or injury

Machinery Means any article or combination of articles assembled, arranged or connected and which is used or intended to be used for converting any form of energy to performing work, or which is used or intended to

be used, whether incidental thereto or not, for developing, receiving, storing, containing, confining, transforming, transmitting, transferring or controlling any form of energy.

Medical Certificate of fitness Means a certificate contemplated in regulation 7(8).

Mobile Plant

Means any machinery, appliance or other similar device that is able to move independently, and is used

for the purpose of performing construction work on a construction site.

Properly used Means used with reasonable care, and with due regard to any information, instruction or advice supplied

by the designer, manufacturer, importer, seller or supplier.

8

SOIC



User In relation to plant or machinery, means the person who uses plant or machinery for his own benefit or who has the right of control over the use of plant or machinery, but does not include a lessor of, or any

person employed in connection with the plant or machinery. Reasonable Practicable Means practicable having regard to: The severity and scope of the hazard or risk concerned, The state of knowledge reasonably available concerning that or risk and any means of removing or mitigating that hazard risk. The availability and suitability of means to remove of mitigate that hazard or risk, and The cost of removing or mitigating that hazard or risk in relation to the benefits deriving there from.

Safe Mean free from any hazard.

Client Means any person for whom construction work is performed and/or undertaken (i.e. SOIC Community Development Trust (SOIC) for the purpose of this specification.

Agent Means a competent person who acts as a representative for a client.

Competent person Means a person who has in respect of the work or task to be performed the required knowledge, training

and experience and where applicable, qualifications, specific to that work or task: Provided that where

appropriate qualifications and training are registered in terms of the provisions the National Qualification

Framework Act, 2000 (Act No 67 of 2000), those qualifications and that training must be regarded as the

required qualifications and training. Construction Manager

Means a competent person responsible for the management of the physical construction processes and

the coordination, administration and management of resources on a construction site.

Contractor Means an employer who performs construction work.

Health and Safety file Means a file or other record containing the information in writing required by these regulations.

Health and Safety plan Means a site, activity or project specific documented plan in accordance with the client’s health and safety

specification.

Health and Safety specification Means a site, activity or project specific document prepared by the client pertaining to all health and

safety requirements related to construction work.

Method statement Means a document detailing the key activities to be performed in order to reduce as reasonable as

practicable the hazards identified in any risk assessment.

Principal contractor Means an employer appointed by the client to perform construction work.

9

SOIC



2.3 GENERAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROVISIONS

2.3.1 Construction Work Permit (Construction Regulation 3)

1. A Client who intends to have construction work carried out, must at least 30 before that work is to be carried out apply to the provincial director in writing for a construction work permit to perform construction

work for the intended construction work starts after the 7th

of February 2017 and the work contract is of a value exceeding forty million rand or Construction Industry Development Board (CIDB) grading 9.

2. A Client who intends to have construction work carried out, must at least 30 before that work is to be

carried out apply to the provincial director in writing for a construction work permit to perform construction work for the intended construction work starts after the 7

th of August 2018 and exceeds 365 days, will

involve more than 3600 persons or the works contract is of a value exceeding thirteen million rand or Construction Industry Development Board (CIDB) grading 7.

2.3. 2 Notification of intent to commence Construction Work (Construction Regulation 4)

The Contractor shall notify the Provincial Director of the Department of Labour in writing 7 days before the work begins if the tendered construction work will

Include excavation

Include working at height where there is a risk of falling

Include demolition of a structure or

Include the use of explosive to perform construction work

Notification form or template can be found in the Construction Regulations, 2014 – Annexure 2

A copy of the notification letter from the Provincial Director shall be kept in the safety file at all times.

2.3.3 Preparing of Safety Plan and Safety File

The Contractor shall provide and demonstrate to the Client a suitable, sufficiently documented and

coherent site specific health and safety plan based on the Client’s Site Specific Health and Safety

Specification (SSHSS) (Construction Regulation 7 (1)(a)).

The Contractor shall open and keep on site a health and safety file, which must include all documentation required in terms of the Act and these regulations (Construction Regulation 7 (1) (b)).

The Contractor must include his or her letterhead on the safety plan and on all documentation in the

safety file as these are legal documents which the contractor is legally bound to implement and can be

used in a court of Law.

2.3.4 Assignment of Contractor’s Management Team to Supervise on Site

The Contractor shall submit all supervisory appointment (contractor’s management team) as well as

safety Officer; the Contractor shall submit a competent certificate of the appointed safety officer who will be available on site full time. The safety officer must be appointed in writing. The safety officer will assist in the control of all safety related aspects on site. The safety officer will also be utilized to give input at the

early stage of the project and input into the health and safety plan. The Contractor shall also submit a CV

of the safety officer for approval by Safety Agent appointed by SOIC and must be registered with SACPCMP or have proof of application prior the commencement of work on site.

2.3.5 Competency for Contractor’s Management Team

The Contractor’s management team shall be competent and proof of competency must be send to SOIC

before commencement, the safety officer must be appointed full time on site and have a proof of registration with a statutory body approved by the chief inspector (SACPCMP). The Contractor shall submit CV’s of the contractor’s management team for approval to SOIC prior the commencement of work on site.

10

SOIC



2.3.6 Compensation of Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act 130 of 1993 (COIDA)

Valid Letter of good standing with the compensation Insurer must be submitted with the Tender.

2.3.7 Occupational Health and Safety Policy

The Contractor shall submit a Health and Safety Policy signed by the Chief Executive Officer/ Managing

Director. The Policy must outline objectives and how they will be achieved and implemented by the

Contractor

2.3.8 Health and Safety Organogram

The Contractor shall submit an organogram, prior to construction commencement, outlining the Health

and Safety Sites Team as required and as related to the relevant appointment by the OHSA. In cases

where appointments have not been made, the organogram shall reflect the position. The organogram

shall be updated, when there is a change in the site team.

2.3.9 Pregnancy Policy

The Contractor shall submit a Pregnancy Policy signed by the Chief Executive Officer/ Managing Director.

2.3.10 HIV Policy

The Contractor shall submit a HIV Policy signed by the Chief Executive Officer/ Managing Director

2.3.11 Risk Assessment

The Client shall prepare a Baseline Risk Assessment for the intended construction work projects and the

risk identified and assessed shall form part of the health and safety specification.

The Contractor shall cause a hazard identification to be performed by a competent person before

commencement of construction work, and the assessed risk shall form part of the health and safety plan

applied on site and shall include the following:

a) The identification of the risk and hazards to the health and safety to which persons may be

exposed: b) The analysis and evaluation of the hazards identified; c) A documented plan and safe working procedures to mitigate, reduce or control the risk identified;

and d) The monitoring and review plan of the risk and hazards. e) The relevant personal protective equipment or clothing

Hazard Identification Risk Assessment (HIRA) it’s an on- ongoing process and must be reviewed regularly

where changes are made to the design or when incident occurred or when starting a new activity on site. The Contractor must ensure that all employees under his or her control are informed, instructed and

trained by a competent person regarding all hazard identified before any work commence.

The Health and Safety Representative(s), the Health and Safety Committee Member and (Contractor’s

Representative) shall be members of the HIRA Team and will ensure that all the identified hazards and

risk are appropriately controlled and reviewed.

The Contractor shall be responsible for making sure that all employees under his/ her control are

conversant with the content of the HIRA and what appropriate measures have been put in place to either eliminate or reduce the identified risk. The Contractor shall outline to employees what role they are

expected to play in the HIRA and control measure process.

Preventative measures must first address the elimination of the hazard or risk. Should PPE be required to reduce risk the equipment or clothing must be used and

be SABS approved.

11

SOIC



The Contractor must ensure that copies of risk assessments for this site are available on site for inspection by interested parties’ i.e. Client Agent

2.3.12 Health and Safety Representative(s)

The Contractor shall ensure that a Health and Safety Representative(s) are/ is elected and trained to

carry out his / her functions. The appointment must be in writing. The Health and Safety Representative

shall carry out regular inspection, keeps records and report to the supervisor to take appropriate action. He / she shall attend Health and Safety Committee Meetings and take part in investigating incidents and

non - conformances.

2.3.13 Health and Safety Committees

Where two or more safety representative has been designated on site the Contractor shall establish one

or more health and safety committee/committees. The Contractor shall ensure that monthly Health and

Safety meetings are held and minutes are kept. The Contractor shall ensure that the safety officer and/ or safety representative attends these meetings. Minutes thereof must be available in the safety file.

2.3.14 Health and Safety Training

The Contractor shall conduct a training needs analysis quarterly to ascertain what health and safety

training is required.

2.3.14.1 Induction

The Contractor shall ensure that all employees under his / her control have gone through health and

safety induction before commencement on site. The Contractor shall make it a rule that the entrance to

the induction training is a medical certificate of fitness and shall keep a copy of the attendance register of all his/ her employees who attended the induction. Provide employees with some form of proof of induction when on site i.e. cards

2.3.14.2 Awareness

The Contractor shall conduct, on site, periodic toolbox talks, preferably weekly or before any hazardous

work takes place. The talks shall take cover the relevant activity and an attendance register must be kept and signed by all attendees. A record of who attended and the content of the topic will be kept on the site

health and safety file as evidence of training.

2.3.14.3 Competency

After the Contractor has identified the training to be conducted as part of the competency and based on

the HIRA. He/ she shall send the relevant person on appropriate courses and keep the certificate for reference.

2.3.15 General Record Keeping

The contractor shall keep and maintain Health and Safety records to demonstrate compliance with the

SSHSS and the OHSA. The Contractor shall ensure that all records of incidents, spot fines, training etc. are kept on site. All documents shall be available for inspection by SOIC, Client or the Department of Labor’s Inspectors.

2.3.16 General Inspection, Monitoring and Reporting

The Contractor shall carry out daily inspection and investigate all incident and report to SOIC as required in General Administrative Regulations 8, Annexure 1 must be must be emailed to SOIC every time an incident is recorded. The Contractor shall be required to keep records of all inspections and investigations, which were undertaken, and any other inspections and investigations by person(s) authorized to do so.

12

SOIC



2.3.17 Internal Audits

The Contractors personnel (Contractor’s Responsible Person) shall conduct monthly health and safety

audits to ensure compliance with the OHSA and SSHSS. Records of audits must be kept and non- conformance reported, investigation and corrective action must be taken to prevent re- occurrence.

2.3.18 External Audits

The Client’s representative shall conduct monthly health and safety audits to ensure compliance with

SSHSS and any relevant Health and Safety Legislation (OHSA). All documentation held by the Contractor shall be available for inspection. The Contractor shall provide any additional information required by the representative or Client.

2.3.19 Incentives

The Client representative shall develop some performance indicators to determine the Contractor’s performance which can be incentives base so to, or acknowledge the Contractor.

2.3.20 Penalties

The Client will impose spot fines on the Contractor if found to be infringing on the SSHSS or any requirement of the OHSA. The Contractor shall be advised in writing of the nature of the infringement and the amount of the spot fine. The Contractor shall also take necessary steps (e.g. training) to prevent recurrence of the infringement and shall advise the client accordingly. The Contractor is also advised that the imposition of spot fines does not replace any legal proceedings the Client, Authorities, or Members of the public may institute against the Contractor. Spot fines shall be between R250 and R2000, depending upon severity. The amount of the spot fine will be determined by the client representative and will be final. In addition to the spot fine, the Contractor shall make good any damage caused as a result of the infringement at his own expense.

Infringements for which spot fines will be imposed, but are not limited to, are given below:

Not keeping a copy of the OHSA on site Expired Letter of Good Standing Not keeping a fully stocked First Aid Box Failure to use Personal Protective Equipment or Clothing Failure to adhere to the safe work procedure as per Hazard Identification and Risk Assessments Failure to conduct inspections Failure to keep records of inspection of equipment or machinery Failure to adhere to Occupational Health and Safety signage posted on site Failure to report incidents as per legal requirements and as per SOIC reporting of investigation

procedures, Littering on site – not adhering to on site housekeeping, Failure to provide or use ablution facilities Being on site without having gone through Health and Safety Induction and Use of machinery by non -authorized personnel.

Receipts for fines shall be issued and the appropriate documentation be placed in the safety file. Money “raised” through fines may be used to fund health and safety incentive schemes and /or other social schemes of collective benefit.

A contravention of a requirement of this SSHSS shall be sufficient grounds for SOIC to require the removal from site of the person responsible for the non-compliance and the contractor shall have no claim in reject of such removal.

13

SOIC



2.3.21 Emergency Procedures

The contractor must prepare an Emergency Procedure’s for the site. The procedure shall detail the response plan including the following key personnel:

List of key personnel,

Details of emergency services,

Actions or steps to be taken in the event of the emergency; and

Information on hazardous material / situation, including each material’s / hazardous potential impact or risk on the environment or human and measures to be taken in the event of an

accident.

Emergency Procedures shall include, but shall not be limited to, fire, spills, accidents to employees, use

of hazardous substances, etc. the contractor shall advice the client in writing of any on site emergencies, together with a record of action taken, within 24 hours of the emergency occurring. A contractor list of all service providers (Fire department, Ambulance, Police, Medical and Hospital, etc.) must be maintained

and available on the safety file.

2.3.22 First Aid Box and First Aid Equipment

The contractor shall appoint in writing a First Aid Attendant/s, the appointed First Aid Attendant/s are to

b e sent for accredited first aid training before starting on site. Valid certificates are to be kept on the safety file on site. The contractor shall provide an on-site First Aid Box, adequately stoked at all times, and ensure that the first aid box is accessible and fully controlled by a qualified first aid attendant.

2.3.23 Accident / Incident Reporting and Investigation

The contractor shall in addition to the prescribed requirements of the OHSA, investigate, record and

report all reportable incidents as per the legal requirements. The Investigation shall be conducted by a qualified person or person who has sufficient knowledge to carry out an investigation.

2.3.24 Hazards and Potential Situations

The contractor shall immediately notify other sub-contractors after the client has been notified of any hazardous or potentially hazardous situations, which may arise during performance of the activities.

2.3.25 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) and Clothing

The contractor shall ensure that all workers are issued and wear Helmets, steel Toe Safety Shoes and

overall as a minimum requirement. The contractor shall carry out PPE or clothing needs analysis to

determine the necessary PPE or clothing and as determined by the HIRA or clothing to be used during

construction. The contractor shall make provision and keep adequate quantities of SAN approved PPE or clothing on site at all times. The contractor shall outline procedure to be taken when PPE or clothing is:

Lost or stolen

Worn out or damage

2.3.26 Occupational Health and Safety Signage

The contractor shall, ascertain and provide adequate on site OHS signage. OHS signage shall be include, but shall not be limited to, hard hat/ helmet area, safety shoes must be worn, dust masks in areas where there might be exposure to dust, ear plugs/muffs where there might be exposure over a certain limit, gloves, safety goggles, safety harness, etc. the contractor shall be responsible to maintain the quality and replacement of signage.

14

SOIC



2.3.27 Permits

The contractor shall ensure that a written work permit is obtained from SOIC before commencing with any work to be undertaken. A permit shall be issued for all hazardous or dangerous activities to be carried during construction. Client representative shall sign the permit before the contractor commence on site, the following is a list of hazardous activities, which need a permit:

Hot works/ welding

Working in confined space

Carrying out excavation more than 1.5m deep

Use of hazardous chemical substance, e.g. Asbestos, Lead

Demolition work

Use of explosive and blasting; and

Piling

2.3.28 Management of Sub-contractors

The contractor shall ensure that all sub-contractors under his/ her control are complying with this SSHSS; the OHSA requirements; and any relevant legislation which may relate to the activities directly or indirectly.

2.4 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY

2.4.1 Demolition Work

Prior to any demolition work being carried out, the contractor shall submit a safe working procedure and a

detailed engineering survey for approval by the client; acceptance will then be issued to the contractor to

proceed with the demolition work. The contractor shall ensure that demolition work complies with

Construction Regulation 14 at all times and where there is asbestos to be demolished comply with

asbestos regulation 21.

2.4.2 Excavation, Shoring, Dewatering or Drainage

The contractor shall make provision in his/her tender for shoring, dewatering or drainage of any

excavation unless otherwise stipulated elsewhere in the contracts. If an excavation is more than 1.5

meters long / deep a safe working procedures shall be submitted for approval by SOIC. A permit will be

issued to the contractor to proceed with the excavation work. The contractor shall make sure that: a) The excavation/s are inspected before the shift starts and record is kept; b) There are no unguarded excavations regardless of depth; c) The safe working procedures has been communicated to the workers; and d) The safe working procedures is enforced and maintained by the contractor’s responsible person

at all times.

2.4.3 Explosive and Blasting

The contractor shall ensure that the use of explosive and blasting (where required) be undertaken by a

specialist contractor or a sub-contractor with proven track record in the type of work to be performed. A

safe working procedure (SWP) shall be submitted for approval by SOIC before commencement of work.

2.4.4 Barricading of construction and walk way

Areas where the restriction or prevention of unauthorized persons/members of public is required

Name and contact detail of person and Contractor Company that is responsible for the barricading shall be posted on the actual barricading.

All barricading shall be of the rigid type.

All openings and edges must be barricaded with solid barricading to withstand an impact of at least 100

kg.

15

SOIC



Only solid (scaffolding or standalone) barricading with Orange “Snow Netting” will be allowed.

Physical barriers to prevent persons falling into openings in floors, stairwells, staircases, open-sided

buildings and any structure in the course of erection, where dangerous openings exist.

Contractors must pre-plan the delivery of floor grating, stair treads, landings and handrails to ensure

safe access and protection for persons working on structures.

Contractor will properly barricade their work place separating it from the school using + - 1,8 high

diamond fence plus 80% shade netting to avoid been seen by school children and school personnel and always ensure that the barricading is properly in place and offer optimal separation.

N.B The contractors barricading standard procedures must accompany the SHE plan.

2.4.5 Piling

The Contractor shall ensure that piling (where required) is undertaken by a specialized contractor or a

subcontractor with proven records in the type of work performed. A SWP shall be submitted for approval to the client, before commencement of this work.

2.4.6 Stacking of Materials

The Contractor shall ensure that a competent person is appointed in writing as stacking supervisor of all materials on site, provide adequate storage area, demarcate storage area and keep the storage and

storage areas neat and under control.

2.4.7 Speed Restrictions and Protection

The Contractor shall ensure that all persons in their employ and all those that are visiting the site are

aware and comply with the site speed restriction(s). On site gravel or earth roads and within 500m of the

site, the vehicles of the Contractor and his/her suppliers shall be regulated to a maximum of 30km/h or as

directed by notices and signs.

2.4.8 Hazardous Chemical Substances (HCS)

The Contractor shall provide the necessary training and information regarding the use and storage of HCS. The Contractor shall ensure that the use and storage of HCS is carried out as prescribed by the

HCS Regulation. The Contractor shall ensure that all chemicals brought to site have a Material Safety

Data Sheet (MSDS) on site and the users are made aware of the Occupational hazard and precautions

that need to be taken when using the chemicals through training and proof must be available in the safety

file. The First Aid Attendant must be made aware of the MSDS and how to treat HCS incidents

appropriately.

Housekeeping means a place for everything and everything in its place.

16

SOIC



2.5 Plant and Machinery

2.5.1 Construction Plant

“Construction Plant” encompasses all types of plant including but not limiting to, cranes, piling frames, boring machines, excavators, draglines, dewatering equipment and road vehicles with or without lifting

equipment. The Contractor shall ensure that all such plant complies with the requirements of the OHSA. The Contractor shall inspect and keep records of inspections of the tools and equipment used on site. Only authorised persons are to use machinery under proper supervision. Appropriate PPE and clothing

and as specified by the HIRA, shall be provided and maintained in good condition at all times.

2.5.2 Vessels under Pressure (VuP) or Gas Bottles including Operations

The Contractor shall comply with Vessels under Pressure Regulation, including: o Providing competency and awareness training to the operators; o Providing PPE or clothing; o Providing and maintain appropriate signage in areas where VuP are used; o Inspect equipment regularly and keep records of inspections;

o Providing appropriate firefighting equipment (Fire Extinguishers).

2.5.3 Fire Extinguishers and Fire Fighting Equipment

The Contractor shall provide adequate, serviced regularly, fire extinguishers located at strategic points in

site where the contractor is engaged in construction activity. The Contractor shall keep spare serviced

portable fire extinguishers where required. Safety signage shall be posted up in all areas where fire

extinguishers are located. The Contractor shall have adequate persons trained or competent to use the

Fire Fighting Equipment.

2.5.4 Hired Plant and Machinery

The Contractor shall ensure that any hired plant and machinery brought to the site is safe for use. The necessary requirements as stipulated by the OHSA as well as those that are stipulated by this

SSHSS, shall apply. The Contractor shall ensure that operators hired with the machinery undergoes health and safety induction, have their certificate of fitness and competency, have appropriate tool box

talks and be issued with the necessary PPE clothing.

2.5.5 Scaffolding/ Working on heights including roof work

Working on heights includes any work, which is 1, 5 metres above ground level. The Contractor shall ensure that a detailed HIRA has been undertaken and submitted for approval by the client before

commencement on site. The Contractor shall appoint and train a scaffold inspector and erector to control the safety of the scaffolding at all times. The Contractor shall ensure that all scaffolding including

freestanding scaffolding, complies with the requirement of the General Safety Regulations and the

Construction Regulations.

2.5.6 Fall Risk Position, Structures and Temporary Work

When Working on fall risk position the Contractor shall ensure that a fall protection plan which includes

risk assessment and a rescue plan is prepared by a competent person appointed in writing, the

Contractor must ensure that the fall protection plan is implemented, amended where and when necessary

and maintained and must comply with the entire construction regulation 10.

When working on structures the Contractor shall ensure that all reasonable practicable steps are taken to

prevent an uncontrolled collapse of any new or existing structure or any part thereof which can become

unstable or is in a temporary state of weakness or instability due to the carrying out of construction work

and must comply with the entire construction regulation 11.

17

SOIC



When working on temporary works the Contractor shall ensure that a temporary work designer is appointed in writing to design, inspect and approve the erected temporary work on site before use and

must comply with the entire construction regulation 12.

2.5.7 Lifting Machinery and Tackle

The Contractor shall ensure that lifting machinery and tackle is inspected before use and monthly. There

shall be lifting machinery and tackle inspector who will inspect the equipment daily or before use, taking

into account that:

o All lifting machinery and tackle have a safe working load clearly indicated, o Regular inspection and servicing is carried out, o Records are kept of inspections and of service certificates, o There is proper supervision in terms of guiding the loads, which includes a trained

banksman to direct and check lifting tackle if it is safe for use.

2.5.8 Ladder and Ladder work

The Contractor shall ensure that all ladders are numbered and inspected regularly keeping records of inspections. It should be noted that Aluminium ladders are preferred to wooden ladders. Wooden Ladders

shall not be painted. Painted ladders shall be removed from site.

2.5.9 General Machinery

The Contractor shall comply with the Driven Machinery Regulation and Construction Regulations, which

includes inspecting machinery regularly, appointing a competent person to inspect and ensure

maintenance, issuing PPE or clothing and training those that use machinery and enforce compliance and

the medical and psychological testing of operators.

2.5.10 Portable Electrical Tools / Explosive Power Tools

The Contractor shall ensure that use and storage of all explosive powered tools and portable electrical tools are in compliance with relevant legislation. The Contractor shall consider that:

A competent person undertakes routine inspections,

Only authorised person use the tools,

There is safe working procedure applied,

Awareness training is carried out and compliance is enforced at all times and

PPE and clothing is provided and maintained.

2.5.11 High Voltage Electrical Equipment

The Contractor shall ensure that, where the work is under, on or near high voltage electrical equipment on site the Electrical Regulations are complied with.

2.5.12 Public Health and Safety

The Contractor shall ensure that each person working on or visiting a site shall be made aware of the

dangers likely to arise from onsite activities and the precautions to be observed to avoid or minimize

those dangers. Appropriate health and safety signage shall be posted at all times.

Both the client and the Contractor have a duty in terms of the OHSA to do all that is reasonably practicable to prevent members of the public and others being affected by the construction processes to be aware and put preventative measures in place. The public or visitor shall go through a brief health and safety

induction detailing hazards and risks they may be exposed to what measures are in place to control these

hazards and risks.

18

SOIC



2.5.13 Night Work

The Contractor shall not undertake any night work without prior arrangement and written permit from the client representative. The Contractor shall ensure that adequate lighting is provided for all night work and failure to do so shall result in work being stopped.

2.5.14 Construction employee’s facilities

The Contractor in addition with the facility regulations, 2004 shall provide within reasonable access of every construction site the following clean, hygienic and maintained facilities

1. Shower facilities at least one shower for 15 people 2. Sanitary facility for each sex and for every 30 workers 3. Changing facility for each sex 4. Sheltered eating facility with tables and chairs

2.5.15 Transport of Workers

The contractor shall comply with the National Road Transport Regulations, 2000. The Contractor shall, and not be limited to:

Not transport person together with goods or tools unless is an appropriate area or section

to store them. Not transport persons in a non- enclosed (top) vehicle, e.g. truck, there must be a proper

canopy (properly covering the back and the top) with suitable sitting area. Workers shall not be permitted to stand or sit at the edge of the transporting vehicle.

Not transporting workers in a bakkie. Provision of a serviced portable fire extinguisher at all times

2.6 Occupational Health

Exposed of workers to occupational health and hazards and risk are very common in any work

environment, especially in construction. Occupational health hazards and risk exposed is a major problem

and all Contractors are to ensure that proper health and hygiene measures are put in place to prevent exposure to these hazards and risks. The occupational hazards and risks may enter the body in three

ways:

Inhalation through breathing e.g. cement dust, Ingestion through swallowing maybe through food intake. Absorption through the skin (pours) e.g. panting or use of thinners.

The weather conditions might be unsuitable for workers to be exposed to e.g. in rainy season. In terms of the OHSA, employers have to provide employees with facilities for safekeeping.

It is vital that all those exposed to the hazards or risk are made aware of the risk what control measures have been put in place to prevent the occurrence of incidents.

19

SOIC



2.6.1 Provision of Medical Certificates and Medical Treatment

The Contractor shall be required to:

Ensure that all his or her employees have valid medical certificates of fitness specific to the

construction work to be performed and issued by an occupational health practitioner as defined

in the construction regulation 7(8).

The Contractor shall ensure that a facility is identified close to the site for medical treatment under the

following situations

Injury on duty (IOD) referred to here as First Aid, Medicals and Disabling Incidents. Emergency Response

2.7. Traffic Accommodation

The Contractor must comply with the requirements of the Road Traffic Act (Act 93 of 1996) as well as the

requirements of relevant authorities at all times with attention to signage and flagmen

2.8. Heavy Rain, Lighting and Flooding

The Contractor must take precautions against lightning by the use of lightning protection equipment and

earthing mats, all of which shall be properly designed and installed to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Metalwork and conductors on the Site shall be properly earthed.

No charging or blasting shall take place if the imminent approach of lightning to the Site is forecast. All charged areas shall be immediately evacuated.

Where there is a likelihood of flooding of the workplace measures for the timeous warning of flooding will be put in place. A critical consideration in this regard will be the protection of workers in the pipeline in the

event of a flood and the contractor must prepare a Method Statement that will clearly indicate the

intended means of addressing this possibility.

2.9 Cranes & Lifting Equipment

Lifting equipment will be designed and constructed in accordance with the manufactures/designers

specification as well as generally accepted technical standard and operated, used, inspected and

maintain in accordance with the manufactures requirements as well as that of the Driven Machinery

Regulation 18.

The Driven Machinery Regulation requires that a. Lifting equipment will be clearly and conspicuously marked with the maximum mass load (MML)

that it is designed to carry safely. When the MML varies with the condition of use, the table of maximum loads will be used by the driver or operator

b. Each witch on a lifting machine will at all-time have at least three full turns of rope on the drum

when the winch has been run to its lowest limit. c. Lifting equipment will be fitted with a brake or other applicable device capable of holding the

MML. This brake or device must automatically prevent the downward movement of the load when

lifting power is interrupted. d. Lifting equipment fitted with load limiting device that automatically arrest the lift when the load

reaches its highest safe position or when the mass of the load is greater than the MML. e. Every chain or rope on a lifting machine that forms an integral part of the machine will have a

factor of safety as prescribed by the manufacturer of the machine and where no standard is

available the factor of safety must be:

Chains - 4 (four)

Steel wire ropes - 5 (five)

20

SOIC



Fibre ropes - 10 (ten) f. Every hook or load attached device will be designed as such or fitted with a device that will

prevent the load from slipping off or disconnecting. g. Every lifting machine will be inspected and load tested by a competent person every time it has been

dismantled and re-erected and every 12 months after that. The load test will be in accordance with the chains, hook or other attaching devices, sheaves, brake and safety devices forming an integral part of a lifting machine will be inspected every 6 months by a competent person.

h. All maintenance, repairs, alteration and inspection results will be recorded in a log book and each lifting machine must have its own log book and

i. No person will be lifted by a lifting machine not designed for lifting persons unless in a cradle

approved by an inspector of the Department of Labour.

2.10. Lifting Tackle

The contractor must ensure that only use lifting tackle that meet the following requirement as per client OHS Specification

a. Manufactured of sound material, well-constructed and free from latent defects b. Clearly and conspicuously marked with an identity number c. Maximum mass load factor of safety

Natural fibre ropes - 10 (ten)

Man – made fibre ropes and woven webbing - 06 (six)

Steel wire ropes – single rope - 06 (six)

Steel wire ropes – combination slings - 08 (eight)

Mild Steel chains - 05 (five)

High tensile/alloy steel chains - 04 (four)

d. Steel wire ropes will be discarded (or not used any further for lifting purpose) when wear and

corrosion is evident and will be examined by a competent person every three month for this

purpose and the result will be recorded in a designated log book

2.11 Working over or close to water

When working over or close proximity to water or similar liquids such as wastewater and sludge the contractor must

Appoint a competent person in writing to supervise, control and inspect any work on or over or in close proximity of the water as well as the construction, installation and dismantling of caissons and or cofferdams and/ or other support or safety structures

Proof of competence of the above mentioned appointee will be available on site

Risk assessment will be carried out by the competent person before any work is undertaken, mitigation measures will be documented, implemented and thereafter evaluated on the daily basics

Induction and refresher training will be undertaken when necessary

Measure for the timeous warning of flooding will be place

Provisions will be made to prevent employees from failing into the water and rescuing of employees in danger of drowning

Employees exposed to the risk of drowning by failing into the water will be provided with a

lifejacket

Applicable personal proactive equipment’s such as safety harnesses will be utilized

2.12 Welding, flame cutting or similar operations

Should any welding work be undertaken the contractor must;

21

SOIC



2.12.1. A competent person is appointed to supervise welding, flame cutting or similar operations on site 2.12.2 The following rules will govern all welding, flame cutting or similar operations

a. The welder will be trained regarding the safe use/ operation of the equipment b. The welder and his assistant will be provided with effective and appropriate personal protective

equipment c. Cables and electrode holders will be effectively insulated. d. The workplace will be effectively screened off to prevent bystanders from being affected by the

welding rays or they will be provided with personal protective equipment’s e. Special precaution will be taken where welding is undertaken in confined space f. In wet or damp conditions, the welding equipment and welder will be properly insulated

and someone will be on standby to assist in the event of an emergency. g. A qualified person will have certified in writing that it is safe to enter and work in a specific

confined space before welding or flame cutting is undertaken h. No welding, flame cutting, grinding, soldering or similar work shall be undertaken in respect of

any drum, vessels or similar object or container where such object or container –

Is completely closed, unless the rise in internal pressure cannot render it dangerous or

Contains any substance which, under the action of heat may explode or react to form dangerous or poisonous substance

i. Where pressure vessels/welding cylinders containing oxygen or acetylene are transported or used the proper precautionary measures will be taken against bumping, falling, rolling etcetera

j. Gas welding hoses may only be joined with approved connectors and clamps k. No oils or grease may be applied to oxygen valves and fittings l. It is a sound practice to store pressure vessels or welding cylinders vertically and to secure them

by means of a chain m. Acetylene cylinders may never be inclined in excess of 45 degrees n. Proper and adequate fire prevention measures will be instituted and maintained for as long as the

welding continues o. Where explosive or flammable vapours are present welding will only be done under hot work

permit.

2.13 Exposure to poisonous animals or insects

The contractor must ensure that the following are duly adhered to:

a. The emergency procedure will have effective treatment for employees or other persons visiting the site and exposed to bites or stings from poisonous animals and insects i.e. the contact details of the nearest medical unit that could treat employees exposed to bites or stings be obtained and arrangements will be made with the service provider on the procedure to be followed to ensure swift response when required

b. Confirmation will be obtained from this medical unit that they have anti venom reserved to treat employees or other persons visiting that may be exposed to snake bites or scorpion stings

c. Competent first aider will be available to facilitate the treatment and the d. Potential exposure posed by poisonous animals or insects and awareness thereof be discussed

with all employees as part of the toolbox talks and general awareness training and other persons visiting as part of the pre site visit induction process

2.14 Working in inclement weather

The contractor must implement an early warning system to identify inclement weather and prevent such weather from posing negative implications on the safety of employees and other person visiting

The early warning system will provide the following:

2.14.1 Construction work done during electrical storm

a. The contractor must ensure that all employees are removed from height and all employees are as safe as possible, in inclement weather conditions

22

SOIC



b. Work will not be done on construction site during electrical storms where employees cannot be protected from it. Protection involves employees being restricted to:

i. Eating area fitted with lighting mast ii. Workshops iii. Inside building

c. No work will be allowed when lightning is within a 10 kilometre radius. d. After inclement weather on site risk assessment will be reviewed to include wet condition.

2.14.2 Lifting equipment operation during inclement weather

a. Lifting operation will stop during lightning within a 10 kilometre radius and wind above 28km/h, and the lifting equipment operator will not be allowed to leave the lifting equipment with the booms extended.

b. Lifting operations will stop during rain, rigging and hand lifts c. Booms on lifting equipments will be retracted d. All rigging operations will stop and employees will be removed from site.

2.14.3 Construction work done during rain

a. During rainy conditions all work on steel structure will stop b. No electrical tools will be used during rainy weather in open areas c. Work can be done in water proof areas where there is zero risk for electrocution d. Areas which will be cleared to work on during rain

Workshops

Offices

2.14.4 Driving in inclement weather

The contractor must ensure that the danger of driving in wet conditions is adequately covered in the risk assessment

The risk will include 1. Route planning 2. Speed reduction 3. Planning for emergency situations 4. Driving precautions for slippery surfaces 5. Visibility hazards

2.15 Cost for health and safety measures during construction process

The contractor must allocate sufficient provision for the cost of implementing and maintaining of the health and safety plan.

23

SOIC



Requirements

SSHSS

item No:

SSHSS Requirements

OHSA Requirements

Submission Date

1

Construction Work Permit Construction Regulation

(CR) 3 Complete

Annexure 1 – Client

Responsibility

Still to be determine.

2 Notification of intent to

commence Construction

CR 4

Complete Annexure 2

(Construction

Regulations)

Before commencement on site.

3 Baseline Risk Assessment and Safety plan.

CR 9(1)(a)

CR 7(1) (a)

Submit Baseline Risk

Assessment and a Safety Plan with the Tender Document.

4 Assignment of Responsible to Manage and Supervise

Construction Work

All relevant appointment, as per OHSA. S16.2, CR

8(1), CR 8(5) CR 8(7) and 8(8)

Before commencement on site.

5 Competency for health for

health and safety position IDT/Client Requirement Before commencement on site.

6 Compensation of

Occupational Injuries and

Diseases Act (COIDA) 130

OF 1993

COIDA Requirement,

Letter of Good Standing

When Submitting this project

tender.

7 Occupational Health and

Safety Policy Client Requirement Before commencement on site.

8 Health and Safety

Organogram.

client Requirement Before commencement on site.

9 Health & Safety

Representative.

Section 17 Submit as soon as there are

more than 20 employees on site

10 Indemnity Agreement and the

Mandatory Agreement section 37(2) and CR 5(1) (k)

Client Requirement Before commencement on site.

ANNEXURE A

24

SOIC



Assignment of Contractor’s Responsible Persons

The Contractor shall make the following appointment but not limited to:

Appointment OHSA Requirements Requirements

CEO assignee Section 16(2) A competent person to assist

with the on-site H&S overall

responsibility- Contractors

Responsible Person.

Health and Safety

Representative(s)

Section 17 A competent person(s) to inspect

H&S in reference to plant,

machinery and Health & Safety

of persons in the workplace.

Health and Safety Committee

Member(s)

Section 19 A competent person(s) representing the employer to

assist with on site Health and Safety matters.

Safety Officer/ Accident

Investigator

CR 8 (5) and (6) A competent person to manage

all safety maters related , do risk

assessments and investigate incidents/ accidents on site

Construction Work Supervisor CR8(7) A competent person to daily

supervise and be responsible of

health and safety related issues

on site. The person is appointed

to assist the CEO with his / her overall duties.

Subordinate (Assistance)

Construction Work Supervisor.

CR 8 (8) A competent person to assist

with daily supervises of construction work. The person

appointed to assist the construction work supervisor

First Aid Attendant GSR 3 A qualified person to address all

on site first aid cases.

Machinery Inspector GMR 2 A competent person to supervise machinery

Scaffolding Inspector CR 16 A competent person to inspect scaffolding before use and every time after bad weather.

Excavation & Demolition

Inspector

CR 13 and CR 14 A competent person to inspect

daily excavation and demolition

work and check if approved safe

working procedures are followed

at all times.

ANNEXURE B

25

SOIC



Appointment OHSA Requirements

Requirements

Ladder Inspector GSR 13 A A competent person to inspect

ladders daily and ensure they are

safe for use, keeping monthly

records.

Welding, Flame cutting,

soldering and similar operations

Inspector

GSR 9 (1)(a) Operators of equipment are to

be competent.

ANNEXURE B

26

SOIC


GROENVLEI SECONDATY SCHOOL

Index No

Description

1 Site Specific Health and Safety Specification from the client

2 Health and Safety Plan

3 Emergency Plan and Fall Protection Plan

4 Notice to the Provincial Director

5 Workman Compensation COID: Letter of Good Standing

6 SHEQ Policy

7 Drug and Alcohol Abuse Policy

8 Pregnancy Policy and HIV Policy

9 Organogram

10 Company Profile

11 Legal Appointments-

Copies of ID Documents and Certificates of Competencies

Certificates of Fitness

12

13

14 37.2: Contractors Mandatory Agreement

15

16

17

Risk Assessments – baseline HIRA , Activity based HIRA and Continuous HIRA

Mandatory Registers Required for All Contracts:

Tool Box Talks

18 SWP and Methods of Statement

19 MSDS

20 Construction Regulation 2014 and Copy of the OSHACT

SAFETY FILE CONTENT

Description of Item

Committee Agenda and Minutes

Induction training and PPE Receiving Register

List of Qualified First Aiders

Minimum Contents First Aid Box

First Aid Dressing Records

First Aid Order Form

Safety Representative Monthly Checklist

PPE Register for checking if employees are wearing PPE.

Employers Report of Accident

Annexure 1 Recording of Incident

Other Contract Specific Registers

27

SOIC



Acknowledgement of receiving the Site Specific Safety Specifications for the – SITE

SPECIFIC HEALTH AND SAFETY SPECIFICATION FOR THE REHABILITATION OF GROENVLEI SECONDARY SCHOOL

I, representing

(Client), have satisfied myself with

the content of this Site Health and Safety specification.

Approved by: Date:

Name Signature Designation

Acknowledgement of receiving the Site Specific Safety Specifications for the – THE

REHABILITATION OF GROENVLEI SECONDARY SCHOOL

I, representing (Principal

Contractor), have satisfied myself with the content of this Site Health and Safety

specification.

Approved by: Date:

1

CHANGES TO STANDARD JBCC GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1. General Conditions of Contract

The Conditions of Contract shall be the JBCC Series 2000 Principal Building Agreement

(Edition 5.0 Code 21.1 July 2007) prepared by the Joint Building Contracts Committee

Inc.

2. Particular Conditions of Contract

These Particular Conditions supplement the General Conditions. Whenever there is a

conflict the provisions in these Particular Conditions shall prevail over those in the

General Conditions.

Please note additional wording / insertions and deletions to the General Conditions are

recorded as follows:

2.1. additional wording / insertions are reflected as underlined text; and

2.2. deletions are reflected in strike out.

Clause Modification / Amendment / Insertion / Deletion

1.1 Definitions and Interpretation

Remove the definition for Construction Guarantee and replace with: Construction Guarantee: a demand guarantee obtained by the contractor from an institution approved by the employer in terms of the employer’s pro forma document.


Delete the following definition and all references to such definition throughout the agreement: “Payment Guarantee”


Add the following to the definition of Working Days: The contractor must seek permission from the employer to work after hours and on weekends. After hours are from 6pm to 6am on weekdays (excluding public holidays).


Insert the following new sub clause: If any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any party, notwithstanding that it appears only in an interpretation clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision of the agreement. In the event that the day for payment of any amount due by the employer in terms of the agreement should fall on a Saturday, Sunday or official public holiday in the country as stated in the contract data, the relevant day for payment shall be the next ordinary business day in the country as stated in the contract data. The use of the word “including” followed by a specific example/s shall not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it and the eiusdem generis rule shall not be applied in the interpretation of such general wording or such specific example/s. Drawings, reports and/or other data and information issued to the contractor by the employer shall, unless specifically otherwise notified in writing by the employer be for information purposes only.

2

If any provision of the agreement which is not material to its efficacy as a whole, is rendered void, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and the parties shall endeavour in good faith to agree an alternative provision to the void, illegal or unenforceable provision. Save to the extent expressly otherwise provided for in the agreement no grant by either party to the other of any indulgence, condonation, relaxation, waiver or allowance shall, in respect of any specific event or circumstance other than that in respect of which the grant was made, constitute a waiver of rights of the grantor in terms of the agreement or an estoppel of the grantor’s right to enforce the provisions of the agreement.

3.1 Documents

Delete this clause and all references to this clause throughout the agreement.

3.3 Documents

Delete this clause and replace with the following: “The contractor hereby waives and abandons his lien or any other right of retention which he has now or in future may have in respect of the works and shall under no circumstances be entitled to withhold delivery of same to the employer. The contractor warrants that all nominated, selected and domestic subcontractors, mutatis mutandis, shall waive and abandon any such subcontractor’s lien or any other right of retention.

3.12 Documents

Add the following clause: 3.12.1 The contractor shall maintain up-to-date records and accounts which clearly identify all time and expense relating to the performance of the works and shall make the same available to the employer upon request. The employer may request copies of all such records and accounts which will be provided to the employer by the contractor (subject to reimbursement of the contractor's reasonable copying costs). 3.12.2 Not later than two (2) years after the completion of the works or earlier termination of this agreement, the employer can itself, at notice of not less than seven (7) calendar days, require that a firm of accountants nominated by it or quantity surveyors or other auditor audit any amount claimed by the contractor by attending during normal working hours at the office where the records are maintained.

6.1 Contractor’s site Representatives

Amend the clause as follows: The contractor shall keep a representative competent to administer and control the works continuously on the site during the execution of the works. The contractor shall inform the principal agent of the name of the representative. The contractor shall not make any changes to the senior management relative to the agreement without the principal agent’s express written approval.

7.2 Compliance with laws and regulations

Add the following clause 7.2: The contractor undertakes to take all reasonable precautions to maintain the health and safety of the contractor’s personnel and others in and about the execution of the works. Without limitation the contractor: 7.2.1 undertakes, to comply with the Occupational Health & Safety Act 85 of 1993 (“OHSA”) and/or the Construction Regulations 2003 (promulgated under the OHSA) and generally with all applicable health and safety regulations, rules, guidelines and procedures otherwise provided for under the agreement and in law; 7.2.2 shall comply with all employer’s business principles and shall ensure that the n/s subcontractors, employees and others under the contractor’s direction and control, likewise observe and comply with the foregoing; 7.2.3 warrants that the contract price includes all amounts necessary for compliance with the laws, regulations and the employer’s business principles. The contractor shall indemnify and hold the employer harmless against and from the consequences of any failure by the contractor, its employees, servants, agents, n/s subcontractors and/or suppliers to comply with the requirements of this sub-clause.

8.4 Works Risk

Amend the clause as follows:

3

The limit of the contractor’s liability shall not exceed the amount of the contract works insurance as stated in the contract data, save and except that the limitation of liability shall not apply where the loss and/or damage is as a result of the contractor’s wilful misconduct or fraud, or in respect of any claims relating to death and/or personal injury. This clause shall mutatis mutandis apply to the employer.

8.5.6 Works Risk

Delete this clause and references to this clause throughout the agreement.

8.8 Work Risk

The following clause is added: A party (‘First Party’) shall not be liable to the other party (‘Second Party’) in contract (including under any indemnity), delict (including negligence or for breach of statutory duty) or otherwise for any: 8.8.1 special, indirect or consequential loss or damages of any nature; or 8.8.2 loss of profit, revenue, business, contracts or anticipated savings, (‘Consequential Loss’) related to or connected with this Agreement except: 8.8.3 Consequential Loss incurred as a result of the fraud, gross negligence or wilful, reckless or deliberate breach of the agreement by the First Party, its employees, agents or contractors; 8.8.4 Consequential Loss forming part of a claim by the Second Party for contribution or indemnity from the First Party in respect of claims by third parties for personal injury, death or property damage; or 8.8.5 loss which cannot be excluded by law.

9.2.1 Indemnities

Amend the clause as follows: “A negligent and/or wilful act or omission of the employer, the employer’s servants or agents and those for whose acts and omissions they are responsible.”

9.2.6 Indemnities


9.2.7 Indemnities

Delete this clause and references to this clause throughout the agreement

10.1.4 General Insurances

The following clause is added: Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases The contractor shall register and pay assessments timeously under the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act, Act No 130 of 1993 or any amendment thereto or any act passed in substitution thereof. The contractor shall, at its own expense, insure and keep all persons employed by it, who do not fall within the provisions of the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act, Act No. 130 of 1993, insured against all risks of accident or death arising out of their employment. The contractor shall in respect of its workmen keep a record of all particulars prescribed under the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act, Act No 130 of 1993 (or any act passed in substitution thereof) and shall at all reasonable times produce such records on demand to any person authorised to carry out such inspections. The contractor shall furnish proof that it is registered with the Compensation Commissioner by submitting its registration number as well as a Certificate of Good Standing issued by the Compensation Commissioner.

14.1 to 14.5 Securities

Delete clauses 14.1 to 14.5 and replace with: The contractor shall provide a construction guarantee in accordance with the employer’s pro-forma construction guarantee.

4

14.8 Security


14.9 Security

The following clause is added: In the event that the value of the works (inclusive of tax, but excluding adjustments in terms of CPAP), were to increase during the course of the agreement by an amount of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the contract sum, the contractor shall, upon written request from the principal agent, immediately arrange to have the construction guarantee (guaranteed sum) increased accordingly, the verified cost of which shall be added to the contract sum.

15.3 Preparation for and execution of the works

Add the following sentence after sub clause 15.3: The contractor acknowledges that time is of the essence with regard to completion of the works.

18.5 Setting out of the works

Add the following clause: The contractor shall notify the principal agent if any encroachments of adjoining foundations, buildings, structures, pavements, boundaries etc, exist in order that the necessary arrangements may be made for the rectification of any such encroachments.

24.5 Practical Completion

Amend the clause as follows: Should the principal agent not issue a practical completion list [24.3.2] or the updated list [24.4.2] within seven (7) calendar days of the end of the inspection period, the contractor shall notify the employer and the principal agent. Should the principal agent not issue such practical completion list within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of such notice, practical completion shall be deemed to have been achieved either:

24.5.1 and 24.5.2 Practical Completion

Delete these clauses and references to these clauses throughout the agreement.


Amend the clause as follows: Upon the issue of the certificate of practical completion, the employer shall be entitled to possession of the works and the site subject to the contractor’s lien or right of continuing possession of the works


Amend the clause as follows: Where the employer at any time takes possession of the whole or part of the works by agreement with the contractor [24.3.1, 28.2.2] prior to the applicable date for practical completion [24.0, 28.0] then practical completion shall be deemed to have taken place with regard to the whole or part of the works that the employer has taken possession of only, and the applicable certificate of practical completion shall be issued.

25.3 Works Completion

Amend the clause as follows: Should the principal agent not issue a works completion list [25.1, 25.2.2] within seven (7) calendar days of the end of the inspection period, the contractor shall notify the employer and the principal agent. Should the principal agent not issue such works completion list within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of such notice, the certificate of works completion shall be deemed to have been issued on the date of expiry of the initial notice period and works completion shall be deemed to have been achieved on such date.


Amend the clause as follows: Should the works completion list not be completed within a period of ten (10) twenty (20) working days of the issue thereof the contractor shall not be entitled to compensatory interest [31.10] on the value of the outstanding work so listed .


Amend the clause as follows: The defects liability period [26.1] shall commence with the issue of the certificate of works completion or deemed achievement of works completion [25.2.1 or 25.3]

5

26.4 Final Completion

Amend the clause as follows: Should the principal agent not issue a defects list [26.2.2, 26.3.2] within seven (7) calendar days from the end of the defects liability period, the contractor shall notify the employer and the principal agent. Should the principal agent not issue such defects list within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of such notice, the certificate of final completion shall be deemed to have been issued on the date of expiry of the initial notice period and final completion shall be deemed to have been achieved on such date.

27.2.1 Latent defects liability period

Amend the clause as follows: Five (5) years from the date of termination [36.0, 39.0, 38.0]

27.2.2 Latent defects liability period

Amend the clause as follows: On the date of termination [37.0, 38.0]

29.1.1 Revision of date for practical completion

Amend the clause as follows: The adverse effect of weather conditions Exceptionally inclement weather, which shall only relate to weather with a degree of inclemency which is materially greater than, or is materially beyond, the average inclemency experienced in the past five (5) years and/or recorded, in terms of available records, or otherwise, at, or for, the area in which the site is situated, for the period(s) in question. Any revision of practical completion which may, in terms of this clause, be allowed for exceptionally inclement weather, shall be related only to those periods of exceptionally inclement weather by which the average periods of time, during which exceptionally inclement weather is experienced and/or recorded in the area in which the site is situated, is exceeded. The contractor is therefore to make allowance for normal vagaries of the weather.





29.3 Revision of date for practical completion

Amend the clause as follows: Further circumstances for which the contractor is entitled to a revision of the date for practical completion are delays to practical completion by any other cause beyond the contractor’s reasonable control and that an experienced contractor would not have anticipated and provided for that could not have reasonably been anticipated and provided for. The principal agent shall adjust the contract value where such delay is due to the employer exercising his rights in terms of the agreement or by the default of the employer.


Amend the clause as follows: Within twenty (20) working days from the date upon which the circumstance likely to cause delay occurred, contractor became aware or ought reasonably to have become aware of the potential delay the contractor shall notify the principal agent of his intention to submit a claim for a revision to the date for practical completion or any previous revision thereof resulting from such circumstance a delay, failing which the contractor will be deemed to have waived his entitlement to claim contractor’s right to claim shall lapse . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the contractor shall not be entitled to a revision of the date for practical completion or any adjustment to the contract value if and to the extent: 29.4.3.1 the cause, event or circumstance giving rise thereto is attributable to the negligence, error or default of the contractor or any subcontractor; 29.4.3.2 the contractor fails to take all reasonable steps to mitigate the effects of the cause, event or circumstance giving rise thereto.

6

29.5 Revision of date for practical completion

Amend the clause as follows: The contractor shall, within twenty (20) forty (40) working days of the delay ceasing, submit such claim to the principal agent, failing which the contractor shall forfeit such claim.

31.7 Interim Payment

Amend the clause as follows: Materials and goods certified [31.6] shall become the property of the employer, free from liens and other encumbrances at whichever is the earlier of the following times: 31.7.1 when they are delivered to the site; or 31.7.2 when the contractor is entitled to payment of the value of the materials and goods under clause 31. Materials and goods shall not be removed from the site without the written authority of the principal agent. Notwithstanding the provisions of this clause, the contractor bears the risk of loss or damage to any materials and goods due to any cause other than the employer’s wilful misconduct or gross negligence.


Amend the clause as follows: The employer shall pay to the contractor the amount certified in an interim payment certificate within thirty (30) seven (7) calendar days of the date for issue of the payment certificate.




Amend the clause as follows: Where the principal agent fails to issue a payment certificate [31.1] or the employer fails to make payment [31.9] the contractor may give three (3) working days’ notice as provided for in clause 38.2 to suspend the works to the employer, with a copy to the principal agent.



32.6 Adjustment to the contract value

Amend the clause as follows: The contractor shall notify the principal agent within twenty (20) forty (40) working days from becoming aware or from when he ought reasonably to have become aware from the date upon which the circumstance likely to cause the expense or loss occurred, of such expense and loss [32.5] failing which no compensation will be made. Where such notification has been given:


Amend the clause as follows: Where applicable the contract value shall be adjusted according to CPAP using the information stated in the contract data. Notwithstanding the provisions of sub clause 32.13, or any other clause, all fluctuations in costs shall be for the account of the contractor.


The following clause is added: Where prices are submitted by the contractor or n/s subcontractor, during the progress of the works in respect of contract instructions, or in regard to a claim under the terms of the agreement, and notwithstanding the fact that such prices may be used as an interim payment certificate, there is to be no presumption of acceptance. Should the principal agent wish to accept any such prices prior to the issue of the final payment certificate, it shall be in writing.

34.5 Amend the clause as follows:

7

Final account and final payment

The principal agent shall issue the final payment certificate within thirty (30) seven (7) calendar days of expiry of the periods set out in 34.3 and 34.4 above to the contractor [34.3-4]. Notwithstanding the foregoing such final payment certificate shall not be issued before the issue of the certificate of final completion other than where termination occurs [36.0 or 39.0].

34.10 Final account and final payment

Amend the clause as follows: The employer shall pay to the contractor the amount certified in an final payment certificate within thirty (30) seven (7) calendar days of the date for issue of the final payment certificate.

34.12 Final account and final payment


36.1.1 Termination by the employer -Contractor’s default

Amend the clause as follows: Fails to comply with any of its obligations in terms of this agreement [3.3, 14.1, 15.1,3]

36.1.3 Termination by the employer -Contractor’s default

The following clause is added: Takes any steps to appoint a receiver, a liquidator, a business rescue practitioner, an administrator or other like person to the whole or part of the contractor’s assets, operations or business.

38.3 Termination by the contractor - Employer’s default


39.2 Termination – Cessation of works

Amend the clause as follows: No clause The employer shall be entitled to terminate the agreement, at any time for the employer’s convenience, by giving thirty (30) calendar days’ notice of such termination to the contractor. The employer shall not terminate this agreement under this clause in order to execute the works himself or arrange for the works to be executed by another contractor.

40.2 Settlement of disputes

Amend the clause as follows: Where such disagreement is not resolved within ten (10) working days of receipt of such notice it shall be deemed to be a dispute and shall be referred by the party which gave such notice to either: either party for final resolution to the Arbitration Foundation of Southern Africa (“AFSA”). Any arbitration commenced pursuant to this sub-clause shall be administered by the AFSA Rules for Commercial Arbitration in force at the time shall apply to the arbitration, which rules are deemed to be incorporated herein by reference, subject to any amendments agreed in writing by the parties and the following rules shall apply: 40.2.1 the arbitration shall be held in Johannesburg, 40.2.2 the language of the arbitration shall be English, 40.2.3 the arbitrator shall be selected by agreement between the parties or, if the parties fail to agree, the person nominated by:

(i) in the case of a financial or accounting matter – the Chairman for the time being of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants; and

(ii) for all other matters - the Chairman for the time being of the AFSA, which nomination shall bind the parties;

8

40.2.4 the arbitrator's costs shall be payable by the party determined by the arbitrator or as otherwise allocated between the parties as determined by the arbitrator or, in the absence of such a determination, equally by the parties; and 40.2.5 the number of arbitrators shall be 1 (one).

40.3 to 40.6 Settlement of disputes


Insert new clause

Right to audit The employer may at any time undertake an audit of the works at the site to ensure that the contractor is fully complying with its obligations in terms of the agreement.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TENDER ENQUIRY

FORM OF TENDER

INSTRUCTION TO TENDERERS

PREAMBLES TO RE-MEASURABLE BILLS OF QUANTITIES

PART A – BUILDING AND EXTERNAL WORKS BOQ

PART B – ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS’ SPECIFICATIONS AND BOQ

PART C – MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS’ SPECIFICATIONS AND BOQ

GENERAL SUMMARY

HEALTH AND SAFETY SPECIFICATIONS

CHANGES TO JBCC CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

DRAWINGS (See Attached CD)